HomeMy WebLinkAboutResolution - 2018-R0150 - Contract-West Texas Paving - 04/26/2018Resolution No. 2018-RO150
Item No. 6.12
April 26, 2018
RESOLUTION
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock is hereby authorized and directed to execute for
and on behalf of the City of Lubbock, Contract No. 13945 for Milwaukee Avenue Mill and Relay
as per ITB 18-13945-TF, by and between the City of Lubbock and West Texas Paving, Inc. of
Wolfforth, Texas and related documents. Said Contract is attached hereto and incorporated in this
resolution as if fully set forth herein and shall be included in the minutes of the City Council.
Passed by the City Council on April 26, 2018
DANIEL M. POPE, MAYOR
ATTEST:
J
Rbeca Garza, City Se ret
APPROVED AS TO C
Wood FraAX, P.E., Director df--Hlic Works
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
elli Leisure, Assistant City Attorney
ccdocs/RES.Contract 13945WestTXPaving
04.04.18
CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295
1 of 1
Complete Nos. 1- 4 and 6 if there are interested parties.
OFFICE USE ONLY
Complete Nos. 1, 2, 3, 5, and 6 if there are no interested parties.
CERTIFICATION OF FILING
Certificate Number:
1 Name of business entity filing form, and the city, state and country of the business entity's place
of business.
2018-337942
West Texas Paving, Inc.
Wolfforth, TX United States
Date Filed:
04/11/2018
2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is
being filed.
City of Lubbock
Date Acknowledged:
3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract, and provide a
description of the services, goods, or other property to be provided under the contract.
13945
Mill and Relay Asphalt
4 Name of Interested Part y
City, State,
ty, Country (place of business)
Nature of interest
(check applicable)
Controlling
Intermediary
5 Check only if there is NO Interested Parry. ,--,
f�
6 UNSWORN DECLARATION
My name is Brandon Lilly and my date of birth is
My address is 10104 Alcove Ave. Wolfforth TX 1 79382 USA
(street) (city) (state) (zip code) (country)
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed in Lubbock County, State of Texas on the 20th day of April 20�$_
(month) (year)
+ to
Signature of authorized agent of contracting b ess entity
(Declarant)
Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethtcs.state.tx.us version vl.u.:Do)zj
CERTIFICATE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM 1295
loll
Complete Nos. 1- 4 and 6 if there are interested parties.
OFFICE USE ONLY
Complete Nos.1, 2, 3, 5, and 6 if there are no interested parties.
CERTIFICATION OF FILING
Certificate Number:
1 Name of business entity filing form, and the city, state and country of the business entity's place
of business.
2018-337942
West Texas Paving, Inc.
Wolfforth, TX United States
Date Filed:
04/11/2018
2 Name of governmental entity or state agency that is a party to the contract for which the form is
being filed.
City of Lubbock
Date Acknowledged:
04/23/2018
3 Provide the identification number used by the governmental entity or state agency to track or identify the contract, and provide a
description of the services, goods, or other property to be provided under the contract.
13945
Mill and Relay Asphalt
Nature of interest
4
Name of Interested Party
City, State, Country (place of business)
(check applicable)
Controlling
Intermediary
5 Check only if there is NO Interested Party.
X
6 UNSWORN DECLARATION
My name is and my date of birth is
My address is
(street) (city) (state) (zip code) (country)
I declare under penalty of perjury that the foregoing is true and correct.
Executed in County, State of on the day of , 20
(month) (year)
Signature of authorized agent of contracting business entity
(Declarant)
Forms provided by Texas Ethics Commission www.ethics.state.tx.us Version V1.0.5523
ADDENDUM 1
Revised Insurance Requirements & 2016 Design
Standards
ITB 18-13945-TF
Milwaukee Avenue Mill and Rela
is
DATE ISSUED: March 19, 2018
CLOSE DATE: March 28, 2018, at 2:00 p.m.
The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Invitation to Bid (ITB).
Where any item called for in the ITB documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not
affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect.
Revised Insurance Reauirements
Item 28 of the General Conditions of the Agreement - Contractor's Insurance - has been updated to
include Heavy Equipment. Please see the attached document.
2016 Design Standards
1. Please incorporate the 2016 City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design
Standards and Specifications into your bid. The 2016 standards take precedence and are attached to
this addendum.
All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to:
Teofilo Flores, Senior Buyer
City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contracts Management Office
1625 13th Street, Room 204
Lubbock, Texas 79401
Questions may be faxed to (806)775-2164 or Email to TKFlores@mylubbock.us
Questions are preferred to be posted on BidSync: www.bidsync.com
THANK YOU,
ImXo 574ea
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Teofilo Flores
Senior Buyer
City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contracts Management Office
It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive bids. It shall be the bidder's responsibility to advise the
Director of Purchasing and Contract Management if any language requirements etc or any combinations thereof inadvertently restricts or
limits the requirements stated in this ITB to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the
Director of Purchasing and Contract Management no later than five (5) business days prior to the close date. A review of such notifications will
be made.
28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as
required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to
do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished
to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10)
calendar days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies of insurance, required herein,
including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor and its subcontractors, shall
contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self-insurance, rights to
subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by virtue of
payment of any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted
to the City in conformity with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver.
The Contractor shall procure and carry at its sole cost and expense through the life of this contract,
insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall
be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact
business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in connection with this contract,
whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided
covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance specifying each and all
coverages shall be submitted prior to contract execution.
PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK
IN THE FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE
CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS
ADDITIONAL INSURED ON AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A PRIMARY
AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO INCLUDE PRODUCTS OF COMPLETE
OPERATIONS. PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE
CITY OF LUBBOCK. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY
TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE
DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR
EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS ARE
REQUIRED.
A. Commercial General Liability Insurance (Primary Additional Insured and Waiver of
Subrogation required)
The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of
$1,000,000 Combined Single Limit in the aggregate and $1,000,000 per occurrence to
include:
Products & Completed Operations Hazard
Contractual Liability
Personal Injury & Advertising Injury
w/Heavy Equipment
B. Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance — NOT REQUIRED
C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance (Waiver of Subrogation Required)
The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of
not less than;
Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit per occurrence, to
include all owned and non -owned cars including: Employers Non -ownership Liability
Hired and Non -owned Vehicles.
D. Builder's Risk Insurance/Installation Floater Insurance — NOT REQUIRED
E. Umbrella Liability Insurance (Primary Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation
required)
The Contractor shall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of $4,000,000 per
occurrence on all contracts with coverage to correspond with Comprehensive General
Liability and Comprehensive Automobile Liability coverages.
F. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance (Waiver of Subrogation
required)
Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the
Contractor or any Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least $1,000,000
t_ 1. Definitions:
Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a
certificate of authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage
agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory
workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees
a providing services on a project, for the duration of the project.
Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the
project until the Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and
accepted by the governmental entity.
Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406.096,
Texas Labor Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the
services the Contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of
whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor and regardless of
whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent
contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators,
employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons
to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation,
providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor,
transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include
activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply
deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets.
2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification
codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the
statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all
:
employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of
the project.
3. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity
prior to being awarded the contract.
4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage
ends during the duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the
coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity
showing that coverage has been extended.
5. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project,
and provide to the governmental entity:
(a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the
project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of
coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the
project; and
(b) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate
of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown
on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the
project.
6 The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of
the project and for one year thereafter.
The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or
personal delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known,
of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person
providing services on the project.
The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner
prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all
persons providing services on the project that they are required to be covered, and
stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage.
9. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to
provide services on the project, to:
(a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and
payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the
statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all
of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the
project;
(b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the
project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided
for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the
duration of the project;
(c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new
certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage
period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the
Contractor:
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work
on the project; and
(2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior
to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on
the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the
project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the
project and for one year thereafter;
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal
delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of
any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person
providing services on the project; and
(g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as
required by paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be
- provided to the person for whom they are providing services.
10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of
coverage, the Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all
employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be
covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that
the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll
amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate
insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division
of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may
subject the Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil
penalties, or other civil actions.
11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of
contract by the Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the
contract void if the Contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after
receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity.
F. Proof of Coverage
Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall
submit to the Owner for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance
' policy carried and offered as evidence of compliance with the above insurance
requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the insurance company setting
forth:
j
(1) The name and address of the insured.
(2) The location of the operations to which the insurance applies.
(3) The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the
date bome by such certificate.
(4) The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on
the date bome by such certificate.
(5) A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the
named insured at the address shown in the proposal specifications.
(6) A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any
1_
change in or cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate.
(7) The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof)
contained in the job specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will
be acceptable.
(8) If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete
project.
(9) A Contractor shall:
(a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the
duration of the project based on proper reporting of classification codes
and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements;
(b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage
to the governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project;
(c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a
new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage
period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to
i
the governmental entity:
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on
the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates
of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services
on the project; and
t _l
(ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new
Li
certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the
coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project;
H
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the
project and for one year thereafter;
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal
delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known,
of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any
person providing services on the project;
_ i
(g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services
on the project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a
person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide coverage.
This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the
Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other commission rules. This notice
must be printed with a title in at least 30-point bold type and text in at least
19-point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any
other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices
shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample
notice, without any additional words or changes:
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing
services related to this construction project must be covered by workers'
compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or
delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor or transportation
or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their
employer or status as an employee. "
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 800-372-7713
or 512-804-4000 (www tdi.stated mus) to receive information of the
legal requirements for coverage, to verify whether your employer has
provided the required coverage, or to report an employer's failure to
provide coverage; " and
(h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide
services on a project, to:
(i) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes
and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all
of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration
of the project;
(ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the Contractor prior to that
person beginning work on the project;
(iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the
following language:
L- `By signing this contract or providing or
causing to be provided a certificate of
coverage, the person signing this contract is
representing to the governmental entity that
all employees of the person signing this
contract who will provide services on the
project will be covered by workers'
compensation coverage for the duration of the
i project, that the coverage will be based on
proper reprinting of classification codes and t
payroll amounts, and that all coverage
agreements will be filed with the appropriate
insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -
insured, with the commission's Division of
Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or
misleading information may subject the
Contractor to administrative penalties,
criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil
actions.";
(iv) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a
new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the
coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project;
(v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide
to the Contractor:
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person
beginning work on the project; and
(2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate
of coverage showing extension of the coverage period, if
the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project; Li
(vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration
of the project and for one year thereafter;
(vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or
personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should
have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of
coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to U
perform as required by paragraphs (i)-(viii), with the certificate of
coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing
services.
r
1
City of Lubbock, TX
ITB 18-13945-TF
Milwaukee Avenue Mill and Relay
Contractor Checklist
Before submitting your bid, please ensure you have completed and included the following documents in the order
they are listed. The contractor is only to submit (1) one original unbound copy of every item listed.
1. Carefully read and understand the plans and specifications and properly complete the BID
SUBMITTAL FORM. Bid submittal form NIISST, be completed in blue or black ink or by
typewriter. Signatures must be original, in blue or black ink, and by hand. The bidder binds
himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the
accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and
for the prices stated below. In case of a discrepancy between the Unit Price and the Extended Total
for a Bid item, the Unit Price will be taken." Include corporate seal and Secretary's signature.
Identify addenda received (if any). Include fum's FEDERAL TAX ID number or Owner's SOCIAL
SECURITY number.
2. L/ Include BID BOND or CASHIER'S OR CERTIFIED CHECK as your bid surety. Failure to
provide a bid surety WILL result in automatic rejection of your bid.
3. ✓ Complete and sign the CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT.
Contractor's signature must be original.
4. Clearly mark the bid number, title, due date and time and your company name and address on the
outside of the envelope or container.
5. ✓ Ensure your bid is RECEIVED by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management
Office prior to the deadline. Late bids will not be accepted.
6. ✓ Complete and sign the SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE. All "YES" responses must be
explained in detail and submitted with Bid.
7. eel Complete and sign the SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION. Include fi'rm's
/ FEDERAL TAX ID number or Owner's SOCIAL SECURITY number.
8. ✓ Complete and submit the CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE.
9. `/ Chapter 2270 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Boycotting Israel
10. Complete and submit the LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS.
DOCUMENTS REOUIRED WITHIN SEVEN BUSINESS DAYS AFTER CLOSING:
11. Complete and submit the FINAL LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS.
DOCUMENTS REQUIRED BEFORE CONTRACT IS FINALIZED:
12. ✓ Please acknowledge and submit the ONLINE DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM
1295 within the specified time according to Texas Government Code 2252.908 using the Texas
Ethics Commission website.
FAILURE TO PROVIDE ANY OF THE ABOVE MAY RESULT IN YOUR BID BEING DEEMED
NON -RESPONSIVE AND, THEREFORE, NOT FURTHER EVALUATED. PLEASE INCLUDE
THIS COMPLETED PAGE AS THE FIRST PAGE OF YOUR BID SUBMITTAL.
ks:-r _&� &4_6z le,
(Type or Print Company Nam
INDEX
1. NOTICE TO BIDDERS
2. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
3. BID SUBMITTAL — (must be submitted by published due date & time)
3-1. UNIT PRICE BID SUBMITTAL FORM
3-2. CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS
3-3. CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT
LL 3-4. SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE
3-5. SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION
3-6. PROHIBITION ON CONTRACTS WITH COMPANIES BOYCOTTING ISRAEL
VERIFICATION
4. LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS
5. PAYMENT BOND
6. PERFORMANCE BOND
7. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
8. CONTRACT
9. CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE CHAPTER 176
10. CHAPTER 46. DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTED PARTIES
11. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
12. DAVIS BACON WAGE DETERMINATIONS
13. SPECIAL CONDITIONS (IF APPLICABLE)
14. SPECIFICATIONS
NOTICE TO BIDDERS
ITB 18-13945-TF
Sealed bids addressed to Marta Alvarez, Director of Purchasing and Contract Management, City of
Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the office of the Purchasing and Contract Management Office, City
Hall, 1625 13th Street, Room 204, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 2:00 p.m, on March 28, 2018, or as
changed by the issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and
i perform all work for the construction of the following described project:
Milwaukee Avenue Mill and Relay
After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed bids will be opened in the
office of the Purchasing and Contract Management Office and publicly read aloud. It is the sole
i responsibility of the bidder to ensure that his bid is actually in the office of the Purchasing and Contract
Management Office for the City of Lubbock, before the expiration of the date above first written.
Bids are due at 2:00 p.m, on March 28, 2018, and the City of Lubbock City Council will consider
the bids on April 26, 2018, at the City Hall, 1625 13th Street, Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as
may be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all bids and waive any formalities. The
successful bidder will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253,
Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price
exceeds $100,000 and the successful bidder will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance
with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that
said contract price exceeds $50,000. Said statutory bonds should be issued by a company carrying a
current Best Ratine of "A" or better. THE BONDS MUST BE IN A FORM ACCEPTABLE TO
THE CITY ATTORNEY AND MUST BE DATED THE SAME DATE THAT THE CONTRACT
WAS AWARDED. The estimated budget for the construction phase of this project is $2,200,000.
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's
or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable
surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than
5% of the total amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract and
execute all necessary bonds (if required) within ten (10) business days after notice of award of the
contract to him. FAILURE OF THE BIDDER TO INCLUDE BID SECURITY WITH THE BID
SUBMITTAL SHALL CONSTITUTE A NONRESPONSIVE BID AND RESULT IN
DISQUALIFICATION OF THE BID SUBMITTAL.
It shall be each bidder's sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform himself
regarding all local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that
all such factors have been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the bid submitted.
There will be a non -mandatory pre -bid conference on March 20, 2018, at 10:00 a.m., at 1625 131h
Street, Purchasing Conference Room, Rm 204, Lubbock, TX 79401.
Copies of plans and specifications may be obtained at bidder's expense from the City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contract Management office. Plans and specifications can be viewed online and
downloaded from http://www.bidsync.com at no cost. In the event of a large file size, please be patient
when downloading or viewing. BUSINESSES WITHOUT INTERNET ACCESS may use computers
available at most public libraries.
Bidders may view the plans and specifications without charge at The Reproduction Company,
2102 Avenue Q, Lubbock, Texas 79405 or at www.thereproductioncompany.com. ONE SET OF
PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS MAY BE OBTAINED, AT THE CITY'S EXPENSE, '
FROM THE REPRODUCTION COMPANY WITH A $100 REFUNDABLE DEPOSIT,
Phone: (806) 763-7770. Deposit Checks shall be made PAYABLE TO THE CITY OF
LUBBOCK, and will be refunded if documents are returned in good condition within Sixty (60)
Days after the opening of bids. Additional sets of plans and specifications may be obtained at the
bidder's expense.
Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per
diem wages included in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing and Contract
Management Office of the City of Lubbock, which document is specifically referred to in this Notice to
Bidders. Each bidder's attention is further directed to Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing
Wage Rates, and the requirements contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the
contractor of the prevailing rates of wages as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale.
The City of Lubbock hereby notifies bidders that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to
this advertisement, minority and women business enterprises shall be afforded equal opportunities to
submit bids in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race,
color, sex, disability, or national origin in consideration for an award.
The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre -bid
meetings and bid openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you require special
assistance, please contact the Purchasing and Contract Management Office at (806) 775-2572 or write to
Post Office Box 2000, Lubbock, Texas 79457 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting.
CITY OF LUBBOCK !
Marta .ACvarez
DIRECTOR OF PURCHASING
AND CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
I
4 f .
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1 BID DELIVERY TIME & DATE
1.1 The City of Lubbock is seeking written and sealed competitive bids to furnish Milwaukee Avenue
Mill and Relay per the attached specifications and contract documents. Sealed bids will be received
no later than 2:00 mm., on March 28, 2018, at the office listed below. Any bid received after the date
and hour specified will be rejected and returned unopened to the bidder. Each bid and supporting
documentation must be in a sealed envelope or container plainly labeled in the lower left-hand comer:
"ITB 18-13945-TF, Milwaukee Avenue Mill and Relay" and the bid opening date and time. Bidders
must also include their company name and address on the outside of the envelope or container. Bids
must be addressed to:
Marta Alvarez, Director of Purchasing and Contract Management
City of Lubbock
1625 13th Street, Room 204
Lubbock, Texas 79401
1.2 Bidders are responsible for making certain bids are delivered to the Purchasing and Contract
Management Office. Mailing of a bid does not ensure that the bid will be delivered on time or
delivered at all. If bidder does not hand deliver bid, we suggest that he/she use some sort of delivery
service that provides a receipt.
1.3 Bids will be accepted in person, by United States Mail, by United Parcel Service, or by private courier
service. No bids will be accepted by oral communication, telephone, electronic mail, telegraphic
transmission, or telefacsimile transmission. THE CITY WILL NOT ACCEPT FAX BIDS.
1.4 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to postpone the date and time for opening bids through an
addendum.
2 PRE -BID MEETING
2.1 For the purpose of familiarizing bidders with the requirements, answering questions, and issuing
addenda as needed for the clarification of the Invitation to Bid (ITB) documents, a non -mandatory
pre -bid meetine will be held March 20, 2018, at 10:00 a.m., at 1625 13th Street, Purchasing
Conference Room, Rm 204, Lubbock, TX 79401. All persons attending the meeting will be asked to
identify themselves and the prospective bidder they represent.
2.2 It is the bidder's responsibility to attend the pre -bid meeting though the meeting is not mandatory. The
City will not be responsible for providing information discussed at the pre -bid meeting to bidders who
do not attend the pre -bid meeting.
3 ADDENDA & MODIFICATIONS
3.1 Any changes, additions, or clarifications to the ITB are made by ADDENDA information available
over the Internet at www.bidsync.com. We strongly suggest that you check for any addenda a
minimum of forty-eight hours in advance of the response deadline. BUSINESSES WITHOUT
INTERNET ACCESS may use computers available at most public libraries.
3.2 Any bidder in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the specifications or other documents may
request an interpretation thereof from the Purchasing and Contract Management Office. At the request
of the bidder, or in the event the Purchasing and Contract Management Office deems the interpretation
�tJ to be substantive, the interpretation will be made by written addendum issued by the Purchasing and
Contract Management Office. Such addenda issued by the Purchasing and Contract Management
Office will be available over the Internet at www.bidsync.com and will become part of the bid package
having the same binding effect as provisions of the original ITB. NO VERBAL EXPLANATIONS OR
INTERPRETATIONS WILL BE BINDING. In order to have a request for interpretation considered,
Ir the request must be submitted in writing and must be received by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and
Contract Management Office no later than five (5) calendar days before the bid closing date.
4
5
0
3.3 All addenda, amendments, and interpretations of this solicitation shall be in writing. The City of
Lubbock shall not be legally bound by any amendment or interpretation that is not in writing. Only
information supplied by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office in writing
or in this ITB should be used in preparing bid responses. All contacts that a bidder may have had
before or after receipt of this ITB with any individuals, employees, or representatives of the City and
any information that may have been read in any news media or seen or heard in any communication
facility regarding this bid should be disregarded in preparing responses.
3.4 The City does not assume responsibility for the receipt of any addendum sent to bidders.
EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS
4.1 Each bidder shall carefully examine all ITB documents and thoroughly familiarize itself with all
requirements before submitting a bid to ensure that their bid meets the intent of these specifications.
4.2 Before submitting a bid, each bidder shall be responsible for making all investigations and
examinations that are necessary to ascertain conditions and requirements affecting the requirements of
this Invitation to Bid. Failure to make such investigations and examinations shall not relieve the
bidder from obligation to comply, in every detail, with all provisions and requirements of the
Invitation to Bid.
4.3 Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract documents,
shall be given to the Purchasing and Contract Management Office and a clarification obtained
before the bids are received, and if no such notice is received by the Purchasing and Contract
Management Office prior to the opening of bids, then it shall be deemed that the bidder fully
understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its bid to complete the
work in accordance with these plans and specifications. If bidder does not notify Purchasing
and Contract Management Office before bidding of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall
be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for
completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be
submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the bid closing date.
BID PREPARATION COSTS
5.1 Issuance of this ITB does not commit the City of Lubbock, in any way, to pay any costs incurred in the
preparation and submission of a bid.
5.2 The issuance of this ITB does not obligate the City of Lubbock to enter into contract for any services
or equipment.
5.3 All costs related to the preparation and submission of a bid shall be paid by the bidder.
TRADE SECRETS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND THE TEXAS PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT
6.1 If you consider any portion of your bid to be privileged or confidential by statute or judicial decision,
including trade secrets and commercial or financial information, clearly identify those portions.
6.2 The City of Lubbock will honor your notations of trade secrets and confidential information and
decline to release such information initially, but please note that the final determination of whether a
particular portion of your bid is in fact a trade secret or commercial or financial information that may
be withheld from public inspection will be made by the Texas Attorney General or a court of
competent jurisdiction. In the event a public information request is received for a portion of your bid
that you have marked as being confidential information, you will be notified of such request and you
will be required to justify your legal position in writing to the Texas Attorney General pursuant to
Section 552.305 of the Government Code. In the event that it is determined by opinion or order of the
Texas Attorney General or a court of competent jurisdiction that such information is in fact not
privileged and confidential under Section 552.110 of the Government Code and Section 252.049 of the
Local Government Code, then such information will be made available to the requester.
I
U
6.3 Marking your entire bid CONFIDENTIAL/PROPRIETARY is not in conformance with the Texas
Open Records Act. j
7 LICENSES PERMITS TAXES
The price or prices for the work shall include full compensation for all taxes, permits, etc. that the bidder is or
may be required to pay.
8 UTILIZATION OF LOCAL BUSINESS RESOURCES
Prospective bidders are strongly encouraged to explore and implement methods for the utilization of local
resources, and to outline in their bid submittal how they would utilize local resources.
9 CONFLICT OF INTEREST
9.1 The bidder shall not offer or accept gifts or anything of value nor enter into any business arrangement with
any employee, official or agent of the City of Lubbock.
9.2 By signing and executing this bid, the bidder certifies and represents to the City the bidder has not offered,
conferred or agreed to confer any pecuniary benefit or other thing of value for the receipt of special
treatment, advantage, information, recipient's decision, opinion, recommendation, vote or any other
c exercise of discretion concerning this bid.
10 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
10.1 All work covered by the contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described in the
General Conditions.
10.2 All bidders shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract
documents for the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory completion
of all work contemplated by said contract documents.
11 PLANS FOR USE BY BIDDERS
It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a bid on the project covered
by the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and prepare a bid
without charge or forfeiture of deposit. The contract documents may be examined without charge as noted in
the Notice to Bidders.
12 BIDDER INQUIRIES AND CLARIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS
12.1 It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permit competitive bids. It shall be
the bidder's responsibility to advise the Purchasing and Contract Management Office if any language
requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated
in this ITB, to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by
the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office no later than five (5) calendar days
before the bid closing date. A review of such notifications will be made.
12.2 NO BIDDER SHALL REQUEST ANY INFORMATION VERBALLY. ALL REQUESTS FOR
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR CLARIFICATION CONCERNING THIS INVITATION
TO BID (ITB) MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITING NO LATER THAN FIVE (5)
CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE BID CLOSING DATE AND ADDRESSED TO:
Teofilo Flores, Sr. Buyer
City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contract Management Office
1625 13u' Street, Room 204
Lubbock, Texas 79401
Fax: 806-775-2164
Email: m tkflores@ Y lubbock.us
Bidsync: www.bidsvnc.com
7
13
14
15
16
17
TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION
13.1 The construction covered by the contract documents shall be substantially completed within 120
Calendar Days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the
successful bidder.
13.2 The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided,
however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the
work contemplated by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule to be
submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance with the
progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City
deems necessary to ensure completion of the project within the time specified.
PAYMENT
All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions of
the contract documents.
AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID
The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor to
execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the
improvements contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims
pending, of which the Contractor has been notified.
MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and grade
will be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail will not
relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for protecting them
adequately until incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative of the City on the
site will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision. The specifications
for materials and methods set forth in the contract documents provide minimum standards of quality, which the
Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project.
GUARANTEES
17.1 All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be guaranteed
against defective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the Contractor shall furnish to
the Owner, a written general guarantee which shall provide that the Contractor shall remedy any
defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any nature whatsoever resulting in such
defects, when such defects appear within TWO years from date of final acceptance of the work as a
result of defective materials or workmanship, at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock).
17.2 Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the contractual agreement, the Contractor represents and
warrants fault -free performance and fault -free result in the processing date and date -related data
(including, but not limited to calculating, comparing and sequencing) of all hardware, software and
firmware products delivered and services provided under this Contract, individually or in combination,
as the case may be from the effective date of this Contract. Also, the Contractor warrants calculations
will be recognized and accommodated and will not, in any way, result in hardware, software or
firmware failure. The City of Lubbock, at its sole option, may require the Contractor, at any time, to
demonstrate the procedures it intends to follow in order to comply with all the obligations contained
herein.
17.3 The obligations contained herein apply to products and services provided by the Contractor, its sub-
contractor or any third party involved in the creation or development of the products and services to be
delivered to the City of Lubbock under this Contract. Failure to comply with any of the obligations
contained herein, may result in the City of Lubbock availing itself of any of its rights under the law
and under this Contract including, but not limited to, its right pertaining to termination or default.
17.4 The warranties contained herein are separate and discrete from any other warranties specified in this
Contract, and are not subject to any disclaimer of warranty, implied or expressed, or limitation to the k-
Contractor's liabilitywhich may be specified in this Contract its appendices, its schedules,i
y p pp is annexes
or any document incorporated in this Contract by reference.
18 PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR
The contractor will, upon written request, be furnished up to five sets of plans and specifications and related
contract documents for use during construction. Plans and specifications for use during construction will only
be furnished directly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute copies of plans and specifications
to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution of the work contemplated by the
' Contractor.
19 PROTECTION OF THE WORK
The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials,
supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction, and any
and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such work, until
the date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right, after the bids
have been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a bidder the following information:
(a) The experience record of the bidder showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one covered by
the intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage completed.
- (b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the bidder.
(c) Equipment schedule.
20 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX
20.1 This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to
i provisions of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act.
20.2 The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to buy
the materials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase.
21 PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents in
such a way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility lines,
conduits or other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during the
construction of the project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees that it will
furnish Contractor the location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has knowledge.
However, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned. All such
underground lines or structures cut or damaged by Contractor during the prosecution of the work contemplated
by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas,
at Contractor's expense.
22 BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES
The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger signals,
and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the work as may
be necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades,
signs, and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately
removed and replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for
maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to Contractor of City's
certificate of acceptance of the project.
.. 23
EXPLOSIVES
23.1 The use of explosives will not be permitted unless written permission to do so is obtained by the
Contractor from the City. In all cases where written permission is obtained for the use of explosives,
the Contractor shall assume full responsibility for all damage, which may occur as a direct or indirect
result of the blasting. In addition, in all cases where explosives are authorized to be used, the
s Contractor shall use utmost care so as not to endanger life or property and the Contractor shall further
24
25
26
use only such methods as are currently utilized by persons, firms, or corporations engaged in similar
type of construction activity.
23.2 Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor.
23.3 In all cases where explosives are to be used during the construction of the project contemplated by this
contract, it shall be the duty of the Contractor to notify each utility company having structures (above
or below the ground) in proximity to the site of the work of Contractor's intention to use explosives,
and such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable the companies to take such steps as
they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. Such notice, however, shall not relieve
the Contractor of responsibility for any damage resulting from his blasting operations.
CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE
The successful bidder shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times while
the work is in progress under this contract. The successful bidder shall be required to furnish the name,
address and telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that the work
contemplated by this contract is in progress.
INSURANCE
25.1 The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as
required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do
business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the
City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days in
advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the insurer
waiving the right to subrogation. The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost and expense
through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of
that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be carried with an insurance
company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall cover all operations in
connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or separate
policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance
specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted before contract execution.
25.2 PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE
FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES
FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON
AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO
INCLUDE PRODUCTS OF COMPLETE OPERATIONS. PROVIDE A WAIVER OF
SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK. IT SHALL BE THE
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF
COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION
COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS ARE
REQUIRED.
LABOR AND WORKING HOURS
26.1 Attention of each bidder is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem
wages included in these contract documents. The wage rate that must be paid on this project shall not
be less than specified in the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as above
mentioned. The bidders' attention is further directed to the requirements of Texas Government
Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates providing for the payment of the wage schedules
above mentioned and the bidder's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the schedule of general
prevailing rate of per diem wages in the contract documents does not release the Contractor from
compliance with any wage law that may be applicable. Construction work under the contract requiring
an inspector shall not be performed on weekends or holidays unless the following conditions exist:
26.1.1 The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the
necessary service to its citizens.
10
26.1.2 Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The Contractor
is approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show he has made a
diligent effort to complete the contract within the allotted time.
26.2 Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on Sunday or holidays, the
Contractor must notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to the
weekend or holiday he desires to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's
Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow construction work requiring
an inspector on Sunday or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative.
26.3 In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being done
under this contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall
immediately commence work, regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or
alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life.
27 PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS
The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the
project under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable
without discount, not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors
shall keep a record showing the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor
or subcontractor in the construction of the public work and the actual per diem wages paid to
each worker. This record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and
agents of the City. The Contractor must classify employees according to one of the classifications set
forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages, which schedule is included in the
contract documents. The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this
contract is made, sixty dollars ($60) for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each calendar
day, or portion thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his
particular classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included
in these contract documents.
28 PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES
Bids submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated bid price due to increases or
i decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be rejected and returned to
the bidder without being considered.
29 PREPARATION FOR BID
29.1 The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City, and all blank spaces in the form shall
be correctly filled in, stating the price in numerals for which he intends to do the work contemplated or
furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly and legibly, or typewritten.
In case of discrepancy between the unit price and the extended total for a bid item, the unit price will
be taken. A bid that has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the
bid price.
29.2 If the bid is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized agent.
If a bid is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of each member must
be given and the bid signed by a member of the firm, association or partnership, or person duly
authorized. If the bid is submitted by a company or corporation, the company or corporate name and
business address must be given, and the bid signed by an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of
attorney authorizing agents or others to sign bids must be properly certified and must be in writing and
submitted with the bid. The bid shall be executed in ink.
29.3 Each bid shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to Bidders, and
endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner:
29.3.1 Bidder's name:
29.3.2 Bid for "ITB 18-13945-TF, MILWAUKEE AVENUE MILL AND RELAY"
11
all
31
29.3.3 Bid submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time before the time set for opening
of the bids, but no bid may be withdrawn or altered thereafter.
29.4 Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(g), a competitive sealed bid that has been
opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price.
THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE BID
SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO BID OPENING.
BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by bidder shall be bound and will include the
following:
(a) Notice to Bidders.
(b) General Instructions to Bidders.
(c) Bidder's Submittal.
(d) Statutory Bonds (if required).
(e) Contract Agreement.
(f) General Conditions.
(g) Special Conditions (if any).
(h) Specifications.
(i) Insurance Certificates for Contractor and all Sub -Contractors.
(j) All other documents made available to bidder for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to
Bidders.
If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered
incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents.
QUALIFICATIONS OF BIDDERS
The bidder may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the City of
Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service specified
therein in a satisfactory manner. The bidder may also be required to give a past history and references in order
to satisfy the City of Lubbock about the bidder's qualifications. The City of Lubbock may make reasonable
investigations deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the bidder to perform the work, and the
bidder shall furnish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose that may be requested. The bidder's
bid may be deemed not to meet specifications or the bid may be rejected if the evidence submitted by, or
investigation of, the bidder fails to satisfy the City of Lubbock that the bidder is properly qualified to carry out
the obligations of the contract and to complete the work described therein. Evaluation of the bidder's
qualifications shall include:
(a) The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service required.
(b) The ability of the bidder to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time specified,
without delay or interference.
(c) The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the bidder.
(d) The quality of performance of previous contracts or services.
(e) The safety record of the Contractor and proposed Sub -Contractors
Before contract award, the recommended contractor for this project may be required to show that he has
experience with similar projects that require the Contractor to plan his work efforts and equipment needs with
City of Lubbock specifications in mind. Demonstration of experience shall include a complete list of ALL
similar municipal and similar non -municipal current and completed projects for the past three (3) years for
review. This list shall include the names of supervisors and type of equipment used to perform work on these
projects. In addition, the Contractor may be required to provide the name(s) of supervisor(s) that will be used
to perform work on this project in compliance with City of Lubbock specifications herein.
12
BID SUBMITTAL FORM
BID SUBMITTAL FORM
UNIT PRICE BID CONTRACT
DATE:: �'� t
PROJECT NUMBER: ITB 18-13945-TF, Milwaukee Avenue Mill and Relay
Bid of 1 ~ ;. (hereinafter called Bidder)
To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner)
{
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The Bidder, incompliance with your Invitation to Bid for the construction of Milwaukee Avenue Mill and Relay, having
carefully examined the,plans, specifications, instructions to bidders, notice to bidders and all other related contract
documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the construction of
the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to furnish all labor, materials, and
supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, within the time
set forth therein and at the price stated below.
The bidder binds himself on acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the
accompanying forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated below.
ITEM
NO.
DESCRIPTION
UNIT OF
MEASURE
ESTIMATED
QUANTITY
UNIT PRICE
EXTENDED
AMOUNT
Patching with Black Base, 6" depth (milling
to a depth of 8", with replacement of 6"
Black Base and 2" Type D Hot Mix),
1.
including labor, equipment, removal and
disposal of asphaltic surface, caliche base
SY
47,50031-
O �t)0
and sub -grade (if soft or unstable) to a depth
of 8" and replacing with 6" of Black Base
and 2" Type D Hot Mix. (Milling of hot mix
will be,!9mratedfirom caliche base.
Type I Thermoplastic pavement marking
.125 MR 24" white stop line (TX DOT DMS
�.
•.
2.
8220). Including labor, equipment, and
LF
12
preparation of existing surface. Complete
Jv
and in place.
Thermoplastic pavement marking Right or
3'
Left turn arrow (TX DOT DMS 8220).
EA
18
•=
3?t'
L .�
Including labor, equipment, and preparation
of existing surface. Complete and in place.
8" lane line elimination. Including labor,
4.
equipment, and all tools necessary to
LF
300
/
3DD
remove and relay markings.
4" lane line elimination (White and Yellow
5.
solid and break). Including labor,'v
LF
29,800
r
equipment, and preparation of existing
Modsurface.
Complete and in Place.
16
ITEM UNIT OF ESTIMATED EXTENDEDNO. DESCRIPTION MEASURE QUANTITY UNIT PRICE AMOUNT
12" lane line elimination. Including labor, p
6. equipment, and all tools necessary to LF 450 675
remove and relay marking.`
�s
Ya
!�
7. 4" Lane line Elimination LF 8,00QUJ
8. Mobilization LS 1
Total Base Bid, Items (1-8) $
Offeror hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on a date to be specified in a written "Notice to
Proceed" of the Owner and to substantially complete the project within 120 Consecutive Calendar Days as stipulated in
the specification and other contract documents. Offeror hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as liquidated damages in
the sum of $1,204.28 for each consecutive calendar day after substantial completion set forth herein above for completion
of this project, all as more fully set forth in the General Conditions of the Agreement.
Bidder understands and agrees that this bid submittal shall be completed and submitted in accordance with
instruction number 28 of the General Instructions to Bidders. 11
Bidder understands that the Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any formality in the
bidding.
.The Bidder agrees that this bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 70 calendar days after the
scheduled closing time for receiving bids. F1
The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully examined the
plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this bid, and he further agrees to
commence work on or before the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially complete the work on
which he has bid; as provided is the contract documents.
Bidders are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's check or ?
certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a bid bond from a reliable surety company,
payable without recourse tathe,order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five percent (5%) of the total
amount of the bid submitted as a guarantee that bidder will enter into a contract, obtain all required insurance policies, and
execute all necessary bonds (if required) within 10 business days after notice of award of the contract to him
Bidder's initials
U
w
f �
Enclosed with this -a C bier's Check or Certified Check for Dollars
(S ) or Bid Bond n the sum of Dollars (S ), which it is agreed
shall be collected a retal by the Owner as liquidated damages in the event the bid is accepted by the Owner and the
undersigned fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance certificates, and the required bond (if any) with the
Owner within IO business days after the date of receipt of written notification of acceptance of said bid; otherwise, said check
or bond shall be returned to the undersigned upon demand.
�- Bidder understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Bidder shall be bound and include all contract
documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the Notice to Bidders.
Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(g), a
competitive sealed bid that has been opened may not be
changed for the purpose of correcting an error is the bid price.
THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE BID PRICE
MUST BE MADE ON THE BID SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR
TO BID OPENING.
(Seal if Bidder is a Corporation)
ATTEST:
Secret
Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda:
Addenda No. Date 3 - i - I
Addenda No. Date
Addenda No. Date
Addenda No. Date
ems', .. M
or
0)(Asr
U �' Ftt1d
C County
g2
State Zip Code
Telephone:
Fax: 16 0 L.-
FEDERAL TAX ID or SOCIAL SECURITY No.
EMAIL: 4u 7rg}` &kYlN6C%
FOR CITY USE ONLY
Bid Form Item Number(s) Awarded to Above Named Finn/individual:
Date of Award by City Council (for bids over $SO;Qi?d): Date P.OJContract Issued:
RETURN COMPLETED & SIGNED BID FORM ALONG WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK SPECIFICATIONS.
LABEL THE OUTSIDE OF YOUR SEALED BID WITH THE ITB NUMBER, THE CLOSING DATE AND TIME, AND
YOUR COMPANY NAME AND ADDRESS.
to
f
r
son&,
Merchants Bonding Company
P.O. BOX 26720 - AUSTIN, TX 78766-0720
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS:
That West Texas Paving, Inc,
(hereinafter called the Principal) as Principal, and the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (Mutual) a corporation of
the State of Iowa, with its Home Office in the City of Des Moines, Iowa, (hereinafter called Surety), as Surety, are held
and firmly bound to City of Lubbock I
(hereinafter called the Obligee) in the full and just sum of ($ 5% of GAB
5%ofGAB
Dollars
good and lawful money of the United States of America, to the payment of which sum of money well and truly to be
made, the Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly
and severally, firmly by these presents.
Signed and dated this 28th day of March 2018
THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that, it the Obligee shall make any award to the Principal for
Proiect No. 13945)
Milwaukee Ave. Mill & Relay 1 (
according to the terms of the proposal or bid made by the Principal therefor, and the Principal shall duly make and
enter into a contract with the Obligee In accordance with the terms of said proposal or bid and award, and shall give
bond for the faithful performance thereof with the MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (Mutual) and Surety, or with
other Surety or Sureties approved by the Obligee; or if the Principal shall, in case of failure to do so, pay to the Obligee
the damages which the Obligee may suffer by reason of such failure, not exceeding the penalty of this bond, then this
obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall be and remain in full force and effect.
IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, the Principal and Surety have caused these presents to be duly signed and sealed.
Witness: West Texas Paving, Inc.
By
Attest:
By.
CON 0333 AU
I ff I Principal .
(Mutual)
A`11` A P4� / --
Michael N. Rudberg, AttAn-Fact
--l-, I
I
I
MERCHANTS
BONDING COMPANY
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Know AN Persons By These Presents, that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.,
both being corporations of the State of lows (herein collectively called the 'Companies") do hereby make, constitute and appoint, individually,
Massimo Schirru; Michael N Rudberg; Tayler K Owen
their true and lawU Attomay(s)-h-Fad, to sign its name as sumty(ies) and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings,
contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies In their business of guaranteeing the fidelity
of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted In any
actions or proceedings slowed by taw.
This Power-of-Attomey Is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following By -Laws adopted by the Board
of Directors of Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23. 2011 and amended August 14, 2015 and adopted by the Board of Obadom
of MerchanWNatioml Bonding, inc., on October 16, 2018.
"The President. Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and auttnordy
to appoint Attorneys -in -Fad, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company. and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonito and
undertakkkga, recognizanoes, contracts of indemnify and other writings obilgatory In the nature thereof."
'The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney
or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the
Company, and such signature and seat when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed
In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only, it is agreed that the power and aut horny hereby given to the
Attorney -in -Fad Includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction
contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. n Is fully understood that consenting to the State of Florida Department
of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company of any of
Its obligations under its baud,
in connection with obligations In favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only, It Is agreed that the power and authority hereby given
to the Attorney -In -Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner -
Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty (30) days prior to the modification or revocation.
to Wdness Whereof, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and seated this 1st day of November . 2017
��p:
XIIIIiG Co
.1'0
P� A
.-ate ����
4%.�w �a�• �0- ('x'�: •
2003 ; ;4 :
: y 1933
. •;;�t1�.'
Pik.. , • •,:1•a .
MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL)
MERCHANT NATIONAL
BONDING. INC.
By
Presi
STATE OF IOWA ''••••,••••+• `•
COUNTY OF DALLAS as.
On this this tst day of November 2017 before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duty swom
did say that be Is President of MERCHANTS BONING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING. INC.; and that the
seals affixed to the foregoing Instrument are the Corporate Seats of the Companies; and that the sold Instrument was signed and sealed In behalf
of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors.
hVYL . - s AUCK K. GRAM
z° COMMission Number 767430
My Cmrdssion Expires +
. April (, 2020
Notary Publk
(Expiration of notary's commission
does not Invalidate this instrument)
I, Wiliam Warner, Jr Secretary of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDiNG, INC., do hereby
certify that the above and foregoing Is a true and correct copy of the POWER -OF -ATTORNEY executed by said Companies, which is stilt in full
force and effect and has not been amended or revokect.
In Witness YtMereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed this seal of the Companies on this 28th day of March . 20t8 .
••.• 00Ng1••.,. : •D%NG.CQV.,k•••
if,�• A
` a.00000
• v': 2003 : p : • y. 1933 : c, Secratary
POA 0018 (3117) ••
City of Lubbock, TX
Insurance Requirement Affidavit
To Be Completed by Bidder
Must be submitted with Bid
I, the undersigned Bidder, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this bid document have been reviewed by
me and my Insurance Agent/Broker. If I am awarded this contract by the City of Lubbock, I will be able to, within ten
(10) business days after being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock, furnish a valid insurance certificate to the
City meeting all of the requirements defined in this bid.
[-'� k �-
f
ton1factor n nal Si )
CONTRACTOR'S BUSINESS NAME:
or Type)
CONTRACTOR'S FARM ADDRESS:
t-S'AANttGtN
Contractor (Print)
JN
NOTE TO CONTRACTOR
If the time requirement specified above is not met, the City has the right to reject this bid and award the contract
to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, please contact the Director of
Purchasing & Contract Management Office for the City of Lubbock at (806) 775-2572.
ITB 18-13945-TF Milwaukee Avenue Mill and Relay
g
` City of Lubbock, TX
Safety Record Questionnaire
The City of Lubbock City Council desires to avail itself of the benefits of Section 252.0435 of the Local Government
Code, and consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding bids on City contracts. Pursuant to Section
252.0435 of the Local Government Code, City of Lubbock has adopted the following written definition and criteria for
accurately determining the safety record of a bidder prior to awarding bids on City contracts.
The definition and criteria for determining the safety record of a bidder for this consideration shall be:
The City of Lubbock shall consider the safety record of the bidders in determining the responsibility thereof. The
City may consider any incidents involving worker safety or safety of the citizens of the City of Lubbock, be it
related or caused by environmental, mechanical, operational, supervision or any other cause or factor.
't Specifically, the City may consider, among other things:
a. Complaints to, or final orders entered by, the Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission (OSHRC),
against the bidder for violations of OSHA regulations within the past three (3) years.
b. Citations (as defined below) from an Environmental Protection Agency (as defined below) for violations within
the past five (5) years. Environmental Protection Agencies include, but are not necessarily limited to, the U.S.
Army Corps of Engineers (USACOE), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA), the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), the Texas Natural Resource
Conservation Commission (7NRCC) (predecessor to the TCEQ),`the Texas Department of State Health Services
(DSHS), the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD), the Structural Pest Control Board (SPCB), agencies
of local governments responsible for enforcing environmental protection or worker safety related laws or
regulations, and similar regulatory agencies of other states of the United States. Citations include notices of
violation, notices of enforcement, suspensiontrevocations of state or federal licenses or registrations, fines
assessed, pending criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final
orders, and judicial final judgments.
. C. Convictions of a criminal offense within the past ten (10) years, which resulted from bodily harm or death.
d. Any other safety related matter deemed by the City Council to be material in determining the responsibility of the
bidder and his or her ability to perform the services or goods required by the bid documents in a safe environment,
both for the workers and other employees of bidder and the citizens of the City of Lubbock.
M1 In order to obtain proper information from bidders so that City of Lubbock may consider the safety records of potential
contractors prior to awarding bids on City contracts, City of Lubbock requires that bidders answer the following three (3)
questions and submit them with their bids:
QUESTION ONE
Has the bidder, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the bidder, or anyone acting for such
firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for violations of OSHA within the past three (3) years?
YES I NO
If the bidder has indicated YES for question number one above, the bidder must provide to City of Lubbock, with its bid
submission, the following information with respect to each such citation:
Date of offense, location of establishment inspected, category of offense, final disposition of offense, if any, and penalty
assessed.
Bidder's Initials
C/ -- 1
QUESTION TWO
Has the bidder, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the bidder, or anyone acting for such
firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for violations of environmental protection Iaws or
regulations, of any kind or type, within the past five years? Citations include notice of violation, notice of enforcement,
suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses, or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal complaints,
indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial final judgments.
YES NO
If the bidder has indicated YES for question number two above, the bidder must provide to City of Lubbock, with its bid
submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction:
Date of offense or occurrence, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, if any, and
penalty assessed.
QUESTION THREE
Has the bidder, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by bidder, or anyone acting for such firm,
corporation, partnership, or institution, ever been convicted, within the past ten (10) years, of a criminal offense which
resulted from serious bodily injury or death?
YES NO
if the bidder has indicated YES for question number three above, the bidder must provide to City of Lubbock, with its bid
submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction:
Date of offense, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, in any, and penalty
assessed.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
THE STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF LUBBOCK
11
iu
1 certify that I have made no willful misrepresentations in this Questionnaire nor have I withheld information in my t
statements and answers to questions. I am aware that the information given by me in this questionnaire shall be
investigated, with my full permission, and that any misrepres 'ons or omissions may cause my bid to be rejected.
Signature U
Title
E
_25
City of Lubbock, TX
Suspension and Debarment Certification
Federal Law (A-102 Common Rule and OMB Circular A -I 10) prohibits non -Federal entities from contracting with or
making sub -awards under covered transactions to parties that are suspended or debarred or whose principals are
suspended or debarred. Covered transactions include procurement contracts for goods or services equal to or in excess of
$25,000 and all non -procurement transactions (e.g., sub -awards to sub -recipients).
Contractors receiving individual awards of $25,000 or more and all sub -recipients must certify that their organization and
its principals are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency.
Before an award of $25,000 or more can be made to your firm; you must certify that your organization and its principals
are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency.
.
I, the undersigned agent for the firm named below, certify that neither ",firm nor its principals are suspended or
debarred by a Federal agency. `` k
COMPANY
FEDERAL TAX ID or SOC E Z-
Signature of Company Official:
Printed name of company official signing ab*e✓ L%1f .f- L-
Date Signed: C2$r t tT
s
City of Lubbock, TX
Chapter 2270 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Boycotting Israel
House Bill 89, adopted by the 851h Legislature, created §2270.001, Texas Government Code, Section Subtitle F,
Title 10, requires a company entering to a contract with a governmental entity or state agency to verify that the
company: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract. (Effective
September 1, 2017)
I, the undersigned agent for the company named below, certify that the Company does not boycott Israel and
will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract.
a • u.' :U1
r
Signature of Company
V
Date Signed: �'��E
Printed name of company official signing above:_bh- G
4
LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS
ITB 18-13945-TF Milwaukee Avenue Mill and Relay
LIST OF SUB CONTRACTORS
Minority Owned
Company Name
Location Services Provided Yes No
2.
❑ ❑
3.
❑ ❑
4.
❑ ❑
5.
❑ ❑
6.
❑ ❑
7.
❑ ❑
S.
❑ ❑
9.
❑ ❑
10.
o ❑
11.
❑ ❑
12.
❑ ❑
13.
❑ ❑
14.
❑ ❑
15.
❑ ❑
16.
❑ ❑
t
Telephone: ON
Fax:
THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED ALONG WITH YOUR PROPOSAL
IF NO SUB —CONTRACTORS WILL BE USED PLEASE INDICATE SO
F
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
N 10.
11.
12.
L
13.
14.
15.
_ 16.
ITB 18-13945-TF Milwaukee Avenue Mill and Relay
Company Name
Dustrol, Inc.
West Texas Paving, Inc.
Company
10104 Alcove Ave.
FINAL LIST OF SUB CONTRACTORS
Location
Roanoke, TX
Address
Lubbock Lubbock
City, County
TX 79382
State Zip Code
Telephone: 806 - 833 - 2882
Fax: 806 - 833 - 2884
Services Provided
Milling
Minority Owned
Yes
No
❑
X
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
❑
THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED WITHIN 7 DAYS OF BID
CLOSING. IF NO SUB —CONTRACTORS WILL BE USED PLEASE INDICATE SO.
3
PAYMENT BOND
Bond No. TXC75806
Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual)
Q LUXL- ;i t'u "t-
T"-
uars17
J
S.a' (-owl'ict 1
S
V w", as
j
- _ , _ I , -'IN Inc- sa -f�' to-c'�:c 1 C —10 In 'c� eq
T" 17: F�
2:Z a
7, 13 szaa. i
Maur
MerchantsBonding Company (Mutual)
-----------
Michael N. Rudberg, A lact
West Texas Paving, Inc.
11arrell Jaragin
President
a
Cody Whiff A,
Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual)
U1 v
Michael N. Rudberg, A -Fact
'A
V!
n n!,
Bond TXC75806
4� -7jr'G,�
T I J, T 10-1 Cj T TO S b6At2 i ta",
7
1,5
Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual)
-nL ity of�
id'l t,.
--red
h-
b
! UFXina.
L;J
a;; J"'
-1, =W no "-i o"'
E
7th May
Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) West Texas Paving, Inc.
Darrell Jaragin
Michael N. Rudberg, AZ4Fact
President
Cody White
cf
v
Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual)
FICAel N. �Rudiberg, -in-Fact
I by "nomey :h-,, S D",
MERCHANTS Bond No. TXC75806
BONDING COMPANY,.
POWER OF ATTORNEY
Know All Persons By These Presents, that MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.,
both being corporations of the State of Iowa (herein collectively called the "Companies") do hereby make, constitute and appoint, individually,
Massimo Schirru; Michael N Rudberg; Tayler K Owen
their true and lawful Attomey(s)-in-Fact, to sign its name as surety(ies) and to execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, undertakings,
contracts and other written instruments in the nature thereof, on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the fidelity
of persons, guaranteeing the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any
actions or proceedings allowed by law.
This Power-of-Attomey is granted and is signed and sealed by facsimile under and by authority of the following By -Laws adopted by the Board
of Directors of Merchants Bonding Company (Mutual) on April 23, 2011 and amended August 14, 2015 and adopted by the Board of Directors
of Merchants National Bonding, Inc., on October 16, 2015.
"The President, Secretary, Treasurer, or any Assistant Treasurer or any Assistant Secretary or any Vice President shall have power and authority
to appoint Attomeys-in-Fact, and to authorize them to execute on behalf of the Company, and attach the seal of the Company thereto, bonds and
undertakings, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof."
"The signature of any authorized officer and the seal of the Company may be affixed by facsimile or electronic transmission to any Power of Attorney
or Certification thereof authorizing the execution and delivery of any bond, undertaking, recognizance, or other suretyship obligations of the
Company, and such signature and seal when so used shall have the same force and effect as though manually fixed."
In connection with obligations in favor of the Florida Department of Transportation only, it is agreed that the power and aut hority hereby given to the
Attomey-in-Fact includes any and all consents for the release of retained percentages and/or final estimates on engineering and construction
contracts required by the State of Florida Department of Transportation. It is fully understood that consenting to the State of Florida Department
of Transportation making payment of the final estimate to the Contractor and/or its assignee, shall not relieve this surety company of any of
its obligations under its bond.
In connection with obligations in favor of the Kentucky Department of Highways only, it is agreed that the power and authority hereby given
to the Attorney -in -Fact cannot be modified or revoked unless prior written personal notice of such intent has been given to the Commissioner -
Department of Highways of the Commonwealth of Kentucky at least thirty (30) days prior to the modification or revocation.
In Witness Whereof, the Companies have caused this instrument to be signed and sealed this 1 st day of November 2017
•�.••Pt►ON44••..,
•�oG Cp'•.
'• RPO/P ' ��•%
9�'•'
•p� ' �P 0 ••
�: 9•q�i;yc:
MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL)
��y.•40
Z%
• G�
MERCHANT NATIONAL BONDING, INC.
CQi2 o 0:�:
2003 ;;mac
:ti:?
: y` 1933 :•c:
By
•'.•�j/ •�J .•�
'.. Lam.•
President
STATE OF IOWA sea
COUNTY OF DALLAS ss.
On this this 1st day of November 2017 , before me appeared Larry Taylor, to me personally known, who being by me duty sworn
did say that he is President of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC.; and that the
seals affixed to the foregoing instrument are the Corporate Seals of the Companies; and that the said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf
of the Companies by authority of their respective Boards of Directors.
o P�~aC s AUCIA K. GRAM
v Commission Number 767430
My Commission Expires
r April 1, 2020
Notary Public
(Expiration of notary's commission
does not invalidate this instrument)
1, William Warner, Jr., Secretary of MERCHANTS BONDING COMPANY (MUTUAL) and MERCHANTS NATIONAL BONDING, INC., do hereby
certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct copy of the POWER -OF -ATTORNEY executed by said Companies, which is still in full
force and effect and has not been amended or revoked.
In Witness Whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of the Companies on this 7th day of May , 2018
..�Pt10Nq�'•.• .•oNG CoM•.
h O�pORq �0. ��O�DQIPOgqri
"49y�
1933 3 Secretary
2003
. vd. .
%dam'•. .�a�•; .••.��••�,,.•`,� ••
POA 0018 (3/17)
STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a)
OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE
(CONTRACTS MORE THAN $50,000)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that West Texas Paving, Inc. (hereinafter called the
Principal(s), as Principal(s), and
(hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock
(hereinafter called the Obligee), in the amount of One Million Nine Hundred Seventeen Thousand
Nine Hundred Eighty -Five Dollars ($1,917,985) lawful money of the United States for the payment
whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors,
successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the
261h day of April, 2018, to ITB 18-13945-TF Milwaukee Avenue Mill and Relay
and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to
execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part
hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said
Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the
prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to
remain in full force and effect;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section
2253.021(a) of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in
accordance with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this
instrument this day of , 2018.
Surety
By:
(Title)
(Company Name)
By:
(Printed Name)
(Signature)
(Title)
The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and
hereby designates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom
any requisite notices may be delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising
out of such suretyship.
Surety
* By:
(Title)
Approved as to form:
City of Lubbock
By:
City Attorney
* Note: If signed by an Office of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the
by-laws showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact,
we must have copy of power of attorney for our files.
2
PERFORMANCE BOND
STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a)
OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE
(CONTRACTS MORE THAN $100,000)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that West Texas Paving, Inc. (hereinafter called the Principal(s),
�- - as Principal(s), and
(hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter
called the Obligee), in the amount of One Million Nine Hundred Seventeen Thousand Nine Hundred
Eighty -Five Dollars ($1,917,985) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said
Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly
and severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 26" day
of April, 2018, to ITB 18-13945-TF Milwaukee Avenue Mill and Relay
and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to
execute a bond in the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as
fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal
shall faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this
obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a)
of the Texas Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the
provisions of said article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this
instrument this day of .12018.
Surety (Company Name)
By:
(Title)
By:
(Printed Name)
(Signature)
(Title)
t
The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby
designates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be
delivered and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship.
Surety
By:
(Title)
�., Approved as to Form
City of Lubbock
By:
City Attorney
* Note: If signed by an Office of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws
showing that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have
copy of power of attorney for our files.
K
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
TO: CITY OF LUBBOCK DATE:
P.O. BOX 2000, Room 204
LUBBOCK, TX 79457 TYPE OF PROJECT:
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT (Name and Address of Insured) is,
at the date of this certificate, insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for
the typed of insurance and in accordance with the provisions of the standard policies used by this company, the further
hereinafter described. Exceptions to standard policy noted hereon.
TYPE OF INSURANCE
POLICY NUMBER
EFFECTIVE
EFFECTIVE
LIMITS
DATE
DATE
GENERAL LIABILITY
Commercial General Liability
General Aggregate $
Claims Made
Products-Comp/Op AGG $
E Occurrence
Personal & Adv. Injury $
0,.3mer's & Contractors Protective
Each Occurrence $
0
Fire Damage (Any one Fire) $
Med Exp (Any one Person)
S
AUTOMOTI17E LIABILITY
Any Auto
Combined Single Limit S
u All Owned Autos
Bodily Injury (Per Person) $
E Scheduled Autos
Bodily Injury (Per Accident) $
Hired Autos
Property Damage $
Non -Owned Autos
GARAGE LLIBILITY
Any Auto
Auto Only - Each Accident $
Other than Auto Only:
Each Accident S
Aggregate $
BUILDER'SRISK
100% of the Total Contract Price
$
INSTALLA TION FLOA TER
$
EXCESS LIABILITY
E Umbrella Form
Each Occurrence S
Aggregate $
_ Other Than Umbrella Form
$
WORKERS COMPENSA TION AND
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
The Proprietor/ Included
Statutory Limits
Partners/Executive v Excluded
Each Accident $
Offices are:
Disease Policy Limit S
Disease -Each Employee
OTHER
The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provide that they may not be changed or
canceled by the insurer in less than the legal time required after the insured has received written notice of such change or
cancellation, or in case there is no legal requirement, in less than five days in advance of cancellation.
FIVE COPIES OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
MUST BE SENT TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK
(Name of Insurer)
L'In
Title:
The Insurance Certificates Furnished shall name the City of Lubbock as Additional Insured on Auto /General
Liability and provide a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of the City of Lubbock. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S. THE
ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT SHALL INCLUDE PRODUCTS AND COMPLETE OPERATIONS.
CONTRACTORCHECKLIST
A CONTRACTOR SHALL:
(1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based
on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements;
(2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity
prior to beginning work on the project;
(3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity:
(A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental
entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing
services on the project; and
(B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing
' extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project;
(5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
thereafter;
(6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after
the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of
coverage of any person providing services on the project;
(7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are
required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide
coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other
commission rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19-point normal type, and shall be in both
English and Spanish and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices
shall be the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional
words or changes:
PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM OF A
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE
CITY OF LUBBOCK AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A PRIMARY AND
NON-CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO INCLUDE PRODUCTS OF COMPLETE OPERATIONS. PROVIDE A
WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK. IT SHALL BE THE
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE
INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH
SUBCONTRACTOR. COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS ARE REQUIRED.
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must (see
reverse) be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering
equipment and materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the -
identity of their employer or status as an employee." j
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512-305-7238 to receive information on the legal -
requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to
report an employer's failure to provide coverage." and
(8) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to:
(A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and
filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for
the duration of the project; .:
(B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the
project;
(C) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the language in subsection (e) (3) of this
rule;
(D) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(E) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor:
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and
(ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the
-
coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during
the duration of the project;
(F) retain all required -certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
thereafter;
(G) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within (ten) 10
days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the
provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(H) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by
paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they
are providing services. Y
CONTRACT
f
Contract 13945
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF LUBBOCK
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 26`h day of April, 2018, by and between the City of Lubbock,
County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City of Lubbock, thereunto authorized to do so,
hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and West Texas Paving, Inc. of the City of Wolfforth, County of Lubbock and the
State of Texas hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR.
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and
performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the
CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements
described as follows:
ITB 18-13945-TF Milwaukee Avenue Mill and Relay
and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own
proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance
and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents
as defined in the General Conditions of Agreement. West Texas Paving, Ine.'s bid dated March 28, 2018 is
incorporated into and made a part of this agreement.
The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have
been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents.
The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance
with the bid submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make
payment on account thereof as provided therein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County,
i-- Texas in the year and day first above written.
COMPLETE ADDRESS:
West Texas Paving, Inc.
10104 Alcove
Wolfforth, TX 79382
ATTEST:
Corporate e retary
CITY OF LUBBOC XAS (OWNER):
By:
Daniel M. Pope, Mayor
ATTEST:
h
Re keca Garza, City SecretuA
APPROVED AS TO CONTENT:
9 iiilliTarfd, P�Iic Wbrks"Superin
301 Frank , P.E.,-DivisidwDire
W VE A TO FORM:
Leisure, Assistant City Attorney
of Public Works
CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIR CHAPTER 176
FOR VENDOR DOING BUSINESS WITH LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY
1_. ,
This questionnaire reflects changes made to law by H.B. 23, 80 Leg., Regular Session
Businesses and individuals doing business with the City need to file conflict of interest questionnaires with the
Office of the City Secretary's Office. Local government officers are also required to file when a conflict exists.
The questionnaire is to be filed in accordance with Chapter 176, Local Government Code, by a vendor who has
a business relationship as defined by Section 176.001 (1-a) with a local governmental entity and the vendor
meets the requirements under Section 176.006(a).
By law this questionnaire must be filed with the City Secretary's Office of the local governmental entity no later
than the 71e business day after the date the vendor becomes aware of the facts that require the statement to be
filled.
Chapter 176 of the Local Government Code requires the City Manager and Council Members to file a Conflicts
Disclosure Statement regarding their relationships with City vendors (including bidders and potential vendors).
The law also requires that any vendor who contracts, or seeks to contract, with the City for the sale or purchase
of property, goods or services (including a bidder on a City contract) file a "Conflict of Interest Questionnaire"
regarding the vendor's business relationships, if any, with Council Members or the City Manager.
Compliance is the responsibility of each individual, business or agent who is subject to the law's filing
requirement. Questions about compliance should be directed to your legal counsel.
Office of the City Secretary
1625 13th Street, Room 206
Lubbock, TX 79401
Questionnaire is available at htW://www.ci.lubbock.tx.us/departmental-
websites/departments/purchasing/vendor-information
Texas Government Code 2252.908
Disclosure of Interested Parties
Form 1295
House Bill 1295, adopted by the 84th Legislature, created §2252.908, Texas Government Code. Section
2252.908 requires a business entity entering into certain contracts with a governmental entity or state agency to
file with the governmental entity or state agency a disclosure of interested parties at the time the business entity
submits the signed contract to the governmental entity or state agency.
§2252.908, Texas Government Code requires the commission to adopt rules necessary to implement the new
disclosure requirement and to prescribe the disclosure form. Section 2252.908 requires the disclosure form to be
signed by the authorized agent of the contracting business entity, acknowledging that the disclosure is made
under oath and under penalty of perjury. Section 2252.908 applies only to a contract that requires an action or
vote by the governing body of the governmental entity or state agency before the contract may be signed or has
a value of at least $1 million. Section 2252.908 provides definitions of certain terms occurring in the section.
House Bill 1295 provides that §2252.908 applies only to a contract entered into on or after January 1, 2016.
An interested parry is defined as a person who has a controlling interest in a business entity with whom a
governmental entity or state agency contracts or who actively participates in facilitating the contract or
negotiating the terms of the contract, including a broker, intermediary, adviser, or attorney for the business
entity.
fli
Contractors are required to acquire Form 1295 via the Texas Ethics Commission website. This requires
registration, generation of Form 1295 with a unique Certificate Number & filing date, printing the form,
signing, and returning the form to City of Lubbock Purchasing & Contract Management Department.
Once the form is received by the Purchasing and Contract Management Department, the Buyer associated with
the project will log -in to the Texas Ethics Commission portal and acknowledge receipt of the form not later than
the 30th day after the date the contract for which the form was filed binds all parties to the contract. This will
complete the form for the contract with which the form is associated. The completed form will be made
available via the Texas Ethics Commission website. Fit
Form 1295 can be generated via the Texas Ethics Commission web portal. The website and detailed
instructions are located at: hgps://www.ethics.state.tx.us/whatsnew/elf info form1295.htm
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
h i
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
1. OWNER
Whenever the word Owner, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City
of Lubbock, Texas.
2. CONTRACTOR
- Whenever the word Contractor, or Second Party, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co-
partnership or corporation, to wit West Texas Paving, Inc, who has agreed to perform the work embraced in this
contract, or their legal representative.
3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as
referring to, City of Lubbock, or its representative Manager, so designated who will inspect constructions; or to
such other representatives, supervisors, architects, engineers, or inspectors as may be authorized by said Owner to
act in any particular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisors or inspectors will act for the Owner under the
direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or persons acting on behalf of
the Contractor.
, 4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Offerors, General Instructions to Offerors, Proposal,
Signed Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the
Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificates, and all other documents made available to
Offeror for inspection in accordance with the Notice to Offerors. The above described materials are sometimes
referred to herein as the "contract" or "contract documents".
5. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES
Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed,"
or words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order,
designation or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved,"
"Acceptable," "Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the
Owner's Representative.
6. SUBCONTRACTOR
The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for
performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no
responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated
by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due
Subcontractor. The City reserves the right to approve or disapprove the selection of any subcontractor(s).
7. WRITTEN NOTICE
Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of
the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the
last business address known to the party who gives the notice.
L___
L9
10
11
12
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery,
equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other
facilities necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless
otherwise specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality.
The Contractor shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials
or work described in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer
such recognized standards.
All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents.
SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED
The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents
has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still t
may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment.
LAYOUT
Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall `
accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will
check the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at
Contractor's request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all
work in accordance with the Plans and Specifications.
KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE
The Contractor shall be furnished ten copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to Contractor and
Contractor shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site.
RIGHT OF ENTRY
The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress or quality of the executed
work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents. Owner's
Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or
quantity of the work, nor will Owner's Representative be responsible for the construction means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. Notwithstanding the Owner's
Representative's rights of entry hereunder, the Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the Contractor's
failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents. _-
13. LINES AND GRADES
The Contractor is responsible for construction layout based on the control provided in the construction
documents. All lines and grades shall be furnished whenever Owner's Representative (as distinguished from
Resident Project Representative(s)) deems said lines and grades are necessary for the commencement of the work
contemplated by these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract_
documents. Whenever necessary, Contractor shall suspend its work in order to permit Owner's Representative to
comply with this requirement, but such suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no
extra compensation therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and
place where lines and grades will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the
Contractor, and in case of careless destruction or removal by Contractor, its Subcontractors, or its employees,
such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense.
1
..
14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY
Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's
Representative (as distinguished from Resident Project Representative(s))has the authority to review all work
included herein. The Owner's Representative has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be
necessary to ensure the proper execution of the contract. The Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine
the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under the contract documents,
and shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases,
decide every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor.
The decision of the Owner's Representative shall be conclusive in the absence of written objection to same
delivered to Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of any decision or direction by Owner's
Representative. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all
objection or objections shall be deemed waived.
15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION
It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from
time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors, as distinguished from Resident Project
Representative, as the said Owner's Representative may deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the
work done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is done in accordance
with the specifications therefore. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the
subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The
Contractor shall regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or
inspectors so appointed, when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this
Agreement and accompanying plans and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any
orders by any subordinate engineer, supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within fifteen (15) calendar days
make written appeal to the Owner's Representative for its decision. In the absence of timely written objection by
Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived.
16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE
The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall
keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to
Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in its absence and all directions given
- to superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. It is expressly agreed that adequate supervision
m by competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work
and lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor.
The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the
Contractor and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor.
The Owner or Owner's Representatives shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any
subcontractors, or any of Contractor's agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work.
17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied itself as to the nature and
location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be
encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the
work, and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the work under the
contract documents. No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, or
Owner's Representative either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the
terms or obligations herein contained. Subject to the rights of Owner as set forth in Paragraph 23 hereof, all
modifications and/or amendments to the contract documents, shall be in writing, and executed by Owner's €
Representative and Contractor.
Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to Contractor arising out of the nature of the work
to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the
work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at its own cost and expense.
18. CHARACTER OF WORKERS
The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance in the type of
work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall
inform Contractor in writing that any person or persons on the work, are, in Owner's Representative's sole
opinion, incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unacceptable to Owner or Owner's Representative, such
person or persons shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the
Owner's Representative's written consent.
19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT
The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution
and completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and
it is also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or
protection of any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and
accepted. H11,
The building of structures for the housing of workers or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the
Owner's Representative shall consent or direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such
structure shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative. r,
20. SANITATION P
._
Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public
observation, shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be
approved by the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced.
21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING
The Contractor is responsible for construction quality control testing, cost, and reporting of the type and extent
required by the contract documents. The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all times to
observe and test the work. Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access
for such observation and testing at any location wherever such work is in preparation or progress. Contractor
shall ascertain the scope of any observation that may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and
shall give ample notice as to the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's
Representative may reject any such work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents,
regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether
Owner's Representative has previously accepted the work. If any such work should be covered without approval _
or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for examination
at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location
where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or require ,
testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to furnish
Owner or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to
perform such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests
will be in accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such
other applicable organization as may be required by law or the contract documents. [ _ i
i If any such work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or
consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative, be
uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and
approvals shall be borne by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the
requirements of any such tests, inspections or approvals, and any work which meets the requirements of any such
tests or approvals but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective, and
shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense.
Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by
Owner, Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under the contract documents to make such
inspections, tests, or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to perform the work in accordance
with the requirements of the contract documents.
22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES
It is expressly agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in
the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owner's Representative as unsuitable or not in
conformity with plans, specifications and/or contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written
notice thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy
such work so that it shall be in full accordance with the contract documents. It is further agreed that any remedial
action contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense.
23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS
The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in
the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either
before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the
accompanying bond.
If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a
claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of
work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid
according to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract;
otherwise such additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make
such changes or alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in
said work, then the Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for actual
expenses incurred in preparation for the work as originally planned.
The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be
required by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change,
alteration or addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered
by Contractor's proposal, except as provided under Changes and Alterations in Paragraph 23.
It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the observation of the Owner's Representative
when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of
the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the
compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following
methods:
Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or
Method
(B) - By agreed lump sum; or
Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is
commenced, then the Contractor shall be paid the lesser of the following: (1) actual field
cost of the extra work, plus fifteen (15%) percent to the firm actually performing the
work, and additional higher -tier markups limited to 5% to cover additional overhead and
insurance costs; or (2) the amount that would have been charged by a reasonable and
prudent Contractor as a reasonable and necessary cost for performance of the extra work,
as estimated by the Engineer and approved by the Owner..
In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C)(1), then the provisions of this paragraph
shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workers, such as foremen,
timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for
the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred,
together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age
Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other
insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by
them agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be
kept and records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's
Representative may also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the
type and kind of machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the
Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined
by using 100%, unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted
by the Associated General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of
machinery and equipment shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the
actual field cost to be paid to Contractor shall cover and compensate Contractor for its profit, overhead, general
superintendence and field office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the
actual field cost as herein defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office must be maintained
primarily on account of such Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the
"actual field cost."
No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case
any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which Contractor should receive
compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, Contractor shall prior to commencement of such extra
work, make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should
a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and
the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making
written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as
provided under Method (C) (1). If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before the commencement
of any extra work, any claim for payment due to alleged extra work shall be deemed waived.
25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS
It is further agreed that it is the intent of the contract documents that all work described in the proposal, the
specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that
such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these
contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in
these plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Owners' Representative and a
clarification obtained before the proposals are received, and if no such notice is received by the Owner's
Representative prior to the opening of proposals, then it shall be deemed that the Contractor fully
understands the work to be included and has provided sufficient sums in its proposal to complete the work
in accordance with these plans and specifications. If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative
before offering of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans
and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any
request for clarification must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of
proposals. In the absence of a requested clarification for a conflict in the documents prior to proposals
being reviewed, it will be assumed that the Contractor proposes the higher cost alternative on conflicts
? identified after proposals are reviewed.
26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT
If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of
work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the
Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall
comply with such order. If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the
progress herein specified, the Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase its force or equipment, or both, to
27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC AND GENERAL INDEMNITY
The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an
insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the
Workers' Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable
precaution for the safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable
provisions of federal, state and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and
equipment and other physical hazards shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in
Construction" of Associated General Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or
municipal laws or regulations. The Contractor, its sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and
hold harmless the Owner and Engineer and all of its officers, agents and employees against any all losses, costs,
damages, expenses, liabilities, claims and/or causes of action, whether known or unknown, fixed, actual, accrued
or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated, including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees and expenses, in connection
with, incident to, related to, or arising out of, the Contractor's or any subcontractor's, agent's or employee's, in
any manner whatsoever, omission, execution and/or supervision of this contract, and the project which is the
subject matter of this contract.
The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in its sole discretion as an
Independent Contractor; inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given
by the Owners or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses,
are intended as reminders to the Contractor of its duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to
supervise safety precautions by either the Contractor or any of its subcontractors.
28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the
General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of
Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of
cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) calendar days in advance of cancellation or change.
All policies of insurance, required herein, including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor
and its subcontractors, shall contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self-
insurance, rights to subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by
i virtue of payment of any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted to
the City in conformity with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver.
The Contractor shall procure and carry at its sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance
{ protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such
insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and
shall cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a
subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of
insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract execution.
a
PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE
FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES
FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON
AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO
INCLUDE PRODUCTS OF COMPLETE OPERATIONS. PROVIDE A WAIVER OF
SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK. IT SHALL BE THE
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF
COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION
COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS ARE
REQUIRED.
A. Commercial General Liability Insurance (Primary Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation 1-
required)
The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of $1,000,000 i
Combined Single Limit in the aggregate and $1,000,000 per occurrence to include:
Products & Completed Operations Hazard
Contractual Liability
Personal Injury & Advertising Injury
w/Heavy Equipment
B. Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance — NOT REQUIRED
C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance (Waiver of Subrogation Required)
The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than;
Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $1,000,000 Combined Single Limit per occurrence, to include all owned
and non -owned cars including: Employers Non -ownership Liability Hired and Non -owned Vehicles.
D. Builder's Risk Insurance/Installation Floater Insurance — NOT REQUIRED
E. Umbrella Liability Insurance (Primary Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation required)-,
The Contractor shall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of $4,000,000 per occurrence on all
contracts with coverage to correspond with Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive
Automobile Liability coverages.
F. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance (Waiver of Subrogation required)
Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any
Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least $1,000,000
Definitions:
Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of
authority to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-
82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for
the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project.
is
i.„
Duration of the project - includes the time ftom the beginning of the work on the project until the
Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental
entity.
Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406.096, Texas Labor
Code) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has
undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with
the Contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without
limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -
operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to
provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or
delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a
project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage
vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets.
2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and
payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements
of Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services
on the project, for the duration of the project.
The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being
awarded the contract.
4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new
certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended.
The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the
governmental entity:
(a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the
governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all
persons providing services on the project; and
(b) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project.
6 The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and
for one year thereafter.
7. The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal
delivery, within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that
materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project.
The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by
the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the
project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and
report lack of coverage.
9. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services
on the project, to:
r_ ,
(a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts
and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas
Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the
project, for the duration of the project;
(b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate
of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person
providing services on the project, for the duration of the project;
_3
(c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor:
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project;
and
(2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of
the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for
one year thereafter;
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10
days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects
the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
i
(g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by J
paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for
whom they are providing services. 1
10. B signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the
Y� g p g g p g,
Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the
duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes
and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance
carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance
Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to
administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions.
11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the
Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor
does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the
governmental entity.
F. Proof of Coverage
Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner
for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence
of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the
insurance company setting forth:--
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
The name and address of the insured.
The location of the operations to which the insurance applies.
The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by
such certificate.
The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne
by such certificate.
A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured
at the address shown in the proposal specifications.
A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or
cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate.
The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job
specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable.
If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project.
A Contractor shall:
(a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the
project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling
of any coverage agreements;
(b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the
governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project;
(c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate
of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental
entity:
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so
the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing
coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and
(ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for
one year thereafter;
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10
days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially
affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project;
(g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project
that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current
coverage and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other
posting requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other
commission rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30-point bold type
and text in at least 19-point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and
any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be
the following text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any
additional words or changes:
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to
this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This
includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing
labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity
of their employer or status as an employee. "
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 800-372-7713 or 512-804-
4000 (www tdi.state.tx.us) to receive information of the legal requirements for
coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to
report an employer's failure to provide coverage, " and
(h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,
to:
(i) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll `J
amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing
services on the project, for the duration of the project;
(ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the Contractor prior to that person beginning
work on the project;
(iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the following language:
"By signing this contract or providing or causing to be
provided a certificate of coverage, the person signing this
contract is representing to the governmental entity that all
employees of the person signing this contract who will
provide services on the project will be covered by workers'
compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that
the coverage will be based on proper reprinting of
classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all
coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate
insurance carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the
commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation.
r I
Providing false or misleading information may subject the
Contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties,
civil penalties, or other civil actions.";
r
(iv) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate
of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the
Contractor:
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the
project; and
(2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown'
[j
29
30.
31
32.
l
on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the
project;
(vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project
and for one year thereafter;
(vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,
within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that
materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on
the project; and
(viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as
required by paragraphs (i)-(viii), with the certificate of coverage to be provided
to the person for whom they are providing services.
DISABLED EMPLOYEES
Contractors having more than fifteen (15) employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of
1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such
individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee
compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment.
PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS LABORERS MATERLUMEN AND
FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the
Contractor agrees that it will indemnify and save the Owner and Engineer and all of its officers, agents and
employees, harmless against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and causes of action arising
out of, in any way, manner or form, the demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, material men
and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and supplies, incurred in the performance
of this contract and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. When Owner so desires, the
Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been
paid, discharged or waived.
PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION
The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material
or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or owner thereof.
Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the
Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and
save the Owner and Engineer, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account
thereof, except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a
particular design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is
specified or required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design,
device, material or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner, and all
of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein
to the contrary, if the material or process specified or required by Owner and/or this contract is an infringement,
the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless it gives written notice of such infringement to the Owner's
Representative prior to offering.
LAWS AND ORDINANCES
The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and
regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work, and without limiting, in any way, manner or
1
form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless
the Owner and Engineer and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any claims arising from the
violation of any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor, its employees, or
subcontractors. If the Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall
notify the Owner's Representative in writing prior to proposing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as
provided in the contract for changes in the work. In the absence of timely written notification to Owner's
Representative of such variance or variances within said time, any objection and/or assertion that the plans and
specifications are at variance with any federal, state or local laws, ordinances or regulations shall be deemed
waived. If the Contractor, its employees or subcontractors perform any work contrary to such laws, ordinances,
rules and regulations, and without such notice to the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall bear all costs
arising there from.
The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar
as the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may
enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as
though embodied herein.
33. SUBCONTRACTING
The Contractor agrees that it will retain personal control and will give its personal attention to the fulfillment of P
1
this contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials
required in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from its full obligations to the Owner,
as provided by the contract documents.
34. TIME FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of
beginning and time for completion as specified in the Notice to Proceed and contract documents, respectively, of
work to be done hereunder are essential conditions of this contract; and it is further mutually understood and
agreed that the work embraced in this contract shall be commenced as provided in the contract documents.
If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to substantially complete the work within the time herein specified, L?
then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner
may withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $1,204.28 PER DAY, not as a
penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each and every working
day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for substantially completing the work.
If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to Finally complete the work within the time herein specified, then
the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner may
withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $1,204.28 PER DAY, not as a penalty,
but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth for each and every working day that the
Contractor shall fail to meet the time requirements stipulated for substantially completing the work.
It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the substantial
completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into
consideration the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality.
The amount is fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because the actual damages
the Owner would sustain in such event would be difficult and/or impossible to estimate, however, the amount
agreed upon herein is a reasonable forecast of the amount necessary to render just compensation to Owner, and is
expressly agreed to be not disproportionate to actual damages as measured at time of breach.
IT IS FURTHER AGREED AND UNDERSTOOD BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND OWNER THAT I
TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS CONTRACT.
f
t
35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION
It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor
shall be allowed to prosecute its work at such time and sessions, in such order of precedence, and in such manner
�2 as shall be most conductive to economy of construction; provided, however, that the order and time of prosecution
shall be such that the work shall be substantially completed as a whole and in part, in accordance with this
contract, the plans and specifications, and within the time of completion designated in the proposal; provided,
also, that when the Owner is having other work done, either by contract or by its own force, the Owner's
Representative (as distinguished from the Resident Project Representative) may direct the time and manner of
constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and the construction of the various
works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized.
The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative,
schedules which shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which
the Contractor will start the several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts.
36. TIME OF PERFORMANCE
The Contractor agrees that it has submitted its proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion
of this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this
locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 34 hereinabove set forth and expressly
agrees that it shall not be entitled to, nor will it request, an extension of time on this contract, except when its
work has been delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or
other contractors employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God
or the public enemy, fire or flood. Any request for extension shall be in writing with the written request for same
setting forth all justifications, in detail, for the request, and submitted to Owner's Representative within twenty
(20) calendar days of the occurrence of the event causing said delay. A failure by Owner's Representative to
affirmatively grant the extension no later than within twenty (20) calendar days of written submission by
Contractor shall be deemed a denial, and final. Further, in the absence of timely written notification of such delay
and request for extension, as provided herein, any request for extension by Contractor shall be deemed waived.
37. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS
In executing the contract, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein
fixed, Contractor has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such
work, whether growing out of delays due to unusual and unanticipated circumstances, difficulties or delays in
securing material or workers, or any other cause or occurrence. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for
hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except
where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in
which event, such expense as in the sole judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage
shall be paid by Owner to Contractor.
i , 38. OUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS
No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length,
area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the
event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the
specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material
to be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown, and only when same are expressly stated to
be estimates, for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they are
-t approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing
their proposals offered for the work. In the event the amount of work to be done and materials to be furnished are _ a
expressly stated to be estimated, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimated, it is understood and
agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ
somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method,
payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project, provided that the
over run or under run of estimated quantities32 note exceed 15% of the estimated quantity.
39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY
The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way
encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under
this agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and Contractor shall be
liable for any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property.
Without limiting, in any way, manner and form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the
Contractor agrees to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner and Engineer, and any of its officers, agents
and employees, against any and all claims or damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property,
related to, arising from or growing out of the performance of this contract.
40. PRICE FOR WORK
In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work `
by the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the
specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the
proposal attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive
such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses
incurred by Contractor and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and
according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of Owner's
Representative.
41. PAYMENTS ri
No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the
contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective
work. Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's
Representative with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection
with the work. Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there
are no outstanding liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by
Contractor of final payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner, Owner's
agents and employees, which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract.
42. PARTIAL PAYMENTS
On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application
for partial payment. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment if submitted, and
the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order, shall prepare a certificate for partial
payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and
including the last day of the preceding month. The determination of the partial payment by the Owner's
Representative shall be in accordance with Paragraph 14 hereof.
The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of L-
the Owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be r ,
retained until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by
Owner under the terms of the contract documents.-
i
43
44.
45
46.
Payment for materials on hand and delivered to the project site will be limited to 100 percent less the 5 percent
standard retainage until actually incorporated into the project.
Any partial payment made hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by the Owner of any and all other rights to
enforce the express terms of the contract documents, and all remedies provided therein, as to any and all work
performed, to be performed and/or materials delivered hereunder, including, but limited to, work to which said
partial payment is attributable.
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Contractor shall give Owner's Representative written notice of substantial completion. Within thirty-one (31)
working days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been
substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and/or the Owner shall inspect the work and within said time,
if the work be found to be substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the Owner's
Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor a certificate of substantial completion. Notwithstanding
the issuance of a certificate of substantial completion, Contractor shall proceed with diligence to finally complete
the work within the time provided in this contract.
FINAL COMPLETION AND PAYMENT
The Contractor shall give written notice to Owner's Representative of final completion. Upon written notice of
final completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement to determine whether final
completion has occurred. If the Owner's Representative determines final completion has occurred, Owner's
Representative shall so certify to the Owner. Upon certification by Owner's Representative of final completion,
Owner shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31 st working day after the date of certification of final
completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement. Neither the certification of final
completion nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the
obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the contract documents and/or any warranty
or warranties implied by law or otherwise.
CORRECTION OF WORK
Contractor shall promptly remove from Owner's premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative
on account of failure to conform to the contract documents, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and
Contractor shall at its own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming
to the requirements of the contract documents. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of
other contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any
such condemned work within a reasonable time but not to exceed 30 days after a written notice by the Owner or
the Owner's Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall pay
all claims, cost, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of the engineers, architects,
attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution cost) arising out of or
relating to such correction or removal.
Neither the final payment, nor certification of final completion or substantial completion, nor any provision in the
contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and
Contractor shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which
shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of certification of final completion by Owner's
Representative.
PAYMENT WITHHELD
The Owner or Owner's Representative may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify
the whole or part of any certification to such extent as may be necessary to protect itself from loss on account of
47
(a) Defective work not remedied and/or work not performed,
(b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims,
(c) Damage to another contractor,
(d) Notification to owner of failure to make payments to Subcontractors or Suppliers,
(e) Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required,
(f) Failure to submit monthly progress schedule updates or revised scheduled as requested by Owner,
(g) Failure to provide Project photographs required by Specifications.
When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, in the
amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them.
CLAIM OR DISPUTE
It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor
shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Owner's
Representative has given any direction, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception.
Timely written notice of dispute as provided in this contract of any decision by Owner's Representative or Owner
shall be a condition precedent to the bringing and/or assertion of any action or claim by Contractor of any right
under this Contract. If the matters set forth in the notice of dispute are not granted or otherwise responded to by
Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of notice of dispute by Owner's
Representative, said objections shall be deemed denied. Any decision by the Owner's Representative, or deemed
denial by the Owner's Representative, shall be final and conclusive in the absence of fraud. It is further agreed
that the acceptance by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any and all claims of the Contractor,
and constitute a waiver of the right to assert any claim against Owner, Owner's agents and employees and
Owner's Representative, by Contractor.
48. NON-COMPLIANCE AND/OR ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR
In case the Contractor should (1) abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within fifteen (15) calendar days after
written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or (2) if the Contractor fails to comply with
the written orders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, then the
Surety on the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall
be delivered to the Contractor. In the event a bond is not required by law, or otherwise obtained by the
Contractor, no further notice of such non-compliance to Contractor shall be required.
After receiving said notice of abandonment or non-compliance , the Contractor shall not remove from the work
any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials
and equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the
Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or
credit therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for
under paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will
ultimately reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement.
In the event the Contractor, or Surety, whichever is applicable, should fail to commence compliance with the
notice hereinbefore provided within ten (10) calendar days after service of such notice, and/or shall fail to proceed
with diligence to complete the project as contemplated and in compliance with all terms and provisions of the
contract documents, then the Owner may exercise any and all remedies available to it pursuant to law, contract,
equity or otherwise, including, but not limited to, providing for completion of the work in either of the following
elective manners:
(a) The Owner may employ such force of persons and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and
supplies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor,
machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall
a
j�
t
i
be deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time
become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than
the sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by the
Contractor, then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum
which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by said Contractor,
then the Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner; or
(b) The Owner, under sealed proposals, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a
newspaper having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the
completion of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this
contract. In case of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would
have been the cost under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety
shall be and remain bound therefore. Should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less
than that which would have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his
Surety shall be credited therewith.
In the event the Owner's Representative elects to complete the work, as described above, when the work shall
have been finally completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certification of completion as
provided in paragraph 44 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract
accounts, certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to
Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be,
shall pay the balance due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certification of
completion.
In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have
been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or
when the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner,
then all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the
Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and
the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated
hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work,
notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the Contractor
and his Surety, if applicable, at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual
written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such
property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, subject only to the duty of the
Owner to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of said
notice the Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived
from such sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable. Such sale may be made at either public
or private sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machinery,
equipment, tools, materials, or supplies that remain on the jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor
or his Surety, if applicable, to their proper owners.
The remedies provided to Owner by law, equity, contract, or otherwise, shall be cumulative, to the extent
permitted by law. It is expressly agreed and understood that the exercise by Owner of the remedies provided in
this paragraph shall not constitute an election of remedies on the part of Owner, and Owner, irrespective of its
exercise of remedies hereunder, shall be entitled to exercise concurrently or otherwise, any and all other remedies
available to it, by law, equity, contract or otherwise, including but not limited to, liquidated damages, as provided
in paragraph 34, hereinabove set forth.
49. LIMITATION ON CONTRACTOR'S REMEDY
i_
The remedies of Contractor hereunder shall be limited to, and Owner shall be liable only for, work actually
performed by Contractor and/or its subcontractors as set forth in the contract documents, and Owner shall not be
50.
51.
52.
53
54.
liable for any consequential, punitive or indirect loss or damage that Contractor may suffer in connection with the
project which is the subject matter of this contract.
The Contractor is required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in
the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the
Contractor is required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the
amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $25,000. All bonds shall
be submitted on forms supplied by the Owner, and executed by a Surety Company listed on the State Treasury's
"Approved" list and authorized to do business in the State of Texas. It is further agreed that this contract shall not
be in effect until such bonds are so furnished.
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
In the event special conditions are contained herein as part of the contract documents and said special conditions
conflict with any of the general conditions contained in this contract, then in such event the special conditions
shall control.
LOSS OR EXPENSE DUE TO UNUSUAL OR UNANTICIPATED CIRCUMSTANCES
Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to the Contractor arising out of the nature of the
work to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance or from unusual
obstructions or difficulties, naturally occurring, man made or otherwise, which may be encountered in the
prosecution of the work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at his own cost and expense.
INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR
Contractor is, and shall remain, an independent contractor with full, complete and exclusive power and authority
to direct, supervise, and control its own employees and to determine the method of the performance of the work
covered hereby. The fact that the Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right to observe Contractor's
work during Contractor's performance and to carry out the other prerogatives which are expressly reserved to and
vested in the Owner or Owner's Representative hereunder, is not intended to and shall not at any time change or
effect the status of the Contractor as an independent contractor with respect to either the Owner or Owner's
Representative or to the Contractor's own employees or to any other person, firm, or corporation.
CLEANING UP
The Contractor shall at all times keep the premises free from accumulation of debris caused by the work, and at
the completion of the work Contractor shall remove all such debris and also its tools, scaffolding, and surplus
materials and shall leave the work room clean or its equivalent. The work shall be left in good order and
condition. In case of dispute Owner may remove the debris and charge the cost to the Contractor.
55. HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES AND ASBESTOS
Hazardous Substances (herein so called), as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C.S. §9601(14)) and the regulations promulgated thereunder, as same
may be amended from time to time, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos, in
any form, shall not (i) be utilized, in any way, manner or form, in the construction of, or incorporation into, the
Project; or (ii) be brought upon, placed, or located, by any party, on the Project site, or any other property of the
City, without the written consent of the Owner's Representative. If Contractor believes that the utilization of a
Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos is necessary in the
construction of the Project, or that it is necessary to place and/or otherwise locate upon the site of the Project or
other property of the City, a Hazardous Substance, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts
and/or asbestos, Contractor shall notify the Owner's Representative, and request consent therefrom, at least
twenty (20) days prior to such action. Owner's Representative may grant or deny the request of Contractor and
provide whatever requirements such consent, if granted, is conditioned upon, in its sole and absolute discretion. If
the request of Contractor is not granted, or otherwise not responded to, by Owner's Representative within five (5)
( days of the receipt of said request, said request shall be deemed to be denied.
In the event Owner's Representative shall consent to the request of Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for
ensuring that all personnel involved in the Project are (i) trained for the level of expertise required for proper
performance of the actions contemplated by this Contract and, in particular, in all aspects of handling, storage,
disposal and exposure of Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or
asbestos; and (ii) are provided and utilize all protective equipment, including without limitation, personal
protective gear, necessary to provide protection from exposure to Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other
petroleum products or byproducts and/or asbestos.
56. NONAPPROPRIATION
All funds for payment by the City under this contract are subject to the availability of an annual appropriation for
' this purpose by the City. In the event of non -appropriation of funds by the City Council of the City of Lubbock
( for the goods or services provided under the contract, the City will terminate the contract, without termination
charge or other liability, on the last day of the then -current fiscal year or when the appropriation made for the
then -current year for the goods or services covered by this contract is spent, whichever event occurs first. If at
any time funds are not appropriated for the continuance of this contract, cancellation shall be accepted by the
t ` Seller on thirty (30) days prior written notice, but failure to give such notice shall be of no effect and the City
-, shall not be obligated under this contract beyond the date of termination.
' - 57. THE CITY RIGHT TO AUDIT
At any time during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years thereafter the City or a duly
authorized audit representative of the City, or the State of Texas, at its expense and at reasonable times, reserves
the right to audit Contractor's records and books relevant to all services provided under this Contract. In the event
such an audit by the City reveals any errors/overpayments by the City, Contractor shall refund the City the full
amount of such overpayments within thirty (30) days of such audit findings, or the City, at its option, reserves the
right to deduct such amounts owing the City from any payments due Contractor.
t " 58. NON -ARBITRATION
The City reserves the right to exercise any right or remedy available to it by law, contract, equity, or otherwise,
including without limitation, the right to seek any and all forms of relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.
Further, the City shall not be subject to any arbitration process prior to exercising its unrestricted right to seek
judicial remedy. The remedies set forth herein are cumulative and not exclusive, and may be exercised
concurrently. To the extent of any conflict between this provision and another provision in, or related to, this
document, this provision shall control.
r 59. HOUSE BILL 2015
House Bill 2015 signed by the Governor on June 14, 2013 and effective on January 1, 2014, authorizes a penalty to
be imposed on a person who contracts for certain services with a governmental entity and who fails to properly
classify their workers. This applies to subcontractors as well. Contractors and subcontractors who fail to properly
classify individuals performing work under a governmental contract will be penalized $200 for each individual that
has been misclassified (Texas Government Code Section 2155.001).
60. HOUSE BILL 1295: DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTED PARTIES
House Bill 1295, adopted by the 84th Legislature, created §2252.908, Texas Government Code. Section 2252.908
requires a business entity entering into certain contracts with a governmental entity or state agency to file with the
governmental entity or state agency a disclosure of interested parties at the time the business entity submits the
signed contract to the governmental entity or state agency. Section 2252.908 requires the disclosure form to be
signed by the authorized agent of the contracting business entity, acknowledging that the disclosure is made under
oath and under penalty of perjury. Section 2252.908 applies only to a contract that requires an action or vote by the
governing body of the governmental entity or state agency before the contract may be signed or has a value of at
least $1 million. Instructions for completing Form 1295 are available at:
http://www.ci.lubbock.tx.us/departmental-websites/departments/purchasing/vendor-information
61. SB 252
SB 252 prohibits the City from entering into a contract with a vendor that is identified by The Comptroller as a
company known to have contracts with or provide supplies or service with Iran, Sudan or a foreign terrorist
organization. 1_
The Contractor warrants that it complies with Chapter 2270, Subtitle F, Title 10 of the Texas Government
Code by verifying that:
(1) The Contractor does not boycott Israel; and
(2) The Contractor will not boycott Israel during the term of the Agreement.
DAVIS BACON WAGE DETERMINATIONS
I
I
Pa2e Intentionally Left Blank r-ij
I
I
I
IJ
EXHIBIT A
' General Decision Number: TX180007 01/05/2018
_ TX7
Superseded General Decision Number: TX20170007
State: Texas
Construction Types: Heavy and Highway
Counties: Armstrong, Carson, Crosby, Ector, Irion,
Lubbock, Midland, Potter, Randall, Taylor and Tom
i Green Counties in Texas.
HEAVY & HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
PROJECTS
Note: Under Executive Order (EO) 13658, an hourly
minimum wage of $10.35 for calendar year 2018
applies to all contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act
for which the contract is awarded (and any solicitation
was issued) on or after January 1, 2015.
If this contract is covered by the EO, the contractor
must pay all workers in any classification listed on
this wage determination at least $10.35 per hour (or
the applicable wage rate listed on this wage
determination, if it is higher) for all hours spent
performing on the contract in calendar year 2018. The
EO minimum wage rate will be adjusted annually.
Please note that this EO applies to the above -
mentioned types of contracts entered into by the
federal government that are subject to the Davis -
Bacon Act itself, but it does not apply to contracts
subject only to the Davis -Bacon Related Acts,
including those set forth at 29 CFR 5. 1 (a)(2)-(60).
Additional information on contractor requirements
and worker protections under the EO is available at
www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts.
Paving & Curb ...............$ 12.36
Structures ..................$ 13.52
_:*
Asphalt Raker ............... $ 12.28
Flagger.....................$ 9.30
Laborer, Common ............. $ 10.30
Laborer, Utility ............ $ 11.80
Work Zone Barricade
Servicer.................... $ 10.30
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR:
Asphalt Distributer ......... $ 14.87
Asphalt Paving Machine ...... $ 13.40
Broom and Sweeper ........... $ 11.21
Crane, Lattice Boom 80
Tons or Less ................ $ 16.82
Crawler Tractor Operator .... $ 13.96
Excavator, 50,000 lbs or
less ........................ $ 13.46
Front End Loader Operator,
Over 3 CY................... $ 12.77
Front End Loader, 3CY or
less ........................$ 12.28
Loader/Backhoe..............$ 14.18
Mechanic .................... $ 20.14
Milling Machine .............$ 15.54
Motor Grader, Rough ........ $ 16.15
Motor Grader, Fine .......... $ 17.49
Pavement Marking Machine .... $ 16.42
Reclaimer/Pulverizer........ $ 12.85
Roller, Asphalt ............. $ 10.95
Roller, Other ............... $ 10.36
Scraper ..................... $ 10.61
Spreader Box ................ $ 12.60
Modification Number Publication Date Servicer ......................... $ 13.98
0 01/O5/2018
Steel Worker (Reinforcing) ....... $ 13.50
* SUTX2011-002 08/02/2011
TRUCK DRIVER
Rates Fringes Lowboy -Float ................ $ 14.46
Single Axle ................. $ 12.74
CEMENT MASON/CONCRETE Single or Tandem Axle Dump..$ 11.33
FINISHER (Paving & Structures) ... $ 13.55 Tandem Axle Tractor with
Semi ........................ $ 12.49
ELECTRICIAN ...................... $ 20.96 ---------------------------------------------------
FORM BUILDER/FORM SETTER
WELDERS - Receive rate prescribed for craft
performing operation to which welding is incidental.
Note: Executive Order (EO) 13706, Establishing Paid
Sick Leave for Federal Contractors applies to all
contracts subject to the Davis -Bacon Act for which
the contract is awarded (and any solicitation was
issued) on or after January 1, 2017. If this contract is
covered by the EO, the contractor must provide
employees with 1 hour of paid sick leave for every 30
hours they work, up to 56 hours of paid sick leave
each year. Employees must be permitted to use paid
sick leave for their own illness, injury or other health -
related needs, including preventive care; to assist a
family member (or person who is like family to the
employee) who is ill, injured, or has other health -
related needs, including preventive care; or for
reasons resulting from, or to assist a family member
(or person who is like family to the employee) who is
a victim of, domestic violence, sexual assault, or
stalking. Additional information on contractor
requirements and worker protections under the EO is
available at www.dol.gov/whd/govcontracts.
Unlisted classifications needed for work not included
within the scope of the classifications listed may be
added after award only as provided in the labor
standards contract clauses (29CFR 5.5 (a) (1) (ii)).
The body of each wage determination lists the
classification and wage rates that have been found to
be prevailing for the cited type(s) of construction in
the area covered by the wage determination. The
classifications are listed in alphabetical order of
"identifiers" that indicate whether the particular rate is
a union rate (current union negotiated rate for local), a
survey rate (weighted average rate) or a union average
rate (weighted union average rate).
Union Rate Identifiers
A four letter classification abbreviation identifier
enclosed in dotted lines beginning with characters
other than "SU" or "UAVG" denotes that the union
classification and rate were prevailing for that
classification in the survey. Example: PLUM0198-005
07/01/2014. PLUM is an abbreviation identifier of the
union which prevailed in the survey for this
classification, which in this example would be
Plumbers. 0198 indicates the local union number or
district council number where applicable, i.e.,
Plumbers Local 0198. The next number, 005 in the
example, is an internal number used in processing the
wage determination. 07/01/2014 is the effective date
of the most current negotiated rate, which in this
example is July 1, 2014.
Union prevailing wage rates are updated to reflect all
rate changes in the collective bargaining agreement
(CBA) governing this classification and rate.
Survey Rate Identifiers
Classifications listed under the "SU" identifier
indicate that no one rate prevailed for this
classification in the survey and the published rate is
derived by computing a weighted average rate based
on all the rates reported in the survey for that
classification. As this weighted average rate includes
all rates reported in the survey, it may include both
union and non -union rates. Example: SULA2012-007
5/13/2014. SU indicates the rates are survey rates
based on a weighted average calculation of rates and
are not majority rates. LA indicates the State of
Louisiana. 2012 is the year of survey on which these 1
classifications and rates are based. The next number,
007 in the example, is an internal number used in
producing the wage determination. 5/13/2014
indicates the survey completion date for the _1
classifications and rates under that identifier.
Survey wage rates are not updated and remain in
r_
effect until a new survey is conducted.
Li
Union Average Rate Identifiers
Classification(s) listed under the UAVG identifier
-
indicate that no single majority rate prevailed for
those classifications; however, 100% of the data
reported for the classifications was union data. '
EXAMPLE: UAVG-OH-0010 08/29/2014. UAVG
indicates that the rate is a weighted union average a
rate. OH indicates the state. The next number, 0010 in -}
the example, is an internal number used in producing
the wage determination. 08/29/2014 indicates the
�F
�_1
survey completion date for the classifications and U.S. Department of Labor
rates under that identifier. 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
A UAVG rate will be updated once a year, usually in
January of each year, to reflect a weighted average of
the current negotiated/CBA rate of the union locals
from which the rate is based.
WAGE DETERMINATION APPEALS PROCESS
1.) Has there been an initial decision in the matter?
This can be:
* an existing published wage determination
* a survey underlying a wage determination
* a Wage and Hour Division letter setting forth a
position on
a wage determination matter
* a conformance (additional classification and rate)
ruling
On survey related matters, initial contact, including
requests for summaries of surveys, should be with the
Wage and Hour Regional Office for the area in which
the survey was conducted because those Regional
Offices have responsibility for the Davis -Bacon
survey program. If the response from this initial
contact is not satisfactory, then the process described
in 2.) and 3.) should be followed.
With regard to any other matter not yet ripe for the
formal process described here, initial contact should
be with the Branch of Construction Wage
Determinations. Write to:
Branch of Construction Wage Determinations
Wage and Hour Division
2.) If the answer to the question in 1.) is yes, then an
interested party (those affected by the action) can
request review and reconsideration from the Wage and
Hour Administrator
(See 29 CFR Part 1.8 and 29 CFR Part 7). Write to:
Wage and Hour Administrator
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
The request should be accompanied by a full
statement of the interested parry's position and by any
information (wage payment data, project description,
area practice material, etc.) that the requestor
considers relevant to the issue.
3.) If the decision of the Administrator is not
favorable, an interested party may appeal directly to
the Administrative Review Board (formerly the Wage
Appeals Board). Write to:
Administrative Review Board
U.S. Department of Labor
200 Constitution Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20210
4.) All decisions by the Administrative Review Board
are final.
END OF GENERAL DECISION
EXHIBIT B
Prevailing Wage Rates
Overtime Rate
The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act.
EXHIBIT C
Prevailing Wage Rates
Legal Holiday Rate
The rate for legal holidays shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standards Act.
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
Pa2e Intentionally Left Blank pt
4
t_
1. TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION
The patching process covered by the contract documents shall be fully completed within 120 consecutive
calendar days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the
successful bidder.
A. The patching, with locations and materials as designated by the City's representative, may begin as
soon as the Contractor receives the Notice to Proceed, and proceed until all designated locations are
completed.
B. The repairs shall be completed in 120 consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall pay to the owner
$1,204.28 per day for each calendar day after that until completion as liquidated damages. No credit will
be given for bad weather days or other delays. In the event it is determined by the City that the progress
of the work is not satisfactory, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems
necessary to insure completion of the project within the time specified.
[ 2. CHANGES IN THE WORK
The Street Department may make changes in the scope of the work required to be performed by the
Contractor under the Contract or making additions thereto, or by omitting work there from, without
involving the Contract, and without relieving or releasing the Contractor from any of his obligations under
the contract or any guarantee given by him pursuant to the Contract provisions, and without affecting the
validity of the guaranty bonds, and without relieving or releasing the surety or sureties of said bonds. All
such work shall be executed under the terms of the original Contract unless it is expressly provided
otherwise
Except for the purpose of affording protection against any emergency endangering health, life, limb or
property, the Contractor shall make no change in the materials used or in the specified manner of
constructing and/or installing the improvements or supply additional labor, services or materials beyond
that actually required for the execution of the contract, unless in pursuance of a written order from the
local Public Agency authorizing the Contractor to proceed with the change. No claim for an adjustment of
the contract price will be valid unless so ordered.
If applicable unit prices are contained in the agreement (established as a result of either a unit price bid or
a Supplement Schedule of Unit Prices) the Street Department may order the Contractor to proceed with
desired changes in the work, the value of such changes to be determined by the measured quantities
involved and the applicable unit prices specified in the contract; provided that in case of a unit price
contract the net value of all changes does not increase or decrease the original total amount shown in the
Agreement by more than twenty-five (25%) percent.
,
3. SUPERINTENDENCE
The Contractor's Superintendent and/or his assistants will not be allowed to serve two functions
simultaneously, such operating machinery and acting as Superintendent at the same time. The
Contractor's Superintendent must be free of individual responsibilities to enable him to give the entire
project his constant attention to facilitate the progress thereof. The Contractor's Superintendent will be
responsible for establishing grade control on concrete removal and replacement.
H
PROSECUTION OF WORK
The Contractor will, before starting any work on any street, erect barricades and signs, or provide
sufficient flagmen, as approved by the Street Superintendent, to give notice to vehicular traffic. During the
construction the Contractor will close thru traffic, as approved by the Street Superintendent.
At no time during the period of construction shall driveways and/or alleys be left impassable between the
night time hours of 6 P.M. to 6 A.M., except during the construction of the curb and gutter for which the
driveways and/or alleys shall remain closed not more than 4 days including 72 hours for curing.
The Contractor will, during the progress of the work, erect and maintain for twenty-four hours a day such
barricades and warnings, as approved by the Street Superintendent, necessary to give notice to vehicular
and pedestrian traffic of any and all obstructions and insofar as possible keep the streets and/or alleys on
which work is being done in a passable condition. During the time the concrete is curing in the alleys and
until it can be opened to traffic, the Contractor shall maintain warning signs on barricades with lights at
each end of the block until the alley can be opened to traffic.
The flagmen will be required to wear vests and use the type of flag as shown on flagging detail sheet in
specifications.
All equipment working on the streets will at all times have at least two (2) red, orange or fluorescent red -
orange flags at least 16" x 16" in size. These flags shall be mounted high enough on the equipment so that
they will be visible to all traffic meeting or passing the equipment.
Before work is started on any street it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to notify each property
owner that has a car or cars parked in their driveways or garages so that each owner might have the
opportunity to move their cars.
The Contractor shall schedule his work on major thoroughfares and collectors at least 5 days in advance,
in order that businesses may have time to adjust their plans. On all thoroughfares and collectors, the
Contractor and the City's Representatives will work with each of the businesses, hospitals, schools, etc.,
so that only part of the driveways into their parking lots will be closed. At no time will any parking lot be
completely closed, without prior approval from the Owner's Representative, unless the work is being
accomplished at night and the businesses are closed. The Contractor shall be responsible for notifying
affected businesses of the proposed work and the projected schedule for completion of this work.
Immediately after each re -construction the Contractor shall clean, remove any paving materials from
gutters, rubbish and temporary structures from the street, restore in an acceptable manner all property,
both public and private which has been damaged during the prosecution of the work, and leave the site of
the work in a neat and presentable condition throughout. The cost of the "cleanup" shall be included as
part of the cost of the various items of the work involved, and no direct compensation will be made for
this work.
The Contractor should familiarize himself with the Texas Manual on UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL
DEVICES for Streets and Highways. Part VI.
5. BARRICADES AND DANGER, WARNING AND DETOUR SIGNS AND TRAFFIC HANDLING
The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for providing, installing, moving, replacing, maintaining,
cleaning and removing upon completion of work, all barricades, warning signs, barriers, cones, lights,
signals and other such type devices for handling traffic control as indicated in the plans or as directed by
the Street Superintendent. All barricades, warning signs, barriers, cones, lights, signals and other such
type devices shall conform to details shown on the plans and as indicated in the Texas Manual on
Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
The Contractor may provide special signs not covered by plans to protect the traveling public against
special conditions or hazards, provided however, that such signs are first approved by the Street
Superintendent.
Upon completion of the work, all barricades, warning signs, barriers, cones, lights, signals and other such
type devices and evident thereof shall be removed by the Contractor.
6. MAINTENANCE OF DETOURS
The Contractor shall do such work as may be necessary to maintain detours and facilities for safe public
travel in accordance with the Traffic Control Plan and these specifications. There shall be maintained in
passable condition, such temporary roads and structures as may be necessary to accommodate public
travel. Temporary approaches and crossings of intersecting highways shall be provided and maintained in
a safe and passable condition by the Contractor at his entire expense.
7. PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE
Ingress and egress to private property shall be provided as specified in the plans or as directed by the
Street Superintendent.
The Contractor shall plan and execute his operations in a manner that will cause the minimum
interference with traffic.
` The Contractor shall secure the Street Superintendent's approval of his proposed plan of operation,
sequence of work, and methods of providing for the safe passage of traffic before it is placed into
operation. If at any time during construction the approved plan does not accomplish the intended purpose,
due to weather or other conditions affecting the safe handling of traffic, the Contractor shall immediately
make necessary changes therein to correct the unsatisfactory conditions.
At night or otherwise, all equipment not in use shall be stored in such a manner and at such locations as
not to interfere with the safe passage of traffic. The Contractor shall provide and maintain flaggers at such
points and for such periods of time as may be required to provide for the safety and convenience of public
travel and Contractor's personnel, and as directed by the Street Superintendent. Flaggers shall be English
speaking, courteous, well informed, physically and mentally able to effectually perform their duties in
safeguarding and directing traffic and protecting the work, and shall be neatly attired and groomed at all
times when on duty. When directing traffic, flaggers shall use standard attire, flags and signals and follow
the flagging procedures set forth in the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and
Highways.
8. REMOVING OBSTRUCTIONS
The Contractor shall familiarize himself with the existing obstructions including sidewalks, trees, poles,
etc., prior to building. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to remove these obstructions at the
direction of the Street Superintendent, except that the utility companies will move their equipment at no
cost to the Contractor. The Contractor will receive no compensation for delay caused by the Utility
Companies in relocating or removing their equipment.
" 9. TEST OF MATERIALS
The City of Lubbock Pavement Management laboratory test results shall be the sole consideration for
approval of materials, mix designs, adequacy of procedures, etc. The results of such testing shall be
evaluated and final approval given by the Street Superintendent.
A. CONCRETE MATERIALS
Before Concrete materials can be used on any street, a current mix design (not older than 30 days) with
test reports will be submitted to the Street Superintendent for approval. During the construction period,
concrete tests that fail will require the location to be cored at the contractor's expense. If the concrete
cores fail, the concrete work will be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the City of Lubbock.
i
2
}
i
B. HOT MIX
The Contractor, or supplier of such materials, shall submit a mix design to the City Pavement
Management office, at least thirty (30) days prior to the reconstruction, a mix design it shall include,
but not limited to crushed face counts, Flakiness Index tests, and magnesium sulfate(soundness) tests.
The Gradation requirements shall be necessary to meet the gradation requirements of Item 6.3
(HMAC Mix Design Requirements). The crushed face count, Flakiness Index, and Magnesium Sulfate
requirements shall meet those established in City of Lubbock Standard Paving Specifications, Item
number 6.4.
10. SUBCONTRACTOR
The Contractor shall not award any work to any subcontractor without prior written approval of the
Owner, which approval will not be given until the Contractor submits to the Owner a written statement
concerning the proposed award to the subcontractor, which statement shall contain such information as
the Owner may require.
The Contractor shall be as fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his subcontractors,
and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them, as he is for the acts and omissions of
persons directly employed by him.
The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the work to
bind subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the General Conditions and other contract
documents insofar as applicable to the work of subcontractors and to give the Contractor the same power
as regard terminating any subcontract that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor under any
provision of the contract documents.
Nothing contained in this contract shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the
Owner and said subcontractor will look exclusively to contractor for any payments due subcontractor.
11. UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that pipelines and other underground installations as may 1
be shown on the plans have been taken from the best available information. There may be other pipelines
or installations. The Contractor shall hold harmless the City from any and all suits or claims resulting
from damage by his operations to any pipeline or underground installation.
It is the Contractor's responsibility, during the period of street construction, to insure that all utility cuts in
the limits of street construction have been properly backfilled, compacted, and the top 6" inches backfilled r_
with 2-sack flowable fill. It is not the intent to require the Contractor to provide for the utility cut repair
but for the individual utility company making the cut to provide their own repairs.
In the case of a City underground installation, the Contractor may be required, at the Street
Superintendent's option, to repair the cut with 2-sack flowable fill at the unit price bid. f-
12. PARTIAL PAYMENTS
On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an
application for partial payment. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment
and the progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order shall prepare a certificate
for partial payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the Contractor
up to and including the last day of the preceding month.
13. CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT
Neither the final payment nor certificate nor any provision in this contract shall relieve the Contractor of
responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and he shall remedy and defects due thereto and pay
for any damage to other work resulting there from, which shall appear within a period of one (2) years
from date of final acceptance of the project. The Owner or the Owner's Representative shall give notice
of observed defects with reasonable promptness.
14. LABOR
The Contractor must abide by the Wage and Hour Laws of the State of Texas, or the U.S. Department of
Labor, and must not pay less than the rate legally prescribed or as set forth herein, whichever is higher.
Payment for time worked over forty -hours per week shall be made at one and one-half (1-1/2) times the
above prevailing rates. Payment for time worked on legal holidays shall be paid at one and one-half (1-
1/2) times the regular governing per diem wage rates.
Any laborer, workman or mechanic required or permitted to work in excess of eight (8) hours per calendar
day, under the emergency exceptions to House Bill No. 115 of the 44th Legislature invoked by HCR No.
201 of the 47th Legislature shall be paid on the basis of eight (8) hours constituting a day's work.
15. EQUIPMENT
All equipment shall be keep in good working conditions no leaks. Any equipment that shows signs of
leaks shall be fixed immediately, and shall not be used until such leaks are fixed. The Milling Machine
shall be capable of complete pavement removal at a full depth of no less than 10'/z" in a single pass. The
milling machine shall be capable of maintain grade control at full depth plus or minus I". The Milling
machine shall be a self-propelled milling machine. It shall have self -loading devices to promote
continuous milling operation.
16. WORKING HOURS DEFINED
During this contract the contractor shall make every effort to complete the work ahead of schedule. The
working day shall consist of but, is not limited to the following hours 8 AM to 5 PM Monday thru Friday.
Working on Saturday shall subject to the approval of the Street Superintendent of his representative. At
any time during the contract the street superintendent or his representative may adjust the working hours if
_. adequate progress is not being made.
17. WORK SCHEDULE
The work schedule shall follow a predetermined route that will be laid out by the street superintendent or
his representative at the preconstruction meeting. At any time the street superintendent or his
., representative shall have the capability to adjust the predetermined route. The contractor or his
representative may summit in writing no less than 10 working days to the street superintendent or his
representative a request to change the predetermined route. This request will be subject to approval by the
- street superintendent or his representative.
Page Intentionally Left Blank
I
1,
SPECIFICATIONS
Page Intentionally Left Blank
I
r-,
City of Lubbock
Public Works Engineering
Minimum Design Standards and
Specifications
Department of Public Works Engineering
City of Lubbock, Texas
January 15, 2016
This document contains general standards and specifications for design work on public -
infrastructure. At all times these regulations are subject to the direct supervision and
judgment of the Clty Engineer who may make modifications in their implementation as
may be necessary on a case -by -case basis, acting in the best interest of the public.
Approval of plans shall constitute general conformance with the City of Lubbock
Minimum Design Standards and Specifications Approval of plans shall not relieve the
Engineer of Record or the Developer from the responsibility to comply with local, State,
or Federal requirements, and/or any errors or omissions in plans and specifications
a
in
January 10, 2016
Subject: City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering
Minimum Design Standards & Specifications
To whom it may concern:
This letter is to advise of the release of the 2016 annual update to the City of Lubbock Public
Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications. Over the past year the
City of Lubbock Engineering staff has been working with vendors, manufacturers, engineering
firms and the development community to update and improve the 2014 edition.
The Public Works Engineering Department will be reviewing plans and making comments
according to these standards for any proposed infrastructure beginning January 15, 2016.
Therefore any plans received by this department dated on or after January 15, 2016 will be
reviewed under these newly adopted design and construction standards.
This manual is available in digital format on the City of Lubbock website.
Please feel free to contact me if you have any questions
Sincerely,
Michael G. Keenum, P.E.
City Engineer
City of Lubbock
1625 13" Street
Lubbock, Texas 79401
(806) 775-2393
U:'PROJEC1S20I66DESIGNSTDSUPDATIMTD SPECS ADOPTION LETTER.DOCX
I
I
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Table of Contents
SECTION1.........................................................................................................................................1
MINIMUM DESIGN STANDARDS FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION..........................................................1
1.01
General......................................................................................................................................1
1.02
Design Flow................................................................................................................................1
1.03
Design Pressure..........................................................................................................................2
1.04
Hydraulic Design.........................................................................................................................2
1.05
Typical Layout............................................................................................................................2
1.06
Bedding and Cover......................................................................................................................3
1.07
Relation to Sanitary Sewer Mains and Appurtenances....................................................................3
1.08
Pipe Size and Spacing.................................................................................................................6
1.09
Pipe Materials.............................................................................................................................6
1.10
Methods of Connection................................................................................................................7
1.11
Flanged Outlets..........................................................................................................................7
1.12
Valve Spacing.............................................................................................................................7
1.13
Fire Protection Requirements.......................................................................................................8
1.14
Easements..................................................................................................................................9
1.15
Soil Analysis................................................................................................................................9
1.16
Pipe Restraints and Reaction Blocking..........................................................................................9
1.17
Tunneling, Jacking and Boring.....................................................................................................9
1.18
Dead-end Mains........................................................................................................................10
1.19
Abandonment of Water Mains....................................................................................................10
SECTION2.......................................................................................................................................11
CHECK LIST FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION PLANS.................................................11
2.01
Plan Submittal Requirements.....................................................................................................11
2.02
Plan Details..............................................................................................................................13
SECTION3.......................................................................................................................................15
MINIMUM DESIGN STANDARDS FOR SANITARY SEWERS..............................................................15
3.01
General....................................................................................................................................15
3.02
Design Flow..............................................................................................................................15
3.03
Hydraulic Design.......................................................................................................................16
3.04
Design Details...........................................................................................................................16
3.05
Typical Layout..........................................................................................................................17
3.06
Bedding and Cover....................................................................................................................18
3.07
Relation to Water Mains............................................................................................................18
3.08
Abandonment of Sewer Mains and Manholes..............................................................................20
3.09
Easements................................................................................................................................20
3.10
Soil Analysis..............................................................................................................................20
3.11
Tunneling, Jacking and Boring...................................................................................................21
3.12
Lift Station................................................................................................................................21
SECTION4.......................................................................................................................................
23
CHECK LIST FOR SANITARY SEWER CONSTRUCTION PLANS.........................................................
23
4.01
Plan Submittal Requirements.....................................................................................................23
4.02
Plan Details..............................................................................................................................25
SECTION5.......................................................................................................................................
27
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER MAIN CONSTRUCTION ................................................
27
5.01
General....................................................................................................................................27
5.02
Plan Requirements....................................................................................................................27
5.03
Plan Approval...........................................................................................................................27
5.04
Inspection................................................................................................................................27
5.05
Specifications............................................................................................................................27
5.06
Materials of Construction...........................................................................................................27
5.07
Methods of Construction............................................................................................................36
5.08
Pneumatic Testing for Tapping Sleeves......................................................................................43
5.09
Hydrostatic Pressure Testing......................................................................................................43
5.10
Sterilization and Bacteriological Testing......................................................................................44
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Table of Contents
5.11
Restoration and Clean Up..........................................................................................................45
5.12
Warranty and Acceptance..........................................................................................................46
SECTION6.......................................................................................................................................47
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER MAIN CONSTRUCTION...............................47
6.01
General....................................................................................................................................47
6.02
Plan Requirements....................................................................................................................47
6.03
Plan Approval...........................................................................................................................47
6.04
Inspection................................................................................................................................47
6.05
Specifications............................................................................................................................47
6.06
Materials of Construction...........................................................................................................48
6.07
Methods of Construction............................................................................................................52
6.08
Inspection, Testing, Approval and Acceptance of Gravity Flow Sanitary Sewer Pipe and Manholes .61
6.09
Lift Station................................................................................................................................67
6.10
Restoration and Clean Up..........................................................................................................68
6.11
Warranty and Acceptance..........................................................................................................69
SECTION7.......................................................................................................................................71
APPROVED MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURERS LIST.....................................................................71
7.01
Introduction..............................................................................................................................
71
7.02
Product Submittal Procedures....................................................................................................71
7.03
Evaluation Process....................................................................................................................72
7.04
Approval Process......................................................................................................................72
7.05
Water System...........................................................................................................................74
7.06
Sanitary Sewer System..............................................................................................................81
7.07
Water and Sanitary Sewer Systems............................................................................................86
SECTION8.......................................................................................................................................
87
Standard Specifications for streets and drainage construction......................................................
87
8.01
General....................................................................................................................................87
8.02
Design Standards......................................................................................................................87
8.03
Testing and Inspection..............................................................................................................88
8.04
Notification of Property Owners.................................................................................................89
8.05
Protection of Utilities and Irrigation Systems...............................................................................89
8.06
Water for Construction..............................................................................................................89
8.07
Concrete..................................................................................................................................90
8.08
Subgrade and Base...................................................................................................................99
8.09
Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Surface(HMAC)................................................................................104
8.10
Micro-Surfacing.......................................................................................................................111
8.11
Storm Sewer...........................................................................................................................115
8.12
Fences...................................................................................................................................120
8.13
Salvage of Asphalt Paving........................................................................................................121
8.14
Traffic Control.........................................................................................................................121
8.15
Prosecution of the Work and Working Days..............................................................................122
8.16
Measurement and Payment.....................................................................................................123
8.17
Restoration and Clean Up........................................................................................................126
8.18
Certificate of Completion and Warranty ....................................................................................126
SECTION9.....................................................................................................................................129
CHECK LIST FOR STREETS AND DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION PLANS............................................129
9.01
Plan Submittal Requirements...................................................................................................129
9.02
Plan Details............................................................................................................................131
SECTION10...................................................................................................................................133
TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSfRUCTION..........................................................................................133
10.01
General Details..........................................................................................................................
A
10.02
Water Details.............................................................................................................................
B
10.03
Sewer Details.............................................................................................................................
C
10.04
Street and Drainage Details........................................................................................................
D
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
9 P�
Water Standards
SECTION 1
MINIMUM DESIGN STANDARDS FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION
1.01 General
1.01.01 All water distribution system design shall be in accordance with the requirements of TCEQ
Chapter 290, AWWA Standards, City of Lubbock Water System Master Plan, current City
ordinances and the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards for Water Distribution.
1.02 Design Flow
1.02.01 The design of the water distribution system shall be based on the following:
A. Design flow for residential use:
Peak Hourly Demand
1000
gpcd
Maximum Daily Demand
650
gpcd
Average Daily Demand
240
gpcd
Capita per Household (Single Family)
3.2
persons
Capita per Household(Multi-family)
2.5
persons
i. Domestic water service shall be provided from an alley or easement.
ii. Lines in alleys or easements shall be adequate to provide for a maximum size water
meter of 1-1/2 inches per lot for each 75 feet of frontage.
iii. Property owner may acquire a maximum domestic water tap and meter of 1-1/2 inches
or the equivalent in two meters per lot for each 75 feet of frontage.
iv. Minimum size water tap and meter shall be one inch.
B. Design flow for fire protection:
1- and 2-Family Residential
1 1000
Other Than 1- and 2-Family Residential
1 1500-8 000
i. Fire protection service shall be provided from a street right-of-way or comparable
easement.
ii. Flow may be from more than one fire hydrant, provided the additional hydrants are
accessible to any possible fire location.
iii. Fire protection must comply with Fire Marshall's Office regulations, and in no case be
less than currently adopted International Fire Code requirements.
iv. Additional infrastructure may be required to provide fire protection service when
existing water distribution lines are inadequate.
L' Section 1 1
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
C. Design flow for development other than residential use shall be based on the following or as
directed by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer:
Restaurant
18
School
Without cafeteria or showers
18
With cafeteria; no showers
24
With cafeteria and showers
30
Youth
camp
Without cafeteria restrooms or showers
6
With restrooms; no cafeteria or showers
24
With restrooms and showers; no cafeteria
30
With restrooms showers and cafeteria
42
Office building
18
Hospital r bed
720
Institution other than hospital)
240
Factories exclusive of industrialprocesses)
24
Recreational Parks
6
Swimming pools
12
Country clubs
120
Air rt r passenger)
6
Self-service laundry
60
Service station convenience store
12
i. Peak hourly demand for other than residential flows shall be 2.5 times the average
daily demand.
1.03 Design Pressure
1.03.01 Distribution system shall have a maximum operating pressure of 150 pounds per square
inch (psi) and a minimum operating pressure of 40 psi.
1.03.02 Distribution system shall maintain a 20 psi residual pressure during required fire flow and a
40 psi residual pressure during peak hourly demand.
1.04 Hydraulic Design
1.04.01 Distribution mains shall be designed to have a maximum velocity of 10 feet per second.
1.04.02 Distribution mains shall be designed using a Hazen -Williams friction coefficient "C" equal to
140.
1.05 Typical Layout
1.05.01 Unless approved otherwise by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer, water distribution mains
shall be located:
A. In north -south alleys or streets, 5 feet west of centerline.
B. In east -west alleys or streets, 5 feet north of centerline.
1.05.02 Water mains to provide service connections shall be located within an alley or easement.
A. Service connections shall not be allowed within street right-of-way without written approval of
the Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
D
2 Section i
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
B. Service lines shall not cross property boundaries into adjacent private property without
coverage by a dedicated easement.
1.05.03 Where a water distribution main crosses a street, the crossing shall be made at as near to
perpendicular as possible.
1.05.04 Valves shall be installed at each junction such that no more than one connecting leg is
unvalved.
A. At street intersections, valves shall be located at right-of-way lines unless flanged fittings are
required.
B. At alley intersections with streets, valves shall be located at right-of-way lines of the alleys
where possible.
C. Where possible, valves in streets should be designed to fall outside of wheel paths.
1.05.05 Water mains shall be designed as looped systems.
1.05.06 Minimum radius of curvature and maximum deflection angle of pipe joints shall be
restricted to 80% of manufacturer's recommendation, after which the use of horizontal or
vertical bends will be required.
1.05.07 In all instances water mains shall extend to the extremities of the platted property or the
subdivision served, and further when required to tie into existing mains adjacent to the
development.
1.06 Bedding and Cover
1.06.01 Water distribution mains shall ordinarily have a minimum of 4 feet of cover from top of
pipe to finished ground surface.
1.06.02 All water lines shall be laid as horizontal as possible, avoiding excessive numbers of high or
low points.
1.06.03 Pipe bedding and embedment shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications for
Water Main Construction but in all cases shall be not less than manufacturer
recommendations.
1.07 Relation to Sanitary Sewer Mains and Appurtenances
1.07.01 No physical connection shall be made between a drinking water supply and a sewer line.
A. Appurtenances shall be designed and constructed so as to prevent any possibility of sewage
entering the drinking water system.
1.07.02 Water lines shall be located a minimum of 9 feet horizontally outside to outside from
existing or proposed sanitary sewer lines or appurtenances.
A. Where the 9 foot separation distance cannot be achieved, the following criteria shall apply:
i. New waterline installation —parallel lines:
a. Where a new potable waterline parallels an existing, non -pressure or pressure rated
sanitary sewer main and the Design Engineer is able to determine that the existing
sanitary sewer main is not leaking:
Section 1 3
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
(1) The new potable waterline shall be located a minimum of 2 feet above and a
minimum of 4 feet horizontally between outside diameters from the existing
sanitary sewer main.
(2) Every effort shall be exerted not to disturb the bedding and backfill of the
existing sanitary sewer main.
b. Where a new potable waterline parallels an existing, non -pressure or pressure rated
sanitary sewer main and it cannot be determined by the Design Engineer if the
existing line is leaking:
(1) The existing sanitary sewer main shall be replaced with at least 150 psi pressure
rated pipe.
(2) The new potable waterline shall be located a minimum of 2 feet above and a
minimum of 4 feet horizontally between outside diameters from the existing
sanitary sewer main.
c. Where a new potable waterline parallels a new sanitary sewer main:
(1) The sanitary sewer main shall be constructed of at least 150 psi pressure rated
pipe.
_¢
(2) The new potable waterline shall be bated a minimum of 2 feet above and a
minimum of 4 feet horizontally between outside diameters from the existing
sanitary sewer main.
3
ii. New waterline installation --crossing lines:
a. Where a new potable waterline crosses over an existing, non -pressure rated sanitary
sewer main:
(1) A minimum 2 foot separation distance between outside diameters shall be
maintained.
(2) One segment of the waterline pipe shall be centered over the sanitary sewer
_
main such that the joints of the waterline pipe are equidistant and at least 9 feet
horizontally from the centerline of the sanitary sewer main.
(3) Whenever possible, the crossing shall be centered between the joints of the
sanitary sewer main.
(4) Every effort shall be exerted not to disturb the bedding and backfill of the
existing sanitary sewer main.
(5) If the existing sanitary sewer main is disturbed or shows signs of leaking, it shall
be replaced for at least 9 feet in both directions (18 feet total) with at least 150
psi pressure rated pipe.
b. Where a new potable waterline crosses over an existing, pressure rated sanitary
sewer main:
(1) An absolute minimum separation distance of 6 inches between outside diameters
shall be maintained.
(2) One segment of the waterline pipe shall be centered over the sanitary sewer
�-
main such that the joints of the waterline pipe are equidistant and at least 9 feet
horizontally from the centerline of the sanitary sewer main.
(3) Whenever possible, the crossing shall be centered between the joints of the
f
sanitary sewer main.
(4) Every effort shall be exerted not to disturb the bedding and backfill of the
existing sanitary sewer main.
(5) If the existing sanitary sewer main is disturbed or shows signs of leaking, it shall
be replaced for at least 9 feet in both directions (18 feet total) with at least 150
psi pressure rated pipe.
4 Section 1
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
c. Where a new potable waterline crosses over a new, non -pressure rated sanitary
sewer main:
(1) A minimum 2 foot separation distance between outside diameters shall be
maintained.
(2) One segment of the waterline pipe shall be centered over the sanitary sewer
main such that the joints of the waterline pipe are equidistant and at least 9 feet
horizontally from the centerline of the sanitary sewer main.
(3) Whenever possible, the crossing shall be centered between the joints of the
sanitary sewer main.
(4) The sanitary sewer main shall be embedded in flowable fill from one quarter of
the diameter of the sanitary sewer main below the centerline of the pipe up to
12 inches above top of pipe for the total length of one pipe segment, minimum 9
feet in each direction from water line, plus 12 inches beyond the joint on each
end.
d. Where a new potable waterline crosses over a new, pressure rated sanitary sewer
main:
(1) An absolute minimum separation distance of 6 inches between outside diameters
shall be maintained.
(2) The sanitary sewer main shall be constructed of at least 150 psi pressure rated
pipe.
(3) One segment of the waterline pipe shall be centered over the sanitary sewer line
such that the joints of the waterline pipe are equidistant and at least 9 feet
horizontally from the center line of the sanitary sewer main.
(4) Whenever possible, the crossing shall be centered between the joints of the
sanitary sewer main.
(5) The sanitary sewer main shall be embedded in flowable fill from one quarter of
- the diameter of the sanitary sewer main below the centerline of the pipe up to
12 inches above top of pipe for the total length of one pipe segment, minimum 9
feet in each direction from water line, plus 12 inches beyond the joint on each
end.
e. When a new potable waterline crosses under a sanitary sewer main:
(1) An absolute minimum separation distance of 1 foot between outside diameters
shall be maintained.
(2) The waterline shall be encased in an 18-foot or longer section of pipe or be
constructed of ductile iron or steel pipe with mechanical or welded joints as
appropriate.
(3) The encasing pipe shall be centered on the sewer line and shall be at least 2
nominal pipe diameters larger than the water line.
(4) The carrier pipe shall be supported at 5-foot or less intervals with spacers.
(5) Each end of the casing shall be sealed with watertight non -shrink cement grout
or a manufactured watertight seal.
(6) Both the waterline and sanitary sewer main must pass a pressure and leakage
test as specified in AWWA C600.
iii. The use of brown coloring in flowable fill for pressure rated sanitary sewer main
embedment is recommended for identification during future construction.
iv. In all cases, suitable backfill or other structural protection shall be provided to preclude
settling and/or failure of the higher pipe.
�j
Section 1 5
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
B. Location of fire hydrants
i. Fire hydrants shall not be installed within 9 feet vertically or horizontally of any sanitary
sewer main, manhole or service line regardless of construction.
C. Location of potable or raw water supply or suction lines
i. Suction mains to pumping equipment shall not cross sanitary sewer mains or sanitary
sewer service lines.
ii. Raw water supply lines shall not be installed within 5 feet of any tile or concrete
sanitary sewer main or sanitary sewer service line.
D. Proximity of septic tank drain fields
i. Waterlines shall not be installed closer than 20 feet to septic tank drain fields.
1.07.03 Water and sewer lines shall be installed in separate trenches.
1.07.04 For other instances not covered in these design standards, consult current TCEQ
regulations.
1.08 Pipe Size and Spacing
1.08.01 Distribution mains shall be located and sized in accordance with the current City of
Lubbock Water System Master Plan and current TCEQ rules:
16-inch or larger Section Line mile
10- or 12-inch Half -Section Line 1 2 mile
6- or 8-inch Eighth -Section Line 660 feet
1.08.02 The standard pipe sizes that shall be used are 4-, 6-, 8-, 10-, 12-, 16-, 20- and 24-inch.
Pipe sizes not listed here are considered non-standard and shall not be used in the City of
Lubbock water distribution system, unless approved by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
1.09 Pipe Materials
1.09.01 All pipe used in the City of Lubbock water distribution system shall be Cement -lined Ductile
Iron, C900 PVC, C905 PVC, C301 Prestressed -Concrete Steel Cylinder Pressure or Concrete
Bar -wrapped Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe.
1.09.02 See City of Lubbock Standard Specifications for Water Main Construction for details on
materials and methods of construction.
r
H
6 Section 1 l
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
1.10 Methods of Connection
1.10.01 Tapping Sleeves
A. Tapping sleeves with tapping valves shall be used whenever possible for connections to
existing mains in order to avoid interruption of water service.
B. Maximum tap size shall be no larger than one standard size smaller than the main to be
tapped.
C. Size -on -size taps shall not be allowed without prior approval by the Chief Water Utilities
Engineer.
D. Using a tapping sleeve of one standard size smaller than the main to be tapped and
immediately increasing the pipe to a larger size shall not be allowed without prior approval by
the Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
1.10.02 Cut -in Tees
A. When it is necessary for a size -on -size connection and interruption of water service is not an
issue, a cut -in tee with valve shall be used.
B. Cut -in tees shall not be used without prior approval by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
1.10.03 Service Connections
A. Taps shall be provided in water main lines for service connections at each lot or building site.
B. Service connections shall ordinarily be located 5.0 feet north or west of the centerline of the
lot.
C. Service lines shall not cross property boundaries into adjacent private property without
coverage by a dedicated easement.
D. Typical sizes of service connections are 1 inch, 1 1/2 inch, or 2 inch diameter for residential,
commercial, or industrial service. Service taps 3 inches or larger are available for commercial
and industrial only.
E. Maximum size service connection shall be no larger than one standard size smaller than the
main to be tapped.
F. Size -on -size service connections are not allowed.
1.11 Flanged Outlets
1.11.01 All side outlets for valve attachments on lines 16-inches and larger shall be flanged.
1.12 Valve Spacing
1.12.01 Valves shall be provided in the distribution system so that no single accident, break or
repair will necessitate shutting down a length of pipe greater than 600 feet.
A. On distribution mains 12-inch diameter and smaller, valves shall be located at each tee, cross
or other junction.
B. Valves shall be installed at each junction such that no more than one connecting leg is
unvalved.
1.12.02 On 16-inch arterial mains, valves shall be spaced no greater than 800 feet as the arterial
feeder main traverses undeveloped land or is not intersected by other distribution mains.
111" Section 1 7
E
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
i
1.12.03 Transmission mains 20-inch diameter and larger shall be equipped with valves at one-half
mile intervals unless intersected by arterial mains or other distribution mains, or it is
determined that more valves are required.
1.13 Fire Protection Requirements
1.13.01 Fire protection must comply with Fire Marshall's Office regulations, and in no case be less
than currently adopted International Fire Code requirements.
A. Each building in the city limits shall be within 500 feet of a fire hydrant, as measured by lay -
of -hose length.
1.13.02 In all cases, the following criteria shall be adhered to:
A. Fire hydrant leads shall be minimum 6-inch diameter, sole purpose and shall not exceed 150
feet in length. The entire length of the lead shall be mechanically restrained.
B. Private fire protection lines and hydrant leads shall connect at the main with a gate valve or
tapping valve of at least equal size to the Ore protection line.
C. A fire hydrant is required within 200 feet of a Fire Department Connection.
D. Fire lines from public mains to buildings shall be installed by a state certified fire sprinkler firm
and tested to Fire Marshall's Office requirements.
E.
Fire hydrants shall be located at intersections wherever possible.
i. Consult Section C-104 of the International Fire Code for requirements on hydrants that
may obstruct access during Ore fighting operations.
F.
A hydrant shall be placed at the throat or beginning of each cul-de-sac at the intersecting
street.
i. Additional fire hydrants may be required based on length of cul-de-sac.
ii. Fire hydrants placed at the bulb end of cul-de-sacs should be avoided.
G.
On divided highways hydrants shall be placed on each side of the highway wherever possible.
H.
Fire hydrants shall be installed with the 4-inch nozzle facing the required access way or street.
I.
Fire hydrants shall be installed and maintained so that the center of the lowest water outlet is
18 inches above the ground.
J.
Fire hydrants shall be placed so that they are readily visible from the street and shall be no
closer than 2 feet nor further than 5 feet from back of curb.
K.
A reflective, blue, raised pavement marker shall be placed at the center of the required access
way or street for any new fire hydrant installation, in line with the 4-inch nozzle.
'
_j
L.
No bushes, ground cover over 6 inches in height, or other obstructions shall be placed within
a 5 foot radius in all directions of a hydrant or fire department connection.
f
M.
Where fire hydrants are vulnerable to vehicular damage, appropriate crash posts shall be
provided.
i. No obstructions shall exist within a 3-foot working area of each fire hydrant.
it
ii. Crash posts shall be 4-inch, cement -filled pipe with a minimum of 3 feet above finished
`
grade and 2 feet of pipe anchored in concrete below grade.
N.
Fire hydrants shall be in operation before framing is started or combustibles are stored on any
r
construction site.
0.
Streets and fire access roadways shall be able to support fire apparatus in wet weather before
l I
framing is started or combustibles are stored on any construction site.
8 Section 1
�_ E
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
P. Fire hydrant shall be installed with flange 0.2 to 0.4 foot above finished grade.
Q. No size -on -size taps for fire suppression shall be allowed.
1.14 Easements
1.14.01 When it is determined not to be feasible to construct a public water distribution main in a
street or alley, the installation may be made in a dedicated easement or right-of-way.
1.14.02 The minimum width of an easement or right-of-way for a public water distribution main is
10 feet exclusive, 20 feet if shared with a public sanitary sewer main or other utilities or if
depth of water distribution main is greater than 10 feet.
1.14.03 Easements will not be allowed between residential lots unless they are in combination with
a drainage easement or with prior approval from the Chief Water Utilities Engineering.
1.14.04 When a fire hydrant is to be installed on private property, an easement shall be dedicated
which provides a minimum of 5 feet clearance in all directions from the center of the fire
hydrant.
1.15 Soil Analysis
1.15.01 The Contractor or Design Engineer may be required to submit a report showing the types
and characteristics of the soils to be encountered, water table elevations along the
proposed water distribution main, recommended methods of dewatering for water
distribution main construction, and the recommended methods of backfilling and
compacting to be used.
1.16 Pipe Restraints and Reaction Blocking
1.16.01 The size of required pipe restraints and reaction blocks shall be determined by the Design
Engineer for the project based on the allowable soil pressure and the anticipated working
pressure plus water hammer of the line.
1.16.02 For restrained joint lengths required, refer to Appendix A as derived from EBAA Iron, Inc.
1.17 Tunneling, Jacking and Boring
1.17.01 Tunneling, jacking and boring are methods used for water line placement under restrictive
conditions when open cut construction is not allowed.
A. Only straight pipe alignments for both horizontal and vertical alignment are allowed.
B. Casing shall extend full width of right-of-way or as directed by the Chief Water Utilities
Engineer.
C. Casing pipe shall be a minimum of two standard sizes larger than encased pipe.
D. Casing pipe thickness shall be:
y <24 inches 3 8 inch
>_24 inches 1 2 inch
E. Manufactured centralizers or spacers shall be required at minimum 5-foot intervals or as
recommended by the manufacturer.
Section 1 g
I__
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
i. Only purpose-built centralizers may be used.
F. Coal tar coating for casing pipe shall conform to AWWA C203.
G. For bores in excess of 100 feet, purpose-built fused or restrained joint pipe shall be used.
H. All bores must comply with City Utility Excavation Manual.
1.17.02 Slick boring or directional drilling without encasement shall be considered on a case -by -
case basis by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. All slick bores shall be restrained or
encased.
1.17.03 No annular space shall remain between casing, or uncased pipe, and bored hole.
1.17.04 Unbraced, encased bore holes shall be left open no more than 24 hours.
1.18 Dead-end Mains
1.18.01 A dead-end main is defined as a length of water line greater than 150 feet with no looped
connection.
1.18.02 Dead-end mains shall not be allowed unless approved by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
I
1.18.03 Where dead-end mains are necessary as a stage in the growth of the system, they shall be
designed so that:
PJJ
A. The system may be periodically flushed by use of a blow -off valve or fire hydrant, or
B. A temporary looped connection is installed. Ll
1.19 Abandonment of Water Mains
1.19.01 When a water line is to be abandoned, allowances shall be made so that existing and new
water mains may be in service simultaneously, thereby providing a means for transferring
customer's service from the old main to the new main with minimal interruption.
1.19.02 If the construction of a proposed main necessitates the abandoning of the existing main
prior to the new main's placement into service, provisions for a temporary water main with
services must be addressed.
1.19.03 On mains to be abandoned, the designer shall note locations of cut and plug as close as
possible to the main that remains in service.
1.19.04 Fire hydrants, valves and other fittings located on mains to be abandoned shall be
removed and delivered to the City of Lubbock Water Utilities Department.
10 section 1
t__
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Check List
SECTION 2
CHECK LIST FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION PLANS
2.01 Plan Submittal Requirements
2.01.01 All water main construction plans shall be checked for conformance with City of Lubbock
Minimum Design Standards for Water Distribution prior to submittal to the Water Utilities
Engineering Department. Approval of plans is for general conformance with the City of
Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications. Approval of plans shall not relieve
the Engineer or Developer from any City, State or other governing requirements nor for
errors or omissions in plans and specifications.
2.01.02 Plan Review
A. The Design Engineer shall submit two sets of water main construction plans to the Chief
Water Utilities Engineer for review and comment.
B. Upon completion of review and receipt of payment for appropriate Plan Review fees, one set
shall be returned to the Design Engineer with comments.
i. Plans requiring resubmittal may require payment of an additional Plan Review fee.
C. After comments have been addressed and changes have been made, 8 sets of plans shall be
provided for final approval for construction.
i. If a fire hydrant or fire protection service is specified for installation, 2 additional sets
of water plans shall be submitted with the construction sets (10 total).
ii. If the proposed infrastructure is intended to serve a commercial structure, 1 additional
set of water plans shall be submitted with the construction sets (9 or 11 total).
iii. If additional approved plan sets are required by the Design Engineer, the appropriate
amount of additional plans shall be provided at this time.
iv. If comments have not been addressed on plans submitted for final approval for
construction the plans will be rejected and returned to the Design Engineer.
D. Upon approval, stamped "Approved for Construction" plans shall be logged into the City's GIS
data base and distributed as follows:
i. Two (2) sets will be returned to the Engineer.
ii. Six (6) sets will be distributed to the City's inspectors and support staff.
iii. Where applicable, 2 sets will be delivered to the Fire Marshall's Office.
iv. Where applicable, 1 set will be delivered to the Building Inspection Department.
E. The Design Engineer shall notify TCEQ in writing prior to the start of construction.
i. A copy of the TCEQ notification letter shall be submitted to the Water Utilities
Engineering Department.
F. Final construction plans should not be submitted for Water Utilities Engineering Department
a approval for work that will not be installed within 6 months of the approval date.
i. Delays between approval date and construction may require resubmittal of the plans
for review under current standards.
2.01.03 Pro Rata Estimate and Fees
A. Two (2) sets of Pro Rata Cost Estimates shall be submitted for review at the time of plan
review submittal.
' Section 2 11
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Check List
B. Plan Review Fees in the amount of 0.5% of the Pro Rata Cost Estimate (minimum $50) shall
be submitted at the time of plan review submittal.
C. Inspection and Testing Fees in the amount of 1.5% of the Pro Rata Cost Estimate (minimum
$125) shall be submitted prior to construction.
D. In the event of significant changes in design, an updated Pro Rata Cost Estimate shall be
submitted and resulting differences in fee amounts settled.
2.01.04 Construction Plans
A. All plans to be used or kept on the job site shall be original or reproduced plan sets clearly
marked "Approved for Construction" with the signature of reviewer and date approved by the
Water Utilities Engineering Department.
B. Should circumstances during construction warrant changes from the approved plans or
specifications, a written approval must be obtained from the Water Utilities Engineering
Department.
i. Copies of the written approval shall be attached to the construction plans and
maintained on the job site.
2.01.05 Record Drawings
A. The Design Engineer shall be responsible for recording constructed dimensions and
information on a set of Record Drawings during the progress of construction.
i. The City of Lubbock Water Utilities Engineering Department shall monitor this process
to assure that changes in construction are kept up to date on the Record Drawings.
B. Reproducible Mylar "Record Drawings" certified by the Design Engineer shall be presented to
the Water Utilities Engineering Department within 30 days of completion of the construction.
i. Record Drawings shall include locations of all valves, valve vaults, fire hydrants, bends
and tees or other changes in main pipe direction, material or size.
a. GPS Coordinates or property ties are acceptable.
C. Where the construction is phased and a lapse of more than 60 days occurs between phases,
then reproducible Mylar Record Drawings shall be presented to the Water Utilities Engineering
Department reflecting the completed construction prior to issuance of the Certificate of
Acceptance of Utility Construction.
2.01.06 Acceptance
A. Upon completion of construction, satisfactory system tests and submittal of Record Drawings,
the Design Engineer shall submit a request to the Chief Water Utilities Engineer for a
Certificate of Acceptance of Utility Construction.
i. Water distribution system improvements shall not be put online or brought into service
without written approval by the Water Utilities Engineering Department.
ii. A newly constructed system will not be accepted until the supplying, adjacent system
has been accepted.
iii. A Certificate of Acceptance of Utility Construction shall not be issued until Record
Drawings are provided to the Water Utilities Engineering Department.
iv. When all paperwork has been completed and provided to the City with a written
notification, utilities will be accepted within 30 days if there is no exception by the City.
B. Building Permits for residential developments and Certificates of Occupancy for commercial
facilities to be serviced by a newly constructed water system will not be released by the Water
Utilities Engineering Department until said system has been brought into service.
12 Section 2
ii
1,
I
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Check List
2.02 Plan Details
2.02.01 Plan Format
A. Standard drawing size shall be 24-inch by 36-inch.
2.02.02 The following information shall be shown on the plans:
A. General
i. Title Block (lower right hand corner preferred)
ii. Scale
iii. Original Date and Revision Dates
iv. Name of Professional Engineer
v. Professional Engineer's Seal
vi. Firm Name and Contact Information
vii. City of Lubbock Engineering Department Contact Information:
a. Chief Water Utilities Engineer: (806) 775-2342
b. Senior Inspector: (806) 548-4152
viii. Drawings Number(s)
ix. Legal Description of Property Being Improved
' x. Location Map or Plat (if available)
- A. Statement:
"All work shall be performed in accordance with the current
version of the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and
Specifications."
B. Plan
i. Bench Marks
ii. North Arrow
iii. Property Lines
iv. Street Names and Easements with Width Dimensions
v. Other Pertinent Details (Buildings, Curbs, Water Courses, Etc.)
vi. Proposed Water Mains (Bold)
_1 a. Stationing
b. Size
c. Length
d. Material and Type of Joints
e. Location Dimensions
f. Fittings
g. Tees
h. Crosses
i. Reducers
j. Bends
k. Plugs
1. Blow -offs
m. Thrust Blocks
n. Valves
Section 2 13
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Check List
o. Fire Hydrants
vii. Existing Utility
Lines (Gray) with Location and Depth According to the Following
Standard:
WATER LINE
W—:•W
s—s—s
SANITARY SEWER LINE
G—G—G
GAS LINE
FOC— FOC
FIBER OPTIC CABLE
CATv—CAN—
CABLE TELEVISION
Sw—S`..'
STORM WATER LINE
UGE— UGE
UNDER GROUND ELECTRIC
OHE— OHE—
OVER HEAD ELECTRIC
UGT— UGT—
UNDER GROUND TELEPHONE
OHT— OHT
OVER HEAD TELEPHONE
Ts TS
TRAFFIC SIGNAL LINE
C. Profile (required for water lines greater than 12-inch diameter)
i. Ground Surface - Existing (Dotted) and Proposed (Solid)
ii. Station Numbers
iii. Existing and Proposed Utilities Where Crossed
iv. Proposed Water Main Control Elevation and Grades
D. Plan, Profile and Complete Details for Off -Site Transmission Mains, Pump Stations, Special
Valves and Vaults, Tanks, Etc.
E. Detail Sheet - As Required
i. Standard Bedding Detail
ii. Thrust Block and Joint Restraint Tables
iii. Fire Hydrant Detail
iv. Tapping Details
v. Air Valve Detail
vi. Blow -off Detail
vii. Crossing Detail
F. Overall Layout Sheet - If Required
i. Scale 1 "=100'
ii. Lot Lines
iii. Streets and Street Names
iv. Water Line Sizes and Material
v. Valves
vi. Fire Hydrants
vii. Connections to Existing System
14 Section 2
i �
-i
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Check List
SECTION 3
MINIMUM DESIGN STANDARDS FOR SANITARY SEWERS
3.01 General
3.01.01 All sanitary sewer system design shall be in accordance with the requirements of TCEQ
Chapter 217, AWWA Standards, City of Lubbock Sewer System Master Plan, current City
l ordinances and the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards for Sanitary Sewers.
3.02 Design Flow
3.02.01 The design of the sanitary sewer system shall be based on the following:
A. For sewers in new developments sewer main lines and lift stations shall be designed for the
estimated future population to be served plus adequate allowance for future institutional and
commercial flows.
B. Minimum flow capacity for sizing of sewers for peak flow conditions shall not be less than the
following:
C. Minimum residential population density shall be figured on a basis of 6 houses per acre, and
70 percent of total land area developed as residential, unless detailed analysis of the area to
be served indicates differently.
D. Design flow for development other than residential use shall be based on the following or as
directed by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer:
Trailer Park — transient
2.5 persons/trailer
50
Mobile Home Park
3 persons/trailer
75
School with cafeteria
With showers
20
Without showers
15
Recreational Parks
Day Use
5
Overni ht Use
30
Commercial Industrial Building
20
Motel
50
Restaurant
Per meal served
5
Hospital
Per bed
200
Nursing Home
Per bed
100
Section 3 15
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Check List
3.03 Hydraulic Design
3.03.01 The minimum velocity at the design flow rate shall be 2.0 feet per second.
3.03.02 Maximum allowable velocity shall be 10 feet per second.
3.03.03 Manning's coefficient for design purposes shall be n=0.013 for PVC pipe.
3.03.04 Manhole inverts shall be designed in such a manner that the energy gradient is
consistently falling in the direction of flow.
3.04 Design Details
3.04.01 Sewer Pipe
A. The standard pipe sizes that shall be used are 6-, 8-, 10-, 12-, 15-, 18- and 21-inch. Pipe
sizes not listed here are considered non-standard and shall not be used in the City of Lubbock
sanitary sewer system, unless approved by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
B. The following City slope standards shall apply to sanitary sewer mains: (refer to TCEQ
guidelines 30 TAC Section 217.53.1.2.A Table C.1.)
6 inch
x
0.60 [0.50 TCEQ]
12.35
8 inch
0.40 [0.33 TCEQ]
8.40
10 inch
0.28 [0.25 TCEQ]
6.23
12 inch
0.22 [0.20 TCEQ]
4.88
15 inch
1 0.15 [0.15 TCEQ]
3.62
18 inch
TC
0.12 [0.11 EQ]
2.83
C. Sewer main lines shall be straight between manholes both in line and grade.
D. All sewer main lines shall terminate in a manhole.
i. Cleanouts on sewer main lines shall not be permitted without written approval of the
Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
3.04.02 Manholes
A. Manholes shall be a minimum of 48-inch diameter and shall be provided at every change in
direction, grade, or connection with other sewer main lines.
B. Manhole spacing and depth shall be as follows:
15 inches or smaller
0-16 Ft.
48 in.
500 Ft.
15 inches or smaller
Over 16 Ft.
60 in.
500 Ft.
Over 15 inches
All depths
60 in.
800 Ft.
C. Manholes greater than 16 feet deep or serving pipes larger than 15 inches shall be 60-inch
diameter and include a protective coating system per the Approved Materials List.
D. Connections at manholes shall be designed such that the crowns of connecting pipes are
equal elevation if possible.
r
E. Force mains shall discharge directly into a manhole through a 900 downspout connection.
16 Section 3 f
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Check List
F. Manholes receiving force main discharge shall include a protective coating system per the
Approved Materials List.
G. Minimum elevation difference across manhole inverts shall be as follows:
H. Drop manholes shall be provided for sewer main lines entering a manhole at an elevation 24
inches or more above the manhole invert.
i. Drop connections on new manholes shall be constructed with an exterior or 'outside"
drop system on all 48 inch manholes. All "outside" drops shall be flow filled against
undisturbed soil up to the depth of the main.
ii. Drop connections on existing manholes shall be constructed with an interior or "inside"
drop system. "Inside" drops shall be allowed for existing 60 inch manholes only.
I. Where the difference in elevation is less than 24 inches, the invert shall be filleted to prevent
solids deposition.
J. Manholes shall be stubbed out with suitable size pipe wherever future extension of the sewer
is anticipated.
i. Stub -outs shall extend beyond the edge of existing or proposed paving.
K. Inflow Prevention Devices (IPDs) shall be specified on all new manhole installations.
3.04.03 Service Connections
A. Tees or wyes shall be provided in sewer main lines for service connections at each lot or
building site.
B. Service connections shall ordinarily be located 5.0 feet south or east of the centerline of the
lot.
C. Service lines shall not cross property boundaries into adjacent private property without
coverage by a dedicated easement.
D. Minimum size service connections shall be 4 inch diameter.
E. Maximum size service connection shall be no larger than one standard size smaller than the
main to be tapped.
F. Size -on -size service connections are not allowed.
G. Gravity sewer taps shall connect to sewer main lines at or above the spring line.
H. No gravity service lines shall discharge directly into a manhole.
I. Service connections shall not be installed within 5 feet of the outside wall of a manhole.
3.05 Typical Layout
3.05.01 Unless approved otherwise by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer, sanitary sewer mains shall
be located:
A. In north -south alleys or streets, 5 feet east of the centerline.
B. In east -west alleys or streets, 5 feet south of the centerline.
Section 3 i7
1
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Check List
3.05.02 Sanitary sewer mains to provide service connections shall be located within an alley or
easement.
A. Service connections shall not be allowed within street right-of-way without written approval of
the Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
B. Service connections shall not be deeper than 12 foot without prior written approval from the
Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
3.05.03 Where a sanitary sewer main crosses a street, the crossing shall be made at as near to
perpendicular as possible.
3.05.04 Manholes shall be located as to provide access for maintenance crews and equipment.
A. Where possible, manholes in streets should be designed to fall outside of wheel paths.
B. Where possible, manholes in alleys should be designed to fall at the projected intersection of
perpendicular lot lines.
3.05.05 In all instances sanitary sewer mains shall extend to the extremities of the platted property
or the subdivision served.
3.06 Beddinq and Cover
3.06.01 Sewer mains shall have a minimum of 4 feet of cover from top of pipe to proposed finished
ground surface unless approved by Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
A. Where less than 5 feet of elevation difference between the finished lot grade at building line
and the top of the sewer main is provided, the plans shall indicate that the lot is served by a
"shallow sewer" and appropriate elevation information shall be given.
B. Where a sewer main has less than 4 feet of cover, provisions shall be made to protect the
pipe from impact loading when located in a street or alley.
C. Maximum sanitary sewer depth in alleys shall be 12 feet unless approved by the Water
Utilities Engineering Department.
3.06.02 Pipe bedding and embedment shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications for
Sanitary Sewer Main Construction but in all cases shall be not less than manufacturer
recommendations.
3.07 Relation to Water Mains
3.07.01 No physical connection shall be made between a drinking water supply and a sewer line
A. Appurtenances shall be designed and constructed so as to prevent any possibility of sewage
entering the drinking water system.
3.07.02 Sewers shall be located a minimum of 9 feet horizontally outside to outside from existing
or proposed water mains.
A. Where the 9-foot separation distance cannot be achieved, the following guidelines shall apply:
i. New sanitary sewer installation — parallel lines:
a. Where a new sanitary sewer main parallels a water line:
(1) The sewer shall be constructed of ductile iron or PVC meeting ASTM
specifications with a pressure rating for both the pipe and joints of 150 psi.
(2) The vertical separation shall be a minimum of 2 feet and the horizontal
separation shall be a minimum of 4 feet between outside diameters.
18 Section 3
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Check List
(3) The sewer shall be located below the water line.
ii. New sanitary sewer installation — crossing lines:
a. Where a sanitary sewer crosses under a water line and the sewer is constructed of
ductile iron or PVC with a minimum pressure rating of 150 psi:
(1) An absolute minimum separation distance of 6 inches between outside diameters
shall be maintained.
(2) One segment of the sewer pipe shall be centered on the water line such that the
joints of the sewer pipe are equidistant and at least 9 feet horizontally from the
° centerline of the water line.
(3) Whenever possible, the crossing shall be centered between the joints of the
waterline.
(4) The sanitary sewer main shall be embedded in flowable fill from one quarter of
the diameter of the sanitary sewer main below the centerline of the pipe up to
12 inches above top of pipe for the total length of one pipe segment, minimum 9
feet in each direction from water line, plus 12 inches beyond the joint on each
end.
b. Where a sanitary sewer crosses under a water line and the sewer is constructed of
ABS truss pipe, similar semi -rigid plastic composite pipe, clay pipe or concrete pipe
with gasketed joints (Non -pressure rated pipe):
(1) A minimum 2 foot separation distance between outside diameters shall be
maintained.
(2) One segment of the sewer pipe shall be centered on the water line such that the
joints of the sewer pipe are equidistant and at least 9 feet horizontally from the
centerline of the water line.
(3) Whenever possible, the crossing shall be centered between the joints of the
waterline.
(4) The sanitary sewer main shall be embedded in flowable fill from one quarter of
the diameter of the sanitary sewer main below the centerline of the pipe up to
12 inches above top of pipe for the total length of one pipe segment, minimum 9
feet in each direction from water line, plus 12 inches beyond the joint on each
end.
C. Where a sanitary sewer crosses over a water line:
(1) An absolute minimum separation distance of 1 foot between outside diameters
shall be maintained.
(2) All portions of the sewer within 9 feet of the water line shall be encased in a joint
of 150 psi pressure class pipe at least 18 feet long and 2 nominal sizes larger
than the new conveyance.
(3) The carrier pipe shall be supported at 5-foot or less intervals with spacers.
(4) The encasement pipe should be centered on the crossing and each end sealed
with watertight non -shrink cement grout or a manufactured watertight seal.
(5) Both the waterline and sanitary sewer main must pass a pressure and leakage
test as specified in AWWA C600.
iii. The use of brown coloring in flowable fill for pressure rated sanitary sewer main
embedment is recommended for identification during future construction.
iv. In all cases, suitable backfill or other structural protection shall be provided to preclude
settling and/or failure of the higher pipe.
B. Sanitary sewer manhole and clean out separation from water
i. Manholes and clean outs must be installed so as to provide a minimum of 9 feet of
outside to outside clearance from an existing or proposed water line.
Section 3 19
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Check List
ii. Where the 9-foot separation distance cannot be achieved, an encasement pipe as
described in subparagraph (c.) above may be used for the water line.
3.07.03 Water and sewer lines shall be installed in separate trenches.
3.07.04 For other instances not covered in these design standards, consult current TCEQ
regulations.
3.08 Abandonment of Sewer Mains and Manholes
3.08.01 When a sewer system is to be abandoned the Design Engineer shall ensure that all existing
mains and service connections are properly plugged or transferred to the new system prior
to decommissioning of the existing system.
3.08.02 Sewer Mains
A. If a line to be abandoned terminates in a manhole that will remain in service, the existing-'
main to be decommissioned shall be plugged from within the manhole and clearly marked on
the plans.
i. Cutting and plugging of existing lines directly outside of manholes should be avoided.
B. If a portion of a line is to be abandoned a manhole must be installed on the new terminus of
the portion of line to remain in service.
3.08.03 Sewer Manholes
A. Manholes may be decommissioned by either of the following methods or as approved by the
Chief Water Utilities Engineer:
i. Complete removal of the manhole structure including ring, lid, cone, riser sections,
base and all appurtenances. The excavation shall be backfilled with compacted native
material or flowable fill.
ii. Remove cone, ring and lid sections and backfill to top of remaining structure with
flowable fill. Remaining excavation shall be backfilled with compacted native material
ki
or flowable fill.
3.09 Easements
3.09.01 When it is determined not to be feasible to construct a public sanitary sewer line in a street
or alley, the installation may be made in a dedicated easement or right-of-way.
3.09.02 The minimum width of easement or right-of-way for a public sanitary sewer is 10 feet
exclusive, 20 feet if shared with a public water main or other utilities or if depth of sewer
main is greater than 10 feet.
3.10 Soil Analysis
3.10.01 The Contractor or Design Engineer may be required to submit a report showing the types
and characteristics of the soils to be encountered, water table elevations along the
proposed sewer, recommended methods of dewatering for sewer main construction, and
the recommended methods of backfilling and compacting to be used.
20 Section 3
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Check List
3.11 Tunneling, ,lacking and Boring
3.11.01 Tunneling, jacking and boring are methods used for sewer line placement under restrictive
conditions when open cut construction is not allowed.
A. Only straight pipe alignments for both horizontal and vertical alignment are allowed.
B. Casing shall extend full width of right-of-way or as directed by the Chief Water Utilities
Engineer.
C. Casing pipe shall be a minimum of two standard sizes larger than encased pipe and must
allow for the required casing spacers.
D. Casing pipe thickness shall be:
<24 inches 3 8 inch
>_24 inches 1 2 inch
E. Manufactured centralizers or spacers shall be required at minimum 5-foot intervals or as
recommended by the manufacturer.
i. Only purpose-built centralizers may be used.
F. Coal tar coating for casing pipe shall conform to AWWA C203.
G. For bores in excess of 100 feet, purpose-built fused or restrained joint pipe shall be used.
3.11.02 Slick boring or directional drilling without encasement shall be considered on a case -by -
case basis by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
3.11.03 Annular space between casing or uncased pipe and bored hole shall be injection grouted.
3.12 Lift Station
3.12.01 A thorough engineering analysis must be performed on physical and economic factors to
determine if a lift station is required.
A. A preliminary engineering report will be required to list all factors including TCEQ regulations
as outlined in the Standard Specifications for Sanitary Sewer Construction.
B. The Chief Water Utilities Engineer will review the preliminary report and reserves the right to
determine if there is merit to require a lift station.
C. After approval of the preliminary report design shall follow the Standard Specifications for
Sanitary Sewer Main Construction.
D. Design of a lift station facility shall take into consideration the entire drainage basin.
E. The review and approval process for lift station design could be subject to addition rules and
requirements more comprehensive than those listed in these specifications.
Section 3 21
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Check List
H
[I
m
rl
22 Section 3
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Check List
SECTION 4
CHECK LIST FOR SANITARY SEWER CONSTRUCTION PLANS
4.01 Plan Submittal Requirements
4.01.01 All sanitary sewer main construction plans shall be checked for conformance with City of
Lubbock Minimum Design Standards for Sanitary Sewer prior to submittal to the Water
Utilities Engineering Department for approval. Approval of plans is for general conformance
with the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications. Approval of plans
shall not relieve the Engineer or Developer from any City, State or other governing
requirements nor for errors or omissions in plans and specifications.
4.01.02 Plan Review
A. The design Engineer shall submit two sets of sanitary sewer main construction plans to the
Chief Water Utilities Engineer for review and comment.
B. Upon completion of review and receipt of payment for appropriate Plan Review fees, one set
shall be returned to the Design Engineer with comments.
i. Plans requiring resubmittal may require payment of an additional Plan Review fee.
C. After comments have been addressed and changes have been made, 8 sets of plans shall be
provided for final approval for construction.
i. If the proposed infrastructure is intended to serve a commercial structure, 1 additional
set of sanitary sewer plans shall be submitted with the construction sets (9 total).
ii. If additional approved plan sets are required by the Design Engineer, the appropriate
amount of additional plans shall be provided at this time.
iii. If comments have not been addressed on plans submitted for final approval for
construction the plans will be rejected and returned to the Design Engineer.
D. Upon approval, stamped "Approved for Construction" plans shall be logged into the City's GIS
data base and distributed as follows:
i. Two (2) sets will be returned to the Engineer.
ii. Six (6) sets will be distributed to the City's inspectors and support staff.
. , iii. Where applicable, 1 set will be delivered to the Building Inspection Department.
E. The Design Engineer shall notify TCEQ in writing prior to the start of construction.
i. A copy of the TCEQ notification letter shall be submitted to the Water Utilities
Engineering Department.
F. Final construction plans should not be submitted for Water Utilities Engineering Department
approval for work that will not be installed within 6 months of the approval date.
i. Delays between approval date and construction may require resubmittal of the plans
for review under current standards.
4.01.03 Pro Rata Estimate and Fees
A. Two (2) sets of Pro Rata Cost Estimates shall be submitted for review at the time of plan
review submittal.
B. Plan Review Fees in the amount of 0.5% of the Pro Rata Cost Estimate (minimum $50) shall
be submitted at the time of plan review submittal.
Section 4 23
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Check List
C. Inspection and Testing Fees in the amount of 1.5% of the Pro Rata Cost Estimate (minimum
$125) shall be submitted prior to construction.
D. In the event of significant changes in design, an updated Pro Rata Cost Estimate shall be
submitted and resulting differences in fee amounts settled.
4.01.04 Construction Plans
A. All plans to be used or kept on the job site shall be original or reproduced plan sets clearly
marked "Approved for Construction" with the signature of reviewer and date approved by the
Water Utilities Engineering Department.
B. Should circumstances during construction warrant changes from the approved plans or
specifications, a written approval must be obtained from the Water Utilities Engineering
Department.
i. Copies of the written approval shall be attached to the construction plans and
maintained on the job site.
4.01.05 Record Drawings
A. The Design Engineer shall be responsible for recording constructed dimensions and
information on a set of Record Drawings during the progress of construction.
i. The City of Lubbock Water Utilities Engineering Department shall monitor this process
to assure that changes in construction are kept up to date on the Record Drawings.
B. Reproducible Mylar "Record Drawings", certified by the Design Engineer, shall be presented to
the Water Utilities Engineering Department within 30 days of completion of the construction.
i. Record Drawings shall include locations of all lift stations, manholes or other changes
in main pipe direction, material or size.
a. GPS Coordinates or property ties are acceptable.
C. Where the construction is phased and a lapse of more than 60 days occurs between phases,
then reproducible Mylar Record Drawings shall be presented to the Water Utilities Engineering
Department reflecting the completed construction prior to issuance of the Certificate of
Acceptance of Utility Construction.
4.01.06 Acceptance
A. Upon completion of construction, satisfactory system tests and submittal of Record Drawings,
the Design Engineer shall submit a request to the Chief Water Utilities Engineer for a
Certificate of Acceptance of Utility Construction.
i. Sanitary sewer system improvements shall not be put online or brought into service
without written approval by the Water Utilities Engineering Department.
ii. A newly constructed system will not be accepted until the receiving, downstream
system has been accepted.
iii. A Certificate of Acceptance of Utility Construction shall not be issued until Record
Drawings are provided to the Water Utilities Department.
iv. When all paperwork has been completed and provided to the City with a written
notification, utilities will be accepted within 30 days if there is no exception by the City.
B. Building Permits for residential developments and Certificates of Occupancy for commercial
facilities to be serviced by a newly constructed system will not be released by the Water
Utilities Engineering Department until said system has been brought into service.
24 Section 4 I
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Check List
4
4.02 Plan Details
4.02.01 Plan Format
A. Standard drawing size shall be 24-inch by 36-inch.
4.02.02 The following details shall be shown on the plans:
A. General
i.
Title Block (lower right hand corner preferred)
ii.
Scale
iii.
Original Date and Revision Dates
r ' iv.
Name of Professional Engineer
v.
Professional Engineer's Seal
vi.
Firm Name and Contact Information
i vii.
City of Lubbock Engineering Department Contact Information:
a.
Chief Water Utilities Engineer: (806) 775-2342
b.
Senior Inspector: (806) 548-4152
viii.
Drawings Number(s)
ix.
Legal Description of Property Being Improved
x.
Location Map or Plat (if available)
' A.
Statement:
"All work shall be performed in accordance with the current
version of the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and
Specifications."
B. Plan
i i.
Bench Marks
I ii.
North Arrow
iii.
Property Lines
�- iv.
Street Names and Easements with Width Dimensions
v.
Other Pertinent Details (Buildings, Curbs, Water Courses, Etc.)
vi.
Proposed Sanitary Sewer Mains (Bold)
_ a.
Stationing
b.
Size
c.
Materials
d.
Gradients
e.
Length between Manholes
f.
Proposed Manholes
g.
Elevation of Inverts In And Out Of Manhole
h.
Elevation of Manhole Rim
i.
Location Control Dimensions
j.
Manhole Stub -Outs
I k.
Proposed Future Extensions
-° I.
Proposed Service Connections or Stub -Ins
m.
Standard Bedding Cross -Section
n.
Proposed Concrete Encasement
Section 4 25
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Check List
o. Proposed Cut -Off Walls
vii. Existing Utility
Lines (Gray) with Location and Depth According to the Following
Standard:
+"—+".—.:
WATER LINE
s—s—s
SANITARY SEWER LINE
G—G—G
GAS LINE
FOC— FOC
FIBER OPTIC CABLE
CATV— CAN—
CABLE TELEVISION
swf—sw
STORM WATER LINE
UGE— UGE—
UNDER GROUND ELECTRIC
OHE— OHE—
OVER HEAD ELECTRIC
UGT— UGT—
UNDER GROUND TELEPHONE
OHT— OHT
OVER HEAD TELEPHONE
—Ts— Ts
TRAFFIC SIGNAL LINE
C. Profile
i. Ground Surface - Existing (Dotted) and Proposed (Solid)
ii. Station Numbers
iii. Existing and Proposed Utilities Where Crossed
iv. Existing Manhole Invert and Rim Elevations
D. Plan, Profile and Complete Details for Off -Site Force or Gravity Mains, Lift Stations, Special
Valves and Vaults, Tanks, Etc.
E. Detail Sheet - As Required
i. Standard Bedding Detail
ii. Standard Manhole Detail
iii. Drop Manhole Details
iv. Tapping Details
F. Overall Layout Sheet - If Required
i. Scale 1 "=100'
ii. Lot Lines
iii. Streets and Street Names
iv. Sewer Line Sizes and Material
v. Manholes
vi. Connections to Existing System
26 Section 4 t }
1'
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
SECTION 5
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER MAIN CONSTRUCTION
5.01 General
5.01.01 All water main construction within the City of Lubbock water system or for future
connections to the City of Lubbock water system shall be accomplished in accordance with
the requirements of these specifications.
5.02 Plan Requirements
5.02.01 Water main construction shall be done in accordance with engineered construction plans
for the work, prepared under the direction of a Professional Engineer and approved by the
City of Lubbock Water Utilities Engineering Department.
5.02.02 Plans shall conform to the City of Lubbock's Minimum Design Standards for Water
Distribution and shall show all information called for on the City of Lubbock Check List for
Water Distribution Construction Plans.
5.03 Plan Approval
5.03.01 The Water Utilities Engineering Department shall review, approve and issue plans stamped
"Approved for Construction" to the Design Engineer.
5.04 Inspection
5.04.01 Engineer and/or Contractor shall notify the Water Utilities Engineering Department 48
hours prior to the planned construction is to commence and also before starting up when
construction is interrupted for any reason.
5.04.02 All work shall be inspected by a representative of the Water Utilities Engineering
Department who shall have the authority to halt construction when, in their opinion,
construction is being performed contrary to these specifications or other approved plans.
5.04.03 Whenever any portion of these specifications is violated, the Chief Water Utilities Engineer,
by written notice, may order that portion of construction in violation of these specifications
or other approved plans, specifications and material to cease until such violation is
corrected.
5.05 Specifications
5.05.01 All standard specifications and quality standards; i.e., ASA, AWWA, ASTM, etc., which are
made a portion of these specifications by reference shall be the latest edition and revision
thereof.
5.06 Materials of Construction
5.06.01 Water Pipe
A. All pipe used in the City of Lubbock water distribution system shall be C900 PVC, C905 PVC,
C906 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE), Cement -lined Ductile Iron, C301 Prestressed -
Section 5 27
1
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
Concrete Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe or C303 Concrete Bar -wrapped Steel Cylinder Pressure
Pipe and shall conform to the Approved Materials List.
B. The following are approved materials for water main construction:
i. PVC Pipe
a. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C900
or C905 specifications and shall be minimum DR-18, Pressure Class 235 PSI.
b. Pipe shall be furnished with bell and spigot joint with rubber gasket joint conforming
to the above specification.
c. Spigot ends shall be beveled and reference marked to facilitate joining and insure
proper seating depth.
d. Water pipe shall be blue.
ii. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)
a. HDPE pipe shall be made of high density, high molecular weight polyethylene pipe
material meeting the requirements of the latest revision of AWWA C906, PE 4710,
Minimum DRll, Pressure Class 200 PSI.
b. Use of HDPE pipe must be preapproved by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer in
writing prior to use within the City of Lubbock service area.
iii. Cement -lined Ductile Iron Pipe
a. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C150 — ANSI A21.50 and AWWA C151 —
ANSI A21.51.
b. All ductile iron pipe shall be cement lined in accordance with AWWA C104 - ANSI
A21.4 specifications. The external surface shall be coated with an asphalt base paint.
c. All joints for ductile iron pipe shall be of the rubber gasket bell and spigot type,
except where connecting flanged fittings, and shall otherwise conform to the base
specifications to which the pipe is manufactured.
d. The joint shall be the latest approved type of rubber gasket joint for ductile iron pipe.
e. All joints of ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be sealed with a continuous ring rubber
gasket meeting standards specified by AWWA C111 - ANSI A21.11 or its latest
revision.
f. Flanged joints shall conform to AWWA C115 —ANSI A21.15
iv. Concrete Cylinder Pipe
a. Pre -stressed Concrete Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe shall be manufactured in
accordance with the latest revision of AWWA C301.
b. Concrete Bar -wrapped Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe shall be manufactured in
accordance with the latest revision of AWWA C303.
c. Concrete Cylinder Pipe shall withstand a minimum pressure of 150 psi longitudinally
and helically.
d. The joints of the pre -tensioned concrete cylinder pipe and fittings shall be sealed
with a continuous ring rubber gasket meeting standards specified in AWWA C303.
e. A Portland cement mortar shall be used to fill the annular space both inside and
outside of joints in the pre -tensioned concrete cylinder pipe.
(1) Portland cement used in the mortar shall conform to ASTM C150 and C77.
(2) Sand for the mortar shall conform to ASTM C33 for fine aggregate.
f. The exterior joints on pre -tensioned concrete cylinder pipe shall be poured with a
heavy duty diaper. The width of the diaper shall be 9 inches. The band shall be
provided with 3/8 inch x 0.20 steel straps on each side.
28 Section 5
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
5.06.02 Service Saddles
A. 1-inch and 2-inch Service Connection
i. Service connections shall be made through an approved service saddle.
a. Service saddles shall be manufactured to conform to ASTM A240 Type 304 stainless
steel.
b. Service saddles shall be 4-bolt, double band type.
c. Service saddle shall be fusion bonded epoxy or nylon coated.
d. 1-inch service saddles shall have AWWA Tapered (CS/CC) threaded connection.
e. 2-inch service saddles shall have iron pipe sized (IPS) threaded connection.
5.06.03 Tapping Procedures
A. Tapping Sleeves
i. General
a. Clean, disinfect, and prepare the main line, valve, and tapping machine with NSF
approved disinfectant prior to operation.
b. Ensure shell cutter will clear valve walls.
ii. Tapping Machine
a. Use the appropriate pilot bit for the pipe material being tapped; follow pipe and bit
manufacturer's requirements.
b. Upon request, contractor shall provide specification for pilot bit and shell cutter.
c. If it is determined by the inspector that the bit or shell cutter is dull or damaged a
new bit or shell cutter must be provided for all taps.
d. If tapping machine is a solid body machine and the bit/shell cutter travels, the full
weight of the tapping machine must be supported with cribbing.
e. If the tapping machine is a two-piece body machine and moves with the bit/shell
cutter, the valve must be supported with cribbing or concrete.
iii. 4-inch through 12-inch Main Line Connection
a. Tapping sleeves shall be ductile iron or stainless steel, mechanical joint and conform
to the latest revision of ASTM Standard Designations. The tapping sleeve shall
withstand a working pressure of 200 psi.
b. Gaskets shall be compounded from new materials, and the shape of cross-section of
gasket shall provide adequate seal for the design pressure. Gaskets shall be shop
glued to the groove provided in the body section.
c. Bolts and hex nuts shall be stainless steel.
iv. 16-inch through 24-inch Main Line Connection
a. Tapping sleeves shall be ductile iron or stainless steel, mechanical joint and conform
to the latest revision of ASTM Standard Designations. Tapping sleeves shall be
capable of withstanding a working pressure of 200 psi.
b. Flanges shall be fabricated from steel plate conforming to ASTM Standard
Designation A36 or A285, Grade C.
c. Dimensions shall conform to AWWA Standard C207, "Steel Pipe Flanges," Class D.
(1) Flanges shall be machined to a flat face with finish of 250 micro -inches or
machined to a flat surface with a serrated finished in accordance with AWWA
Standard C-207, "Steel Pipe Flanges."
(2) Machined face shall be recessed for tapping valves in accordance with the MSS
i
Standard SP-60.
Section 5 29
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
d. Gaskets shall be compounded from new materials, and the shape of cross-section of
gasket shall provide adequate seal for the design pressure. Gaskets shall be shop
glued to the groove provided in the body section.
e. Bolts and hex nuts shall be stainless steel.
B. Testing Outlet
i. A 3/4-inch NPT by welded coupling shall be attached to the outlet nozzle of each
tapping sleeve assembly complete with a 3/4-inch square head pipe plug.
C. Painting
i. All surfaces of the saddle shall be clean, dry, and free from grease and dirt before
painting.
ii. All surfaces of tapping sleeve except face of flange, bolts and nuts, shall be given a
shop coat of a two-part thermosetting epoxy. Face of flanges shall be shop coated with
a rust preventive compound.
iii. Bolts and nuts shall be shipped bare (no paint or protective coating).
5.06.04 uctile Iron Fittings
A. Fittings shall be mechanical joint or rubber gasket AWWA Class D bell with transition gasket
for the type of pipe used.
B. All fittings shall be lined with cement or coal tar and coated with an asphaltic paint.
C. Fittings shall conform to AWWA C104, AWWA C110 and AWWA C111 latest revision.
5.06.05 Double Disc Gate Valves
A. Double disc gate valves 12-inch and smaller shall be parallel seat, ductile iron body and
bronze mounted throughout. In line valves shall be flanged or mechanical joint. Side outlets'
shall be flanged.
i. Gate valves 12-inch and smaller shall be direct bury.
ii. Valves shall have non -rising stems, shall open by turning to the left (counter-
clockwise), and shall be furnished with a 2-inch square operating nut.
iii. Valves shall comply with the latest revision of AWWA C500 standards.
5.06.06 Resilient Seat Gate Valves
A. Resilient seat gate valves 12-inch and smaller shall be ductile iron. In line valves shall be
flanged or mechanical joint. Side outlets shall be flanged.
i. Gate valves 12-inch and smaller shall be direct bury.
ii. Valves shall have non -rising stems, shall open by turning to the left (counter-
clockwise), and shall be furnished with a 2-inch square operating nut.
iii. Valves shall comply with the latest revision of AWWA C509 or C515 standards. C i
5.06.07 Butterfly Valves'
A. Butterfly valves 16-inch and larger shall be ductile iron and may be either short body or long
body lengths.
i. Butterfly valves shall be installed in a concrete valve vault and shall be equipped with a
hand wheel, a 2-inch square operating nut, a locking device and a position indicator.
ii. Valve shall open by turning to the left (counter -clockwise).
iii. Valves shall be designed for positive stop in the closed position.
s
1
30 Section 5
t f
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
iv. Valve shall be manually operated with enclosed worm gear or traveling nut operation
and shall be designed to operate at maximum torque with a maximum pull of 80
pounds.
v. The design water pressure differential shall be 150 psi upstream and 0 psi
downstream.
vi. Valves shall comply with the latest revision of AMA C504 for Class 150B.
B. Valves installed in vaults shall be painted with heavy-duty machinery paint with color and type
to be approved by Water Utilities Engineering Department,
5.06.08 Pressure Regulating Valves
A. The function of a pressure regulating valve is to reduce an existing high pressure to a pre -
adjusted lower downstream pressure for varying rates of flow without causing shock or water
hammer on the system.
i. The pressure reducing valve shall be hydraulically operated with a free floating guided
piston having a seat diameter equal to the size of the valve.
ii. A pilot valve for controlling operation of the main valve shall be a single seated,
diaphragm operated and spring loaded type.
iii. Pilot valve shall be attached to the main valve with piping and isolation valves so
arranged for easy access in making adjustments and also for its removal from the main
valve while the main valve is under pressure.
iv. Needle valve shall be all bronze and included with the main valve to control the speed
of piston travel.
v. An indicator rod shall be furnished as an integral part of the valve to show the position
of the piston within the valve body.
vi. The valve shall be designed to provide an access opening in the valve body for
removing the piston and other internal parts without removing the main valve body
from the line.
B. The valve shall be fully bronze -mounted and all packing shall have either leather or rubber
seals to provide tight closure and prevent metal to metal friction.
i. Valves shall be ductile iron body.
ii. Bronze casting or parts for internal trim shall conform to ASTM B62.
C. All valves shall be furnished with flanged ends sized and drilled in accordance with ANSI
B16.1, Class 125.
i. Flanges and covers shall conform to ASTM A126, Class B.
ii. Flanges shall be machined to a flat face with a finish of 250 micro -inches or machined
to a flat surface with a serrated finish in accordance with AWWA C207.
D. Pressure regulating valves shall be capable of withstanding an operating pressure of 150 psi.
E. Body of the pressure reducing valve shall be given a hydrostatic test of 50% more than the
operating pressure specified herein. A second test of check seating of the cylinder shall be
made at the operating pressure.
F. All surfaces of the valve shall be clean, dry, and free from grease and dirt before painting.
i. Ductile iron surfaces, except the machined face of the flange, shall be evenly coated
with a suitable primer to inhibit rust, or a black asphalt varnish in accordance with
Federal Specification TT-V-51e.
ii. The face of flanges shall be shop coated with a rust preventive compound.
G. Pressure regulating valves shall be installed in an approved concrete valve vault.
Section 5 31
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications.__
f
5.06.09 2-inch Combination Air and Vacuum Release Valves
A. The function of a combination air and vacuum release valve is to allow air to escape during
pipeline filling and to enter during draining of the pipeline. Valve shall close water tight when
liquid enters the valve. The valve shall also be capable of releasing small pockets of trapped
air after the pipeline is filled and under pressure.
i. Combination air and vacuum release valves shall be shop assembled and shipped as a
complete unit ready for field installation.
ii. The combination air valve shall be the single body type.
iii. The valve body and cover shall be designed to operate under a maximum working
pressure of 250 psi.
iv. Material shall be one of the following:
a. Valve body
(1) Cast Iron - ASTM A48-CIass 35
(2) Cast Steel - ASTM A27 GR U60-30
(3) Ductile Iron - ASTM A536 GR 65-45-12
(4) Bosses for tapping pipe threads shall be cast integrally with each valve body and
cover.
v. The diameter of the large orifice of the combination air valve shall be 2 inches and the
small orifice diameter shall be 3/32 inch.
vi. Inlet shall be 2 inches in diameter with tapered iron pipe thread conforming to AWWA
C800.
vii. For valves not found in the approved materials and vendors list, all other components
shall conform to the following additional specifications:
a. Float shall be stainless steel.
b. All other internal parts shall be fabricated from bronze.
c. Valve seat shall be fabricated from oil resistant synthetic rubber.
B. Guard Valve and Connecting Pipe r1J
i. Guard valve to be used with air valve shall be bronze ball valve with female iron pipe
thread ends. H
ii. Connections between the air valve and the guard valve shall be made using brass
nipples with tapered iron pipe threads conforming to AWWA Standard C800.
C. All components shall be capable of withstanding an operating pressure of 250 psi.
D. Each shop assembled valve shall be given a hydrostatic test of 2 times the rated operating
pressure. During the test, air shall be injected into the body chamber of the valve to check its
ability to release entrained air to the atmosphere under operating pressure.
E. All surfaces of the valve shall be clean, dry and free from grease before painting. Exterior and
interior surfaces except the stainless steel trim and the seating surface of the flange face shall
be evenly coated with a suitable primer, or a black asphalt varnish in accordance with Federal_
Specification TT-V51 C or Military Specification C-450-C, Type II.
5.06.10 Swing Check Valves
A. Swing check valves shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA Standard C508, "Swing -
Check Valves for Ordinary Waterworks Service", with the following additional requirements or
exceptions.
B. All valves shall be iron body, fully bronze -mounted, metal to metal seating with a swing -type
disc.
32 Section 5
i'
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
_ i. Valves installed in vaults shall be in a horizontal position with exterior lever and
adjustable spring or weight operation.
ii. Valves which are buried shall be installed in a horizontal position and shall be gravity
operated with no external levers or weights.
C. Swing check valves shall be capable of withstanding an operating pressure of 150 psi.
D. Bolts and hex nuts used for attaching top cap to the body shall be the manufacturer's
standard, either fabricated from a low -alloy steel for corrosion resistance or electroplated with
zinc or cadmium.
�¢ i. The hot -dip process in accordance with ASTM A135 is not acceptable for the threaded
portions of the bolts and nuts.
E. Flat gasket, either ring type or full faced type, required at the body and cap connection, shall
be fabricated from compressed asbestos sheet with a rubber compound binder.
i. Use of a homogeneous rubber or vegetable fiber sheets is not acceptable.
F. All check valves shall be furnished with flanged ends. The size and drilling shall be in
accordance with ANSI B16.1 Class 125; flanges shall be machined to a flat face with a finish
of 250 micro -inches or machined to a flat surface with a serrated finish in accordance with
AWWA Standard C207.
G. All surfaces of the valve shall be clean, dry and free from grease before painting.
i. All ferrous surfaces, exterior and interior, except the seating surfaces of flange faces,
shall be evenly coated with a suitable primer to inhibit rust or black asphalt varnish in
accordance with Federal Specification TT-V-51f.
ii. Flange faces shall be shop coated with a rust preventive compound.
5.06.11 Blowoffs
A. Temporary or permanent blowoffs may be fabricated from 2-inch pipe with a 2-inch gate
valve.
B. Valve to be iron bodied bronze mounted with 2-inch square operating nut complete with valve
box.
C. Valve and valve box shall be as specified in the Approved Materials List.
5.06.12 Fire Hydrants
A. Fire hydrants shall be standard AWWA C502 hydrants, iron body, bronze mounted throughout
including drain seat ring, and shall be designed for a working pressure of 150 psi.
B. Fire hydrants shall be traffic model type and shall have a 5-1/4 inch valve opening, two 2-1/2
inch hose nozzles, one 4-inch steamer nozzle with 4 threads per inch and a crest to crest
dimension of 4.995 inches, and shall open by turning counter -clockwise.
C. Hydrants shall be for 6-inch mechanical joint connection and shall be 4-1/2 foot bury unless
otherwise shown on plans.
D. When required, a single fire hydrant extension section shall be used to bring the fire hydrant
to the appropriate elevation. No more than one extension will be allowed per installation.
E. Operating nuts shall be 1-1/2 inch pentagons measured to a point.
F. Hydrants shall be painted orange.
G. Fire hydrants that are not et in service or have been taken out of service shall be covered
Y Y
completely and securely with black plastic wrap or bags.
H. Hydrants shall meet the requirements as detailed in the Approved Materials List.
Section 5 33
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
5.06.13 Valve Boxes, Vaults, Frames and Covers
A. Valve boxes for 12-inch or smaller valves shall be as specified in the Approved Materials List.
i. The boxes shall be designed to fit over a section of 6-inch C900 PVC pipe which will be
used as an extension from the top of the valve. Align riser pipe to ensure continuity
between box and pipe, using couplers if spliced.
ii. Top of valve box shall be set flush with surrounding finished grade.
iii. Valve boxes set in HMAC or brick pavement shall have a 2-foot square by 6-inch thick
'
reinforced concrete collar.
iv. Valve box shall be heavy cast iron.
v. Valve box shall have a heavy cast iron cover marked "Water Valve".
vi. Valve box shall have a flange type base approximately 2 inches larger in diameter than
the outside diameter of the barrel of the box.
B. Valve vaults for butterfly valves and gate valves 16-inches and larger shall be poured concrete
or pre -cast construction.
r'
i. Valve vaults shall be constructed with the dimensions as called for on the plans or as
1 _i
approved by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
ii. Valve vault cover opening shall be centered over operating nut.
T�
C. Manhole frames and covers shall be of good quality gray iron casting of a pattern similar to
�J
that shown on the plans and with a clear opening of not less than 30 inches.
i. Frame and cover shall be designed with a full bearing ring so as to provide a
continuous seat between frame and cover.
ii. Cover shall be furnished with lifting ring cast into the cover in such manner as to
prevent leaking through.
I
iii. The cover shall be marked "City of Lubbock Water".
L
iv. Frame and cover shall be as specified in the Approved Materials List.
5.06.14 Boring Encasement Pipe
A. Encasement pipe shall be smooth steel pipe conforming to the following:
<24 inches 3 8 inch
>_24 inches 1 2 inch
B. Boring encasement steel pipe shall have welded joints.
5.06.15 Concrete
A. Proportioning of the constituents of the concrete shall produce a dense and workable mixture
and the designed mix shall be approved by the Engineer before any concrete is placed.
i. The concrete shall be of such consistency that it will flow without separation of the
aggregates.
B. Concrete mix shall be based on the water -cement ratio, and shall be as follows for the j
different applications: l
i. Concrete for manhole bases, valve vaults and other reinforced concrete structures shall
contain not more than 7.0 gallons of water per sack of cement and yield a 28-day
compressive strength of not less than 3,000 psi. 1
ii. Concrete for pipe cradling, thrust blocking or fittings and other non -reinforced concrete
shall contain not more than 9 gallons of water per sack of cement and yield a 28-day 1
compressive strength of not less than 2,500 psi. !
34 Section 5
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
C. Concrete shall be made with Portland cement which conforms to "Standard Specifications and
Test for Portland Cement", ASTM C150.
D. Concrete aggregates shall consist of natural washed and screened sand, and washed and
screened gravel or clean crushed limestone conforming to "Standard Specifications for
Concrete Aggregate", ASTM C33.
i. Aggregates shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall be free from injurious
amounts of clay, soft or flaky materials, loam or organic impurities.
ii. Aggregates shall be approved by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer before use.
E. Water used in mixing concrete shall be clear, clean, free from oil, acid or organic matter and
free from injurious amounts of alkali, salts or other chemicals.
F. Surface moisture or moisture carried by the aggregates shall be included as part of the mixing
water.
G. Reinforcing steel used in concrete shall be deformed bars conforming to "Specifications for
Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement", ASTM A15, A16 or A305, grade 40 or grade 50.
i. Wire mesh shall be woven or electrically welded, cold -drawn mild steel wire fabric.
ii. All reinforcement shall be permanently marked with grade, identification marks or shall,
on delivery, be accompanied by a manufacturer's guarantee.
H. Forms shall be of wood or metal and shall be of sufficient strength to support the concrete
without bulging between supports and sufficiently water tight to hold the concrete mortar.
i. Forms shall be so constructed that the finished concrete shall be of the form and
dimensions shown on the plans.
ii. Form work for exposed surfaces shall be of such material and so constructed as to
produce a wall with a smooth, even surface when the concrete is poured.
iii. Wall forms shall be set plumb and true and rigidly braced to maintain them in correct
position and alignment.
iv. Walls for all reinforced concrete work shall be formed inside and outside.
v. Form ties shall be adjustable in length and of such type as to leave no metal closer
than 1-inch of the surface, and shall not be fitted with lugs, cones, washers, or other
devices acting as a spreader which will leave a hole larger than 7/8-inch in diameter or
depth back of the exposed surface of the concrete.
vi. Temporary openings for cleaning and inspection shall be provided at the base of
vertical forms or other places where necessary. Such openings shall be neatly and
securely closed before concrete is placed.
vii. Forms shall be oiled before use.
viii. No forms shall be removed without permission of the City Inspector. However, in
general, wall forms may be removed after the concrete has been in place for 24 hours
and on roof slabs after the concrete has been in place for 10 days.
ix. Immediately upon removal of the forms any honey -combed sections shall be repaired
as directed by the City Inspector.
I. Compounds used to form an air tight membrane over a fresh concrete surface shall be in
accordance with Texas Department of Transportation Item 360.2.0 (DMS-4650).
i. Curing compound shall be applied with a pressurized sprayer in an even coating or as
recommended by the manufacturer.
5.06.16 Bedding, Embedment and Backfill
A. Water Pipe 12-inch diameter and smaller
Section 5
35
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
i. Bedding and embedment shall be native, sandy soil material free from rocks, clods,
roots or other debris larger than 1-inch diameter.
ii. Backfill material shall be native, sandy soil material free from rocks, clods, roots or
other debris larger than 2-inch diameter.
B. Water Pipe 16-inch diameter and larger
i. Bedding shall be select sand or aggregate free from rocks, clods, roots or other debris
larger than 3/8-inch.
a. Bedding material shall be free from injurious amounts of clay, dust, blow sand,
caliche or slag.
ii. Embedment material shall be crushed stone with irregular surfaces and comply with
the following gradation requirements:
a. Embedment shall extend to 12 inches above top of pipe.
iii. Backfill material shall be native, sandy soil material free from rocks, clods, roots or
other debris larger than 2-inch diameter.
C. Compaction
i. Bedding, embedment and backfill shall be compacted to 95% Modified Proctor Density
by approved mechanical means.
a. Compaction shall be in maximum 6-inch compacted lifts.
ii. Water jetting will not be allowed.
5.06.17 Flowable Fill
A. Flowable fill shall consist of a concrete mixture of pea gravel and sand with a cement content
of 1-1/2 sacks per cubic yard.
i. Utility ditches in existing paved streets shall be backfilled with flowable fill from the top
of the embedment material to the paving surface, as specified in City of Lubbock
Ordinance.
ii. Use of concrete in place of flowable fill is not acceptable, and if used in place of
flowable fill shall be removed by the Contractor at their expense.
5.07 Methods of Construction
5.07.01 Scope
A. The work covered by this section consists of constructing water distribution mains and other
appurtenances normally installed as a part of this system. Construction may include surface
preparation; trench excavation; shoring; dewatering; laying, aligning and joining pipe;
installation of pipe, valves, valve boxes, and fittings; cradling, blocking and anchorage;
bedding, embedment and backfilling; and other related work.
ril
36 Section 5
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
5.07.02 Quality Standards
ASTM D698
Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort
AWWA C600 ANSI
Installation of Ductile Iron Mains and Their Appurtenances
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated
AWWA C900
Fittings, 4-inch through 12-inch for Water Transmission and
Distribution
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated
AWWA C905
Fittings, 14-inch through 48-inch for Water Transmission and
Distribution
AWWA M23
Polyvinyl Chloride PVC Pipe Design and Installation
ACPA
Concrete Pipe Installation Manual (Published by American
Concrete Pipe Association
ASTM C891
Installation of Underground Pre -cast Utility Structures
5.07.03 Materials
A. The Contractor shall install water distribution pipe of the type, diameter, wall -thickness and
protective coating that is defined in the Approved Materials List or designated by the Chief
Water Utilities Engineer.
B. One or more acceptable types of pipe may be used. As such, the Contractor shall have the
option of installing any of the acceptable types, provided only one type is used throughout
any single size designation or run of pipe.
5.07.04 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)
A. Prior to disturbance of construction area, Contractor shall coordinate with the City of Lubbock
Storm Water Engineering Department to develop a site -specific Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan.
B. SWP3 measures shall be installed prior to construction and shall be maintained throughout the
construction until final stabilization.
5.07.05 Surface Preparation
A. Within Easements, Cultivated or Agricultural Areas
i. All vegetation such as brush, sod, heavy growth, grass, weeds, decayed vegetable
matter, rubbish and other unsuitable material within the area of excavation and spoils
storage shall be stripped and properly disposed.
ii. Topsoil shall be removed to a depth of 8 inches or the full depth of topsoil, whichever
is less.
iii. Removed topsoil shall be stockpiled during construction in an approved location.
B. Within Unpaved Roadway Areas
i. Contractor shall strip the cover material from graveled roadways or other developed
but unpaved traffic surfaces to the full depth of the existing surfacing.
ii. Surfacing shall be stockpiled to the extent that it is acceptable for restoration purposes.
C. Within Paved Areas
i. All pavement cuts and repairs shall be in accordance with the current City of Lubbock
Street Ordinance.
s Section 5 37
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
ii. Wherever it is necessary to make cuts in existing pavements, sidewalks, driveways, or
curbs and gutters, the cuts shall be made in such a manner as to cause the least
possible damage to adjoining surfaces.
iii. Asphalt Paving
a. Asphalt surfaces shall be saw cut along each side of the trench ahead of the
trenching machine and the paving and base removed with the trenching machine as
the trench is excavated.
b. The width of surface removed by the Contractor is not to exceed the outside limits of
the trench plus 12 inches.
iv. Concrete Paving
a. Removal of any sidewalks, concrete pavement, concrete base, concrete curbs and
gutters shall be made by saw cutting the concrete to a straight line on each side of
the trench and removing the concrete ahead of the trenching.
b. Concrete shall be saw cut vertically in straight lines and avoiding acute angles.
c. Concrete pavement, sidewalks, driveways or curb and gutter shall be cut with a
power saw to a depth of not less than 2 inches prior to breaking.
d. Overbreak, separation or other damage to the existing bitumen or concrete outside
the designated cut lines shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.
e. Tunneling may be required under curb and gutters.
f. The width of surface removed by the Contractor of concrete paving is not to exceed
the outside limits of the trench plus 12 inches.
5.07.06 Barricades and Safety Measures
A. Contractor shall, at their own expense, furnish and erect barricades and safety measures for
the protection of persons, property and the works as may be necessary.
B. All barricades and safety measures shall meet the rules and regulations of Federal, state and
local authorities, including but not limited to:
i. OSHA regulations for excavation, trenching and shoring
ii. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
iii. City of Lubbock Barricade Ordinance
C. Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades and
safety measures.
i. If damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and
replaced by Contractor at their own cost and expense.
D. Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades and safety measures shall not cease
until the project is accepted by the City.
5.07.07 Water for Construction
A. The City will furnish water from fire hydrants for construction purposes.
i. To use City water for construction the contractor shall acquire a water meter for use on
a City fire hydrant, and will be charged the applicable rate for the quantity of water
used.
ii. The contractor shall contact Lubbock Power and Light Customer Service Department
and establish a utility account. The contractor must pay the current deposit for each
fire hydrant meter and will be responsible for all charges associated with that account.
iii. Once an account is established and the deposit is paid, the contractor may pick up a
meter from the City Water Department at 600 Municipal Drive.
iv. The contractor shall be responsible for reporting monthly water usage.
38 Section 5 {
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
v. All water used shall be in accordance with City Ordinance, all water shall be used
within City Limits.
B. Fire hydrants shall be operated only by use of an approved fire hydrant wrench. No pipe
wrenches, or other unapproved devices, shall be used to open or close a fire hydrant.
C. For top loading trucks or containers the contractor shall provide a back flow prevention
assembly on the discharge side of the meter.
i. The backflow prevention assembly shall be in the form of two spring loaded ball check
valves.
ii. When filling the truck or container there shall be an air gap of at least two times the
opening diameter of the truck or container.
D. For bottom loading trucks the contractor shall provide a Reduced Pressure Zone (RPZ) type
backflow prevention assembly.
i. All RPZ type back flow prevention assemblies must be tested and the test results
approved by the City prior to use.
ii. The test results shall be sent to the City of Lubbock Public Works Department, Meter
and Customer Service Supervisor for approval.
E. In accordance with City of Lubbock Ordinance No. 10208 "Pertaining to Backflow Prevention",
City representatives are authorized to suspend water use from a fire hydrant by a contractor
until the proper and correct backflow prevention device is installed.
5.07.08 rotection of Existing Utilities
A. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to properly mark (white line) the work area and
notify the Texas Excavation Safety System, 1-800-DIG-TESS (1-800-344-8377) a minimum of
48 hours prior to construction or excavation.
B. Contractor shall locate all utility lines, including customer service lines, far enough in advance
of the trenching to make proper provisions for protecting the lines and to allow for any
deviations that may be required from the established lines and grades.
C. If required, the Contractor shall "pothole" or physically locate existing underground utilities
ahead of trench excavation.
D. A contractor shall not be allowed to disrupt water service without permission from the Water
Utilities Engineering Department.
i. When a service disruption is planned, the Contractor shall notify the Water Utilities
Engineering Department a minimum of 48 hours in advance.
E. Contractor shall notify local utilities whenever working near gas mains or services or near
electrical or telephone cables or when the presence of these utilities is suspected in the area
of construction.
F. Contractor shall proceed with caution in the excavation and preparation of the trench so that
the exact location of underground structures, both known and unknown, may be determined.
G. Hand excavation shall be used where necessary.
H. All utility lines shall be properly supported to prevent settlement or damage to the line both
during and after construction.
I. Contractor shall be held responsible for the repair of any utilities when broken or otherwise
damaged because of carelessness on their part.
J. The Contractor shall immediately notify the proper utility company of any damage to utility
lines in order that service may be established with the least possible delay. Any damage to
existing lines and the repair of customer lines which are authorized to be cut shall be at the
Section 5 39
2016 Design Standards and Specifications `
Water Specifications
Contractor's expense, and as directed by an official representative of the utility company z
involved.
K. Any permanent relocation of existing utility lines shall be done by the proper utility company.
5.07.09 Excavation and Trenching
A.
Minimum width of the trench shall be the outside diameter of the pipe plus 12 inches.
B.
Maximum width of the trench shall be the outside diameter of the pipe plus 18 inches.
i. The Chief Water Utilities Engineer shall review instances where trench widths are
required to be greater than the maximum allowable due to installation techniques or
shoring.
C.
Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for protecting paved streets and drives from
being damaged by the trenching and backfilling equipment.
D.
Grade shall be such that the pipe will rest firmly on the bedding material throughout the
entire length of the pipe cylinder.'
i. Bell holes of ample dimensions shall be dug at each joint to permit the proper jointing
1
of the pipe.
E.
In order to obtain a true, even grade, the trench shall be fine -graded.
i. Material for fine grading shall be free of rocks, roots, grass or any other debris. The
'
depth of the fine grading material shall not exceed 3 inches.
ii. Where the trench is excavated in excess of 3 inches below grade, the bedding material
shall be compacted to 95% Modified Proctor Density.
iii. If the material being excavated is rock or other unyielding material, it shall be removed
to a depth of 3 inches below grade and replaced with approved bedding material to
grade.
F.
All excavated material shall be placed in a manner that will not endanger the work or damage
,
existing structures.
5.07.10 Methods of Connection
A.
Service and main line taps and connections shall comply with current City of Lubbock Utilities
Ordinance.
B.
Service Taps
i. All service taps on existing mains shall be installed by City personnel or a City -
designated contractor.
C.
Main Line Taps
i. All taps on existing mains in service shall comply with current TCEQ requirements.
ii. Persons installing main line taps shall hold a Class "C" or higher TCEQ Water Operator's
License.
iii. A person holding a Class "D" TCEQ Water Operator's License may install main line taps
only if they are in direct communication with a person holding a Class "C" or higher
TCEQ Water Operator's License.
iv. City Inspector must be present for any tap being installed on an existing main.
D. Valve Operating Procedures 1 5
i. Contractors shall not operate valves within the existing City of Lubbock {
water distribution system.
ii. Operation of valves shall be done by authorized City of Lubbock personnel only.
40 Section 5 i
l=
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
iii. Contractors shall arrange opening or closing of valves by notifying the Water Utilities
Engineering Department at least 24-hours prior to needing a valve operated.
5.07.11 Pipe Installation
A. Pipe, fittings, valves and other accessories shall be inspected, handled, laid and joined in the
manner herein specified.
B. Pipe, fittings, valves, and accessories shall be inspected upon delivery and during the progress
of the work and any material found to be defective may be rejected.
i. If rejected, the Contractor shall remove and replace such defective material at their
own expense.
C. Pipe, fittings, valves, and other accessories shall be handled in accordance with
manufacturer's specifications.
i. Before lowering into the trench the pipe, fittings, valves and accessories shall be
inspected for defects.
a. Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe or other incidental materials shall not be
incorporated into the work.
b. Contractor shall remove and replace such defective material at their own expense.
ii. All pipe, fittings, valves and accessories shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece
by piece using suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to
the material.
iii. Under no circumstance shall pipe, valves, fittings, accessories or tools be dropped
directly into the trench.
D. All foreign matter shall be removed from the inside of the pipe, bells, spigots or parts of the
pipe used in forming the joint before the pipe is lowered into the trench;
i. Pipe shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying.
ii. The open end of the pipe in the trench shall be plugged when pipe is not being laid.
E. Pipe shall be laid to the alignment as established on the approved plans.
i. Where grade is being maintained as shown on the plans, the use of batter boards or
laser beam will be required to fine grade the trench.
ii. Whenever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line either in a vertical or
horizontal plane to avoid obstructions, to plumb valves, or where vertical or horizontal
curves are required, the allowable angle of curvature shall be 80% of the
manufacturer's maximum recommended curvature.
iii. Deflection at each joint shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturer's maximum
recommended deflection.
F. Pipe shall be laid so that the pipe label is facing up.
G. Pipe shall be jointed per manufacturer's requirements.
i. Pipe shall be laid with bells facing in the direction of laying.
a. For lines on appreciable slopes, the Engineer may specify the pipe to be installed
with the bell ends facing up grade.
ii. Bell, spigot and gasket of pipe to be laid shall be wiped clean prior to jointing.
iii. Cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings or closure pieces shall be done in a neat
workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or lining.
iv. Jointing shall be completed for all pipe laid each day.
a. At the times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be
properly plugged and sealed to prevent contamination.
b. No trench water shall be permitted to enter the pipe.
Section 5 41
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
v. No pipe shall be laid in conditions unsuitable for such work as determined by the City
Inspector.
5.07.12 Trace wire for nonmetallic pipe installation
A. Conductive trace wire shall be installed in the same trench and inside bored holes and casing
with all nonmetallic pipe during pipe installation.
i. Trace wire shall be 14 gauge minimum solid copper with thermoplastic insulation
recommended for direct bury.
ii. Trace wire shall be secured to the pipe as required to insure that the wire remains
directly on top of the pipe.
iii. Trace wire shall be securely bonded together at all wire joints with wire connectors
that are watertight and provide for electrical continuity.
iv. Trace wire shall be made accessible at water valve boxesand fire hydrants.
a. Trace wire shall not be placed inside valve box risers.
b. Trace wire shall be installed such that no less than 6 inches but no more than 12
inches of wire remain accessible.
5.07.13 Detectable Marking Tape
A. Metallic marking tape shall be installed in the same trench with all pipe during pipe
installation.
i. Marking tape for water mains shall be 3-inch, blue in color and clearly labeled "Caution:
Buried Water Line."
ii. Marking tape shall be installed directly above the centerline of the pipe a minimum of
24 inches above top of pipe.
iii. Depth of bury shall be 18 inches below top of trench.
5.07.14 Setting Valves, Valve Boxes and Fittings
A. Valves and fittings shall be set at the locations shown on the approved plans.
B. Valves and fittings shall be adequately blocked for thrust with concrete or mechanically
restrained.
i. Refer to thrust blocking details or Appendix A — Restrained Joint Lengths.
5.07.15 Cradling, Blocking and Anchorage
A.
Contractor will be required to install concrete pipe cradle at all valve vaults and properly block
or mechanically restrain all fittings including tees, bends and valves.
B.
Where concrete cradling or blocking is used, concrete shall conform to the concrete
specifications.
C.
Before placing the concrete, all loose earth shall be removed from the trench.
D.
Concrete shall be placed in the trench by the use of chutes extending to within 3 feet of the
bottom of the trench and shall be deposited uniformly on each side of the pipe in such a
manner as to not disturb the grade and alignment of the pipe.
E.
Blocking shall be placed between solid ground and the fitting to be anchored. The area of
bearing on pipe and on the ground in each instance shall be that required by the Engineer.
F.
Blocking shall be placed so that the joints of all pipe and fittings are accessible for repair.
G.
Soil bearing value for thrust blocking shall be as recommended by the Engineer based on soil
analysis of the site. In the absence of such recommendation, the allowable soil bearing value
shall not exceed 2,500 pounds per square foot.
42
Section 5
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
5.07.16 Backfilling
A. Backfilling of all trenches and excavations shall comply with the current City of Lubbock Street
Ordinance.
B. After the trench has been backfilled, the disturbed area shall be cleared of all rocks larger
than 1-1/2 inches in diameter and leveled so that the surface will have the same slope and
appearance as it possessed before construction.
C. All surplus material shall be loaded and legally disposed of at the Contractor's expense at an
approved location.
D. Contractor shall compact backfill and clean up as close behind the pipe laying and backfilling
as possible.
E. Following completion of backfill and cleanup, the Contractor shall maintain the street and
trench surfaces in a satisfactory manner until final acceptance of the work.
i. Maintenance shall include blading, filling depressions caused by settlement, sprinkling
to settle dust, brooming and other work required to keep the streets and disturbed
areas in satisfactory condition as determined by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
ii. The Contractor shall maintain and be responsible for all paving cuts until such time as
repairs can be completed.
5.08 Pneumatic Testing for Tapping Sleeves
5.08.01 Upon completion of tapping sleeve installation, the tapping sleeve shall be subjected to a
pneumatic pressure test according to the most recent City of Lubbock requirements.
5.08.02 Pneumatic Pressure Test
A. Contractor shall be responsible for performing a pneumatic pressure test witnessed by a City
Inspector.
i. Tapping sleeve shall be pressurized through 3/4-inch NPT port at a minimum
test pressure of 50 psi.
ii. Duration of the pressure test shall be a minimum of 10 minutes or as
directed by the City Inspector.
5.09 Hydrostatic Pressure Testing
5.09.01 Upon completion of pipe installation, the line shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure
test and leakage test according to the most recent AWWA standards, TCEQ rules and City
of Lubbock requirements.
5.09.02 Hydrostatic Pressure Test
A. Contractor shall be responsible for performing a hydrostatic pressure test witnessed by a City
Inspector.
i. Minimum test pressure shall be 100 psi or 150% of static operating
pressure, whichever is greater.
ii. Duration of each pressure test shall be a minimum of 2 hours or as directed
by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
B. Hydrostatic Test Procedure
i. Each valved section of pipe shall be slowly filled with water.
ii. As the line is being filled, all air shall be expelled from the pipe.
a. Taps shall be made, if necessary, at points of highest elevation.
Section 5 43
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
b. Taps shall be tightly plugged upon satisfactory completion of the test.
iii. Pressure shall be applied and maintained by means of a pump connected to the pipe in
a manner satisfactory to the City Inspector.
iv. The pump, pipe connection, and all necessary apparatus except meters shall be i
furnished by the Contractor.
v. Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor for connecting the pump, meter, and gages.
vi. Water for filling and making tests may be obtained at a location designated by the
Water Utilities Engineering Department.
a. No charge will be made for the first 2 pipe volumes of water.
b. Contractor will be charged for water used in subsequent tests at the current rate of
bulk usage.
vii. The line shall be carefully checked at regular intervals for breaks or leaks.
viii. Any joints showing appreciable leaks shall be repaired and any cracked or defective
pipes or fittings shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's own expense.
ix. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained.
C. Leakage Test
i. For pipe of 12-inch diameter or smaller, no leakage or pressure drop shall be
allowed over a two hour period at the test pressure.
ii. For pipe 16-inch diameter or larger, the allowable leakage (gallons per hour)
shall not be greater than:
L=
NNP
7400
L = Gallons per Hour
N = Number of Joints
D = Nominal Pipe Diameter (in.)
P = Test Pressure (PSI)
iii. The leakage shall be determined by measuring the quantity of water supplied to each
valved section of the lines, during the test period, when the various sections of the
lines are under pressure.
iv. If individual sections show leakage greater than the limits specified above, the
Contractor shall locate and repair the defective portions at their own expense.
5.10 Sterilization and Bacteriological Testing
5.10.01 Upon completion of pipe installation, the line shall be sterilized and tested according to the
most recent AWWA standards, TCEQ rules and City of Lubbock requirements.
A. Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and material necessary for the chlorination and
testing of the new pipe lines which shall be sterilized before being placed into service.
B. Sterilization Procedure
i. Contractor shall verify that all valves adjacent to test section are closed.
a. Valves shall be operated in accordance with the current City of Lubbock valve
operating procedures.
ii. Lines shall be sterilized by the application of an approved chlorinating agent.
iii. Chlorinating agent may be liquid chlorine, liquid chlorine gas -water mixture, or a
calcium hypochlorite solution, which shall be fed into the lines through a suitable
solution -feed device or other methods approved by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
44 Section 5
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
iv. All newly installed pipes and related products must conform to American National
Standards Institute / National Sanitation Foundation (ANSI/NSF) Standard 61 and must
be certified by an organization accredited by ANSI, including chlorine for disinfection.
v. Chlorinating agent shall be applied at or near the point from which the line is being
filled, and through a corporation stop or other approved connection inserted in the
horizontal axis of the newly laid pipe.
vi. Water being used to fill the line shall be controlled to flow into the section to be
sterilized very slowly.
vii. Rate of application of the chlorinating agent shall be at least 50 parts per million.
viii. Chlorinated water shall be retained in the pipe lines for a period of not less than 24
hours.
C. Testing/Sampling Procedure
i. The sampling riser shall be located at the farthest point possible from the chlorination
point.
a. The riser shall be above ground and equipped with a faucet for control of flow during
sampling.
ii. Samples shall be taken by City of Lubbock Inspectors from the line and will be tested
for bacteriologic growth at a City of Lubbock certified laboratory.
a. Samples will be taken twice in a 48 hour period not less than 24 hours apart.
b. Initial samples may only be taken on Monday, Tuesday or Wednesday prior to 2:00
p.m.
D. Chlorinated water used for sterilization shall be legally disposed of per current TCEQ or other
applicable regulations.
i. A temporary blow off may be required to achieve adequate flushing flow rates.
ii. Under no circumstances shall chlorinated water used for sterilization be released
directly into the storm drain system or a body of water.
iii. All flushing must conform with the City of Lubbock Storm Water Permit and SWP3 Best
Practices.
5.11 Restoration and Clean U
5.11.01 The Contractor shall restore or replace all removed or damaged paving, curbing, sidewalks,
gutters, sod, shrubbery, fences, irrigation systems, pipe, or other structures or surfaces to
a condition equal to that before the work began and to the satisfaction of the Chief Water
Utilities Engineer.
5.11.02 All streets, alleys, driveways, sidewalks, curbs or other surfaces broken, cut or damaged by
the Contractor shall be reconstructed as required by the current City of Lubbock Street
Ordinance.
5.11.03 Topsoil material shall be replaced to pre -construction conditions or better.
5.11.04 All rubbish, unused materials and other non-native materials shall be removed from the
jobsite.
5.11.05 The right-of-way shall be left in a state of order and cleanliness as determined by the Chief
Water Utilities Engineer.
Section 5 45
�_z
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
5.12 Warranty and Acceptance
5.12.01 Within 30 calendar days after the Developer or Developers Engineer has given written
notice that the improvements have been substantially completed, the City shall inspect the
completed improvements and provide a punch list if necessary.
A. If it is mutually determined that the improvements have been constructed in accordance with
the engineering plans and the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design
Standards and Specifications, the Developers Engineer shall submit Record Drawings,
Certificate of Completion and Developers Warranty Statement (Copies of the Certificate of
Completion and the Developers Warranty Statement are included in the City of Lubbock Public
Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications)
B. Upon receipt of the Developers Certificate of Completion, Record Drawings and the
Developers Warranty Statement, the City will accept improvements within 30 calendar days;
unless exception is given in writing.
C. Neither the Final Payment nor the Certificate of Completion shall relieve the Developer or
Contractor of responsibility related to warranty of materials or workmanship.
D. The Developer shall remedy any defects due to faulty materials or workmanship that appear
within 1 year from the written Certificate of Completion.
46 Section 5
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
•
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER MAIN
CONSTRUCTION
6.01 General
6.01.01 All sanitary sewer main construction within the City of Lubbock sanitary sewerage system
or for future connections to the City of Lubbock sanitary sewerage system shall be
accomplished in accordance with the requirements of these specifications.
6.02 Plan Requirements
6.02.01 Sanitary sewer main construction shall be done in accordance with engineered construction
plans for the work, prepared under the direction of a Professional Engineer and approved
by the City of Lubbock Water Utilities Engineering Department.
6.02.02 Plans shall conform to the City of Lubbock's Minimum Design Standards for Sanitary Sewer
and shall show all information called for on the City of Lubbock Check List for Sanitary
Sewer Construction Plans.
6.03 Plan Approval
6.03.01 The Water Utilities Engineering Department shall review, approve and issue plans stamped
"Approved for Construction" to the Design Engineer.
6.04 Inspection
6.04.01 Engineer and/or Contractor shall notify the Water Utilities Engineering Department 48
hours before the planned construction is to commence and also before starting up when
construction is interrupted for any reason.
6.04.02 All work shall be inspected by a representative of the Water Utilities Engineering
Department who shall have the authority to halt construction when, in their opinion,
construction is being performed contrary to these specifications or other approved plans.
6.04.03 Whenever any portion of these specifications is violated, the Chief Water Utilities Engineer,
by written notice, may order that portion of construction which is in violation of these
specifications or other approved plans, specifications and material to cease until such
violation is corrected.
6.05 Specifications
6.05.01 All standard specifications and quality standards; i.e., ASA, AWWA, ASTM, etc., which are
made a portion of these specifications by reference shall be the latest edition and revision
thereof.
Section 6 47
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
`
Sewer Specifications
6.06 Materials of Construction
6.06.01 Sewer Pipe
A. All pipe used in the City of Lubbock sanitary sewer collection system shall be SDR 35 PVC,
SDR 26 PVC, PVC Corrugated Sewer Pipe with Smooth Interior, High Density Polyethylene
(HDPE), Ductile Iron, Steel Reinforced Polymer Concrete or Polypropylene Corrugated Single
Wall or Dual Wall Pipe and shall conform to the Approved Materials List.
B. PVC Pipe - Gravity Flow
Y
i. Gravity flow PVC pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F679 and
D3034 for SDR 35 sewer pipe.
ii. The pipe shall be jointed with an integral bell and spigot type rubber gasketed joint.
a. Each integral bell joint shall consist of a formed bell complete with a single rubber
gasket.
b. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM F477.
iii. Standard joint length shall be 14 or 20 feet t one inch.
�_ r
iv. Gravity flow PVC pipe shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturer's recommended
maximum deflection.
v. The minimum pipe stiffness factor shall be 46 psi.
vi. Gravity flow sewer pipe shall be green.
C. PVC Pipe - Pressure Rated
i. Pressure rated PVC sewer pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM
D2241 for SDR 26 sewer pipe.
ii. The pipe shall be joined with an integral bell and spigot type rubber gasketed joint.
a. Each integral bell joint shall consist of a formed bell complete with a single rubber
gasket.
Ellb.
Gaskets shall conform to ASTM F477.
iii. Pressure rated PVC pipe shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturer's recommended
maximum deflection.
iv. Standard joint length shall be 14 or 20 feet t one inch.
v. Pressure rated sewer pipe shall be green.
D. PVC Pipe - Spiral Wound
i. Spiral wound PVC pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of the latest
revision of ASTM F794 for large diameter ribbed gravity sewer pipe.
ii. Spiral wound PVC pipe shall be installed in accordance with the manufacture's
recommendations and shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturer's recommended
maximum deflection.
iii. The minimum pipe stiffness factor shall be 46 psi.
E. High Density Polyethylene Pipe
i. The pipe shall be made of high density, high molecular weightpolyethylene `__f
P P 9 tY. 9 9 pipe
material meeting the requirements of ASTM F894.
ii. Rubber gaskets shall comply in all respects with the physical requirements specified in
the non -pressure requirements of ASTM Specifications C443. '
iii. Polyethylene pipe shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
48 Section 6
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
F. Ductile Iron Pipe
Ductile iron pipe shall conform to ANSI/ASTM specifications A746 for Ductile Iron
Sewer Pipe.
a. Pipe and fittings shall have a 30-mil thickness epoxy lining on the interior.
b. Pipe and fittings shall have an exterior coating of coal tar pitch conforming to
requirements of Federal Specifications WW-P-421.
ii. Joints for Ductile Iron shall be of the rubber gasket bell and spigot, except when
otherwise shown on the plans and where connecting to flanged fittings, and shall
conform to the base specifications to which the pipe is manufactured.
iii. Fittings shall be AWWA Standard Class "D" bell and spigot type or an approved gasket
joint for the particular type of pipe used and designed for the pressures of the pipe
except as shown on the plans.
G. Steel Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pipe
i. Steel Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM C76, D6783
and A615 and all other applicable standards.
ii. Steel Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pipe shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations and shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturer's
recommended maximum deflection.
H. Polypropylene Corrugated Dual Wall and Triple Wall Pipe
i. Polypropylene Corrugated Dual Wall Pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM F2736.
ii. Polypropylene Corrugated Triple Wall Pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM F2764.
iii. Polypropylene Corrugated Dual Wall and Triple Wall Pipe shall be installed in
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and shall not exceed 80% of the
manufacturer's recommended maximum deflection.
6.06.02 Pre -cast Reinforced Concrete Manholes
A. Manhole barrel, cone, and extension sections shall be constructed of pre -cast concrete.
i. Manhole products shall be smooth, uniform in size and dimensions, consistent in
components throughout and free of voids or honeycombs.
ii. No grouting shall be applied to the edges or inside surfaces of manholes during the
manufacturing process.
iii. A plant inspection may be required for production facility inspection and to review
record -keeping for material certification.
B. Manufacturer must provide certification that all materials used for manufacturing meet with
the following ASTM Specifications:
ASTM C-33
E
Aggregates
ASTM C-150
Cement
ASTM C-39
Sampling Specimens
ASTM C-185
Reinforcing
ASTM C-144
Sand and Mortar
C. Pre -cast Concrete Manhole Sections
i. Pre -cast concrete manhole sections shall conform to ASTM C478 specifications.
ii. Compressive strength test results must verify concrete strengths meet or exceed 4,000
psi.
iii. Coarse aggregate shall consist of 95% crushed limestone.
iv. Manholes shall be designed to withstand H-20 AASHTO loading.
Section 6 49
l_,
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
v. Manholes shall have lifting holes that do not protrude through manhole wall; one full
inch of concrete thickness must remain between lift hole and outside or inside wall of
manhole.
D. Joints Other Than Grade Rings
L Joints other than grade rings shall be tongue and groove or an equivalent male and
female type joint.
ii. Joints shall be effectively joined with water -tight sealant to prevent leakage and
infiltration. Sealant shall comply with the Approved Materials List.
E. Cones and Grade Rings
i. Cones and grade rings shall maintain a clear 30-inch opening.
ii. Grade rings shall be reinforced with the same percentage of steel as risers and tops
and shall also meet ASTM C478 specifications.
6.06.03 Inflow Prevention Device (IPD)
A. All new manholes shall be equipped with an approved IPD to prevent unwanted inflow into
the sanitary sewer system.
B. IPDs shall be constructed of corrosion proof material and load tested to withstand 800
pounds.
C. IPDs shall be equipped with a handle or lifting strap capable of supporting a minimum uniform
load of 500 pounds.
D. IPDs shall be equipped with ventilation valves or holes.
i. Release of water through vent valves or holes shall not exceed 5 gallons per 24 hour
period.
ii. Vent valves or holes shall vent sewer gas at one p.s.i. or less.
E. IPDs shall comply with the Approved Materials List.
6.06.04 Manhole Frames and Cover
A. Manhole frames and covers shall be of good quality gray iron casting and conform to ASTM
Designation A48, having a clear opening of not less than 30 inches.
B. Casting shall be designed with a full bearing ring so as to provide a continuous seat between
frame and cover.
C. Cover shall be furnished with lifting ring or pick bar cast into the cover in such a manner as to
prevent water leaking through.
D. Frame and cover shall have a weight of not less than 275 pounds, shall include lettering "City
of Lubbock, Texas Sanitary Sewer" and shall comply with the Approved Materials List.
6.06.05 Concrete
A. Proportioning of the constituents of the concrete shall be such as to produce a dense and
workable mixture, and the designed mix shall be approved by the Engineer before any
concrete is placed.
i. The concrete shall be of such consistency that it will flow without separation of the
aggregates.
B. Concrete mix shall be based on the water -cement ratio, and shall be as follows for the
different applications:
50 Section 6 s
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
i. Concrete for manholes, valve vaults and other reinforced concrete structures shall have
a water -cement ratio of no more than ASTM C-478 max of 0.53 (by weight) and yield a
28-day compressive strength of not less than 3,000 psi.
ii. Concrete for pipe cradling, blocking of fittings, manhole inverts and other non -
reinforced concrete shall contain not more than 9.0 gallons of water per sack of
cement and yield a 28-day compressive strength of not less than 2,500 psi.
C. Concrete to be used in manhole bases, sections, cones, grade rings and inverts shall be made
with Portland cement which conforms to "Standard Specifications and Test for Portland
Cement", ASTM C150.
D. Concrete coarse aggregates shall consist of natural washed and screened sand, and clean
crushed limestone conforming to "Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregate", ASTM
C33.
i. Aggregates shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall be free from injurious
amounts of clay, soft or flaky materials, loam or organic impurities.
ii. Aggregates shall be approved by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer before use.
E. Sand to be used in cement mortar shall conform to ASTM C144 specifications.
F. Water used in mixing concrete or mortar shall be clear, clean, free from oil, acid or organic
matter and free from injurious amounts of alkali, salts or other chemicals.
G. Surface moisture or moisture carried by the aggregates shall be included as part of the mixing
water.
H. Reinforcing steel used in concrete shall be deformed bars conforming to "Specifications for
Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement", ASTM A15, A16, A82, A185, A305, A615, or
A706 grades 40, 50, or 60.
i. Wire mesh shall be woven or electrically welded, cold -drawn mild steel wire fabric.
ii. All reinforcement shall be permanently marked with grade, identification marks or shall,
on delivery, be accompanied by a manufacturer's guarantee.
I. Forms shall be of wood or metal and shall be of sufficient strength to support the concrete
without bulging between supports and sufficiently water tight to hold the concrete mortar.
i. Forms shall be so constructed that the finished concrete shall be of the form and
dimensions shown on the plans.
ii. Form work for exposed surfaces shall be of such material and so constructed as to
produce a wall with a smooth, even surface when the concrete is poured.
iii. Wall forms shall be set plumb and true and rigidly braced to maintain them in correct
position and alignment.
iv. Walls for all reinforced concrete work shall be formed inside and outside.
v. Form ties shall be adjustable in length and of such type as to leave no metal closer
than 1-inch of the surface, and shall not be fitted with lugs, cones, washers, or other
devices acting as a spreader which will leave a hole larger than 7/8-inch in diameter or
depth back of the exposed surface of the concrete.
a. Wire ties will not be permitted.
vi. Temporary openings for cleaning and inspection shall be provided at the base of
vertical forms or other places where necessary. Such openings shall be neatly and
securely closed before concrete is placed.
vii. Forms shall be oiled before use.
viii. No forms shall be removed without permission of the City Inspector. However, in
general, wall forms may be removed after the concrete has been in place for 24 hours
and on roof slabs after the concrete has been in place for 10 days.
Section 6 51
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
ix. Immediately upon removal of the forms any honey -combed sections shall be repaired
as directed by the City Inspector.
J. Compounds used to form an air tight membrane over a fresh concrete surface shall be in
accordance with Texas Department of Transportation Item 360.2.0 (DMS-4650).
i. Curing compound shall be applied with a pressurized sprayer in an even coating or as
recommended by the manufacturer.
6.06.06 Bedding, Embedment and Backfill
A. Sewer Pipe, All Diameters
i. Bedding shall be select sand or aggregate free from rocks, clods, roots or other debris
larger than 1/2-inch.
a. Bedding material shall be free from injurious amounts of clay, dust, blow sand,
caliche or slag.
ii. Embedment material shall be crushed stone with irregular surfaces and comply with
the following gradation requirements:
Retained on 1" Sieve 0
Retained on 1 2" Sieve 0-20
Retained on 3 8" Sieve 15-30
Retained on No. 4 Sieve 60-90
Retained on No. 8 Sieve 90-100
a. Embedment shall extend to 12 inches above top of pipe.
iii. Backfill material shall be native, sandy soil material free from rocks, clods, roots or
other debris larger than 2-inch diameter.
6.06.07 Flowable Fill
A. Flowable fill shall consist of a mixture of Portland cement, pea gravel and sand with a cement
content of 1-1/2 sacks per cubic yard.
i. Utility ditches in existing paved streets shall be backfilled with compacted native
material or flowable fill from the top of the embedment material to the paving surface
as specified in the current City of Lubbock Streets Ordinance.
ii. Alternatively, flowable fill can be used for full depth backfill in all utility ditches within
the right-of-way.
iii. Use of concrete in place of flowable fill is not acceptable, and if used in place of
flowable fill shall be removed by the Contractor at their own expense.
6.07 Methods of Construction
6.07.01 Scope
r"
k
A. The work covered by this section consists of constructing gravity flow sanitary sewers,
manholes and other appurtenances normally installed as a part of this system. Construction
may include surface preparation; trench excavation; shoring; dewatering; laying, aligning and
jointing pipe; installation of appurtenances; construction of pre -cast, pre -assembled or field
assembled manholes; manhole bases; placement and assembly of manhole risers, cones, or
tops; installation of manhole rings, covers and grade rings; bedding, embedment and
backfilling; and other related work.
52 Section 6
�_ I
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
6.07.02 Quality Standards
ASTM D698
Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort
ASTM A746 ANSI
Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe
AWWA C600 (ANSI)
Installation of Ductile Iron Mains and Their
Appurtenances
AWWA M23
Polyvinyl Chloride PVC Pipe Design and Installation
UNI B 5
Recommended Practice for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Sewer Pipe
ASTM C891
Installation of Underground Pre -cast Utility Structures
6.07.03 Materials
A. The Contractor shall install sanitary sewer pipe of the type, diameter, wall -thickness and
protective coating that is defined in the Approved Materials List or designated by the Chief
Water Utilities Engineer.
B. One or more acceptable types of pipe may be used. As such, the Contractor shall have the
option of installing any of the acceptable types, provided only one type is used throughout
any single size designation or run of pipe.
6.07.04 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWP3)
A. Prior to disturbance of construction area, Contractor shall coordinate with the City of Lubbock
Storm Water Engineering Department to develop a site -specific Storm Water Pollution
Prevention Plan.
B. SWP3 measures shall be installed prior to construction and shall be maintained throughout the
construction until final stabilization.
6.07.05 Surface Preparation
A. Within Easements, Cultivated or Agricultural Areas
i. All vegetation such as brush, sod, heavy growth, grass, weeds, decayed vegetable
matter, rubbish and other unsuitable material within the area of excavation and spoils
storage shall be stripped and properly disposed.
ii. Topsoil shall be removed to a depth of 8 inches or the full depth of topsoil, whichever
is less.
iii. Removed topsoil shall be stockpiled during construction in an approved location.
B. Within Unpaved Roadway Areas
i. Contractor shall strip the cover material from graveled roadways or other developed
but unpaved traffic surfaces to the full depth of the existing surfacing.
ii. Surfacing shall be stockpiled to the extent that it is acceptable for restoration purposes.
C. Within Paved Areas
Ci. All pavement cuts and repairs shall be in accordance with the current City of Lubbock
Street Ordinance.
ii. Wherever it is necessary to make cuts in existing pavements, sidewalks, driveways, or
curbs and gutters, the cuts shall be made in such a manner as to cause the least
- possible damage to adjoining surfaces.
Section 6 53
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
iii. Asphalt Paving
a. Asphalt surface shall be cut along each side of the trench ahead of the trenching
machine and the surfacing and base removed with the trenching machine as the
trench is excavated.
b. The width of surface removed by the Contractor is not to exceed the outside limits of
the trench plus 12 inches.
iv. Concrete Paving
a. Removal of any sidewalks, concrete pavement, concrete base, concrete curbs and
gutters shall be made by cutting the concrete to a straight line on each side of the
trench and removing the concrete ahead of the trenching.
b. Concrete shall be cut vertically in straight lines and avoiding acute angles.
c. Concrete pavement, sidewalks, driveways or curb and gutter shall be cut with a
power saw to a depth of 2 inches prior to breaking.
d. Overbreak, separation or other damage to the existing bitumen or concrete outside
the designated cut lines shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.
e. Tunneling may be required under curb and gutters.
f. The width of surface removed by the Contractor of concrete paving is not to exceed
the outside limits of the trench plus 12 inches.
I
III
6.07.06 Barricades and Safety Measures
A. Contractor shall, at their own expense, furnish and erect barricades and safety measures for
the protection of persons, property and the works as may be necessary.
B. All barricades and safety measures shall meet the rules and regulations of Federal, state and
local authorities, including but not limited to:
i. OSHA regulations for excavation, trenching and shoring
ii. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices
iii. City of Lubbock Barricade Ordinance
Ell
C. Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades and
safety measures.
i. If damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be immediately removed and
replaced by Contractor at their own cost and expense.
D. Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades and safety measures shall not cease
until the project is accepted by the City.
6.07.07 Water for Construction
A. The City will furnish water from fire hydrants for construction purposes.
i. To use City water for construction the contractor shall acquire a water meter for use on
a City fire hydrant, and will be charged the applicable rate for the quantity of water
used.
ii. The contractor shall contact Lubbock Power and Light Customer Service Department
and establish a utility account. The contractor must pay the current deposit for each
fire hydrant meter and will be responsible for all charges associated with that account.
iii. Once an account is established and the deposit is paid, the contractor may pick up a
meter from the City Water Department at 600 Municipal Drive.
iv. The contractor shall be responsible for reporting monthly water usage.
B. Fire hydrants shall be operated only by use of an approved fire hydrant wrench. No pipe
wrenches, or other unapproved devices, shall be used to open or close a fire hydrant.
54 Section 6 i
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
C. For top loading trucks or containers the contractor shall provide a back flow prevention
assembly on the discharge side of the meter.
i. The backflow prevention assembly shall be in the form of two spring loaded ball check
valves.
ii. When filling the truck or container there shall be an air gap of at least two times the
opening diameter of the truck or container.
D. For bottom loading trucks the contractor shall provide a Reduced Pressure Zone (RPZ) type
backflow prevention assembly.
i. All RPZ type back flow prevention assemblies must be tested and the test results
approved by the City prior to use.
ii. The test results shall be sent to the City of Lubbock Public Works Department, Meter
and Customer Service Supervisor for approval.
E. In accordance with City of Lubbock Ordinance No. 10208 "Pertaining to Backflow Prevention',
City representatives are authorized to suspend water use from a fire hydrant by a contractor
until the proper and correct backflow prevention devices are installed.
6.07.08 Protection of Existing Utilities
A. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to properly mark (white line) the work area and
notify the Texas Excavation Safety System, 1-800-DIG-TESS (1-800-344-8377) a minimum of
48 hours prior to construction or excavation.
B. Contractor shall locate all utility lines, including customer service lines, far enough in advance
of the trenching to make proper provisions for protecting the lines and to allow for any
deviations that may be required from the established lines and grades.
C. If required, the Contractor shall "pothole" or physically locate existing underground utilities
ahead of trench excavation.
D. Contractor will not be allowed to disrupt the service on any utility lines except customer
service lines, which may be taken out of service for short periods of time, provided the
Contractor obtains permission from the Water Utilities Engineering Department and from the
owner of the premises being served by the utility.
i. When a customer outage is planned, Contractor shall notify effected customer a
minimum of 24 hours in advance.
E. Contractor shall notify local utilities whenever working near gas mains or services or near
electrical or telephone cables or when the presence of these utilities is suspected in the area
of construction.
F. Contractor shall proceed with caution in the excavation and preparation of the trench so that
the exact location of underground structures, both known and unknown, may be determined.
G. Hand excavation shall be used where necessary.
H. All utility lines shall be properly supported to prevent settlement or damage to the line both
during and after construction.
I. Contractor shall be held responsible for the repair of such structures when broken or
otherwise damaged because of carelessness on their part.
J. The Contractor shall immediately notify the proper utility company of any damage to utility
lines in order that service may be established with the least possible delay. Any damage to
existing lines and the repair of customer lines which are authorized to be cut shall be at the
Contractor's expense, and as directed by an official representative of the utility company
involved.
K. Any permanent relocation of existing utility lines shall be done by the proper utility company.
Section 6 55
3
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
6.07.09 Excavation and Trenching
A. The width of the trench shall provide adequate working room for installation, joining and
proper compaction along both sides of the pipe. Trenches shall conform to the following
dimensions, unless otherwise shown on the Plans:
4" thru 12" Pipe O.D. +12" Pipe O.D. +18"
15" thru 21" Pipe O.D. +18" Pipe O.D. +24"
B. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for protecting paved streets and drives from
being damaged by the trenching and backfilling equipment.
C. Grade shall be such that the pipe will rest firmly on the bedding material throughout the
entire length of the pipe cylinder.
i. Bell holes of ample dimensions shall be dug at each joint to permit the proper jointing
of the pipe.
D. In order to obtain a true, even grade, the trench shall be fine -graded.
i. Material for fine grading shall be free of rocks, roots, grass or any other debris. The
depth of the fine grading material shall not exceed 3 inches.
ii. Where the trench is excavated in excess of 3 inches below grade, the material shall be
compacted to 95% Modified Proctor Density or shall be replaced with approved
bedding material.
iii. If the material being excavated is rock or other unyielding material, it shall be removed
to a depth of 3 inches below grade and replaced with approved bedding material to
grade.
E. Excavation for manholes, structures and other appurtenances shall be sufficient to provide
clearances adequate for proper backfill and compacting on all sides.
F. All excavated material shall be placed in a manner that will not endanger the work or damage
existing structures.
6.07.10 Dewatering
A. All pipe trenches and excavation for structures and appurtenances shall be kept free of water
during pipe laying and other related work.
B. The method of dewatering shall provide for a dry foundation at the final grades of the
excavation.
C. Water shall be disposed of in accordance with current City of Lubbock Storm Water
Engineering Department requirements and in a manner that does not inconvenience the
public or result in a menace to public health.
D. Pipe trenches shall contain enough backfill to prevent pipe flotation before dewatering is
discontinued.
E. Dewatering shall continue until such time as it is safe to allow the water to rise in the
excavation.
6.07.11 Methods of Connection
A. Service and main line taps and connections shall comply with current City of Lubbock Utilities
Ordinance.
B. Service Taps
i. Service taps on newly constructed mains shall be installed by the utility contractor at �
the time of pipe installation. 11
56 Section 6
l_
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
ii. Service taps on existing, in-service mains shall be installed by City personnel or a City -
designated contractor.
C. Main Line Connections
i. Connections on existing mains shall comply with current TCEQ requirements.
ii. Connection to existing main shall be by a new manhole constructed on the existing
main or connection to an existing manhole.
iii. City Inspector must be present for any connection being installed on an existing main.
6.07.12 Pipe Installation
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all materials intended for the Work including the safe
and proper storage of such materials until incorporated into the work.
B. Gravity sanitary sewer pipe and other accessories shall be inspected, handled, laid and joined
in the manner herein specified.
i. Force mains shall be installed according to water pipe installation specifications and
current TCEQ requirements.
C. Pipe and accessories shall be inspected upon delivery and periodically during the progress of
the work. Any material found to be defective may be rejected.
i. If rejected, the Contractor shall remove and replace such defective material at their
expense.
D. Pipe and accessories shall be handled in accordance with manufacturer's specifications.
i. Before lowering into the trench, the pipe and accessories shall be inspected for defects.
a. Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe or other incidental materials shall not be
incorporated into the work.
ii. All pipe and accessories shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece using
suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to the material.
iii. Under no circumstance shall pipe, accessories or tools be dropped directly into the
trench.
` E. Pipe shall be laid to the alignment as established on the approved plans.
i. Pipe shall be laid from lowest point to highest point.
ii. Pipe shall be laid with spigots facing in the direction of flow.
iii. Batter boards or laser beam will be required to fine grade the trench.
- iv. All foreign matter shall be removed from the inside of the pipe, bells, spigots, or parts
of the pipe used in forming the joint before the pipe is lowered into the trench;
a. Pipe shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying.
b. At the times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be
closed by approved means.
v. Bell holes shall be dug at each joint of sufficient depth to allow the entire length of the
barrel of the pipe to rest on the bottom of the trench and to allow ample space for
properly jointing the pipe.
F. Pipe shall be laid so that the pipe label is facing up.
G. Pipe shall be jointed per manufacturer's requirements.
i. Bell, spigot and gasket of pipe shall be wiped clean prior to joining.
ii. Cutting of pipe for inserting accessories or closure pieces shall be done in a neat
workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or lining.
iii. If the pipe is disturbed from line and grade after being laid and jointed, the pipe shall
be removed from trench, the joints cleaned and the pipe re-laid.
Section 6 57
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
iv. Jointing shall be completed for all pipe laid each day.
v. No pipe shall be laid in conditions unsuitable for such work as determined by the City
Inspector.
vi. No trench water shall be permitted to enter the pipe.
H. The Water Utilities Engineering Department shall be notified at least 24 hours in advance of
when pipe is to be laid in any trench.
i. No pipes shall be covered or authorized for cover until they have been inspected by the
City's Inspector.
6.07.13 Detectable Marking Tape
A. Metallic marking tape shall be installed in the same trench with all pipe during pipe
installation.
i. Marking tape for sewer mains shall be 3-inch, green in color and clearly labeled
"Caution: Buried Sewer Line."
ii. Marking tape shall be installed directly above the centerline of the pipe a minimum of
24 inches above top of pipe.
iii. Depth of bury shall be 18 inches below top of trench.
6.07.14 Backfill around Pipe
A. Bedding
i. Bedding material shall be fine graded select sand or aggregate material conforming to
the Materials of Construction section of these Specifications and shall be a minimum of
2 inches thick.
B. Embedment
L Embedment, including haunching under pipe and to a point 12 inches above the top of
the pipe shall be carefully placed and shall be graded embedment material conforming
to the Materials of Construction section of these Specifications.
C. Compaction
i. Bedding and embedment shall be compacted to in accordance with pipe manufacturer's
specifications and approved mechanical means.
ii. Compaction shall be in maximum 6-inch compacted lifts.
D. Backfill
i. The remainder of the backfill shall conform to the current City of Lubbock Street
Ordinance.
ii. In unpaved streets and alleys or in agricultural or cultivated areas, backfill shall be
compacted to a minimum of 90% Modified Proctor Density.
iii. In paved streets, alleys or proposed paving, backfill shall be compacted to a minimum
of 95% Modified Proctor Density.
iv. Flowable fill may be substituted for compacted backfill.
v. Special situations such as state highway or railroad crossings may be subject to more
stringent requirements and shall be addressed on a case -by -case basis.
vi. Water jetting will not be allowed.
E. Following the completion of the backfilling, the Contractor shall maintain the trench surfaces
in a satisfactory manner until final completion and acceptance of the work.
i. The maintenance may include blading from time to time as necessary, filling
depressions caused by settlement, sprinkling to settle dust, brooming or flushing at the
58 Section 6
�I
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
request of the Chief Water Utilities Engineer and other work required to keep the
streets and roads in satisfactory condition for traffic.
ii. The Contractor shall maintain and be responsible for all paving cuts until such time as
permanent repairs are made.
6.07.15 Manhole Construction
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all materials intended for the Work including the safe
and proper storage of such materials until incorporated into the work.
B. Manholes and other accessories shall be inspected, handled, and installed in the manner
herein specified.
C. Manhole components and accessories shall be inspected upon delivery and periodically during
the progress of the work. Any material found to be defective may be rejected.
i. If rejected, the Contractor shall remove and replace such defective material at their
expense.
D. Manhole Base
i. Field poured concrete bases shall be at least 12 inches thick and not less than 12
inches greater diameter than the outside diameter of the manhole riser section.
ii. Concrete shall be minimum 3,000 psi.
iii. Concrete placement shall conform to ACI and good construction practices.
iv. Concrete shall be consolidated and struck -off to a horizontal surface within the forms
or pouring rings.
v. Field poured concrete bases shall be reinforced.
vi. Pre -cast reinforced concrete bases shall be of the size and shape detailed on the Plans.
E. Manhole Inverts
i. Invert channels shall be smooth and semi -circular in shape conforming to the inside of
the adjacent sewer section.
ii. Changes in direction of flow shall be made with a smooth curve of as large radius as
the size of the manhole will permit.
iii. Changes in size and grade of the channels shall be made gradually and evenly.
iv. The invert channels may be formed directly in the concrete of the manhole base or
may be half -pipe laid in concrete.
v. The floor of the manhole outside the channel shall be smooth and shall slope toward
the channel not less than one inch per foot or more than two inches per foot.
F. Manhole Barrels
i. Manhole barrels shall be assembled of pre -cast riser sections. Riser sections shall be
placed vertically with tongues and grooves properly keyed.
ii. Free drop inside the manhole shall not exceed 24 inches measured from the invert of
the inlet pipe to the invert of the outlet pipe.
a. Where the drop exceeds 24 inches, an approved drop manhole shall be required.
iii. All connections between the riser or base sections and the sewer pipe shall be joined in
such a manner as to make the manholes watertight.
a. Preformed rubber waterstop gaskets shall be cast into the riser or base section.
b. Approved preformed flexible plastic sealing compounds are also acceptable, provided
water tightness is achieved.
Section 6 59
i
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
G. Top or Cone Sections
i. Cone shaped top sections shall be assembled on top of the manhole barrel with
tongues and grooves properly keyed.
ii. On shallow lines where standard cone sections will not conform to specified elevations,
flat top sections may be considered with prior approval of the Chief Water Utilities
Engineer.
H. Grade Rings
L Grade rings shall be used for adjusting the top elevation.
a. Grade rings shall be set to the elevations shown on the Plans or established by the
City's Inspector.
b. Each manhole shall have a minimum of 6 inches of grade adjustment.
c. Total height of the grade rings shall not exceed 18-inches at any manhole.
d. Non -shrink grout shall be placed around and under the rings to provide a seal and
properly seat the rings at the required elevation.
I. Manhole Frame and Cover
L Manhole frame and cover shall be set to the elevation shown on the plans.
ii. Non -shrink grout shall be placed around and under the frame to provide a seal and
properly seat the frame at the required elevation.
J. Inflow Prevention Device (IPD)
i. All newly installed manholes shall be equipped with an approved IPD to prevent
unwanted inflow into the sanitary sewer system.
ii. IPDs shall be installed such that lifting strap is to the North.
iii. IPDs shall comply with the Approved Materials List.
K. Water Tightness
i. Finished manholes are expected to be as watertight as the pipe system they are
incorporated into. Infiltration or exfiltration shall not exceed the limits established in
these specifications.
ii. All connections between riser sections, bases and tops shall be sealed with an
approved preformed flexible plastic joint sealing compound.
iii. Application of primer and sealing compound shall be accomplished in conformance with
the manufacturer's recommendations.
iv. Grade of materials, quantity of materials and application temperatures shall conform to
the manufacturer's recommendations.
L. Protective Lining System
i. When required for rehabilitation of an existing manhole, construction of a new 60-inch
diameter manhole or construction of a manhole serving an 18-inch diameter or larger
pipe, an approved protective lining or coating system shall be installed per
manufacturer's instructions. Protective lining and coating systems shall conform to the
Approved Materials List.
M. Backfilling Around Manholes
i. Backfilling around manholes shall conform to the requirements as specified for
backfilling around pipe.
ii. Embedment material shall be placed up to a point equal to that required for the
adjacent pipe.
N. Following the completion of the backfilling, the Contractor shall maintain the excavated
surfaces in a satisfactory manner until final completion and acceptance of the work.
60 Section 6
L
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
i. The maintenance may include blading from time to time as necessary, filling
depressions caused by settlement, sprinkling to settle dust, brooming or flushing at the
request of the Chief Water Utilities Engineer and other work required to keep the
streets and roads in satisfactory condition for traffic.
ii. The Contractor shall maintain and be responsible for all paving cuts until such time as
permanent repairs are made.
6.07.16 Service Connections
A. Service connections on newly constructed mains shall be installed by the utility contractor at
the time of pipe installation.
B. Service connections on existing sewer mains shall be made by City of Lubbock Water Utility
forces.
C. Contractor shall place wyes and tees for service connections where required by the approved
construction plans on new sewer mains.
i. Wyes and tees shall be of like material as the sewer pipe.
ii. Service lateral lines shall be installed to 2 feet inside adjacent property line at a typical
depth of between 4 feet and 6 feet, or deeper when required.
iii. Watertight plugs shall be installed in each branch pipe or stub.
iv. Service locations shall be marked with a piece of two-inch by four -inch lumber
extended from the end of the pipe to above ground level with the above -ground
portion painted green.
6.08 Inspection, Testing, Approval and Acceptance of Gravity Flow Sanitary
Sewer Pipe and Manholes
6.08.01 Scope
A. The work covered by this section consists of the inspection, testing, approval and acceptance
of gravity flow sanitary sewers and manholes and other appurtenances normally installed as
part of this system. The work may include inspection, cleaning, leakage testing, deflection
testing and television inspection of the interior of the finished sewer system.
6.08.02 Quality Standards
A. The latest published revision of:
ASTM C969
Infiltration and Exfiltration Acceptance Testing of Installed
Sewer Lines
ASTM C828
Low Pressure Air Test of Sewer Lines
UNI B 6
Recommended Practice for Low Pressure Air Testing of
Installed Sewer Pipe
ASTM C1214
Standard Test Method for Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines by
Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test Method
ASTM C1244
Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by the
Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test Prior to Backfill
6.08.03 Materials
A. Water used for exfiltration tests shall be potable or as otherwise approved by the City
Inspector.
Section 6 61
L_:
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
B. Equipment for tests shall be of the type, quality and capacity to perform the operations
required and shall be furnished by the Contractor.
C. All labor and materials, including water, shall be furnished at the Contractor's expense.
6.08.04 Inspection
A. City Inspector shall inspect and approve all work accomplished.
i. Testing shall be performed at the discretion of the City Inspector.
B. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate inspection and testing with the
Water Utilities Engineering Department.
6.08.05 Cleaning
A. Contractor shall remove all foreign matter from the interior of the system prior to testing any
section of sewer pipe.
i. Chunks of concrete, mortar or other debris including dirt, small gravel, and grit shall be
removed from the interior of the newly installed system.
ii. Flushing debris into the downstream system shall not be allowed.
B. Watertight plugs or other methods approved by the City Inspector shall be used to prevent
dirt or debris from entering the system.
C. After cleaning manholes, manhole cover shall be positioned to prevent dirt or debris from
entering the system. Other means of preventing intrusion of dirt or debris may be employed if
approved by the City Inspector.
6.08.06 Pipe Testing
A. Contractor shall have the option of conducting a hydrostatic exfiltration test or a low-pressure
air test. An infiltration test may also be required if the pipeline is continuously subjected to an
exterior hydrostatic head.
B. Contractor shall notify the City Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of any testing.
C. Testing shall be conducted by the Contractor at their own expense.
D. Testing shall be accomplished in the presence of the City Inspector or his authorized
representative.
E. Testing shall not commence on any portion of the pipeline until all field placed concrete in
contact with the pipe, fittings or appurtenances is adequately cured.
F. Exfiltration Test
i. The sewer line being tested may be filled with water for a period long enough to allow
water absorption in the pipe wall. The saturation period shall be a minimum of 4 hours
and not more than 72 hours.
ii. Each section of the pipeline shall be tested between successive manholes or other
structures. The lower end of the section shall be closed with a watertight device. The
inlet end of the section to be tested shall be filled with water to a point 4 feet above
the pipe invert at the centerline of the upper manhole or structure.
a. If the ground water level is above the pipe invert, the water level in the upper
manhole shall be 4 feet above the adjacent ground water level. Ground water level
shall be determined by the Contractor, subject to approval by the City Inspector.
iii. Allowable exfiltration shall not exceed 10 gallons/inch diameter/mile of
pipe/24 hour period.
62 Section 6
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
iv. For construction within the 25-year flood plain, the infiltration shall not
exceed 5 gallons/ inch diameter/mile of pipe/24 hour period at the same
minimum test head.
v. Leakage shall be measured by checking the drop in the water level in the upper
manhole or structure over a period of 4 hours.
vi. Contractor shall repair obvious or concentrated leaks and other repairs as necessary to
reduce exfiltration leakage to an acceptable rate.
vii. Contractor shall repeat the 4 hour exfiltration test after repairs are made until an
acceptable leakage rate is attained.
viii. Repairs required shall be at the Contractor's own expense.
G. Low -Pressure Air Test
i. Low-pressure air test shall be conducted in accordance to the provisions of UNI-13-6,
"Recommended Practice for Low -Pressure Air Testing of Installed Sewer Pipe,"
published by Uni-Bell Plastic ripe Association.
ii. Low pressure air shall be slowly introduced into the sealed line until the
internal air pressure reaches 4.0 psig greater than the average backpressure
of the groundwater above the pipe.
iii. The air supply shall be throttled to maintain that internal pressure for at least 2
minutes to permit the temperature of the entering air to equalize with the temperature
of the pipe wall.
iv. When temperatures have been equalized and the pressure stabilized at 4.0 psig, the air
supply shall be shut off or disconnected.
v. Time shall be recorded for the pressure inside the pipe to drop 4.0 psig to
3.0 psig.
vi. Time shall not be less than that outlined in the following table:
6
340
398
0.855
8
454
298
1.520
10
567
239
2.374
12
680
199
3.419
15
850
159
5.342
18
1020
133
7.693
21
1190
114
10.471
vii. City Inspector shall witness and verify results of the test.
viii. The City Inspector may stop a test if no pressure drop loss has occurred during the
thirst 25% of the calculated testing time.
t. ix. Contractor shall repair obvious or concentrated leaks and other repairs as necessary to
reduce leakage to an acceptable rate.
x. Contractor shall repeat the low-pressure air test after repairs are made until an
acceptable pressure drop for the test is attained.
A. Repairs required shall be at the Contractor's expense.
Section 6 63
L.
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
H. Infiltration Test
i. Infiltration tests are acceptable only if the pipeline is continuously subjected to an
external hydrostatic head (ground water level) of at least 2 feet above the top of the
pipe at the upstream manhole or structure.
_.
ii. Infiltration test shall be made by sealing the inlet and outlet ends of this pipeline and
measuring the volume of water that infiltrates into the section being tested.
a. Flow measurement may be measured by collecting the discharge into a volumetric
measuring container, weir or other approved method.
iii. The test shall be continued over a period of at least 4 hours. Time shall be allowed to
soak lines and manholes in advance of performing test.
_.
iv. Allowable infiltration shall not exceed 10 gallons/inch diameter/mile of
pipe/24 hour period.
v. For construction within the 25-year flood plain, the infiltration shall not
exceed 5 gallons/ inch diameter/mile of pipe/24 hour period at the same
minimum test head.
vi. Contractor shall repair obvious or concentrated leaks and other repairs as necessary to
reduce the infiltration to an acceptable rate.
vii. Contractor shall repeat the 4 hour infiltration test after repairs are made until an
'
acceptable infiltration rate is attained.
viii. All repairs required shall be at the Contractor's own expense.
ix. Whenever the rate of infiltration is found to repeatedly exceed the prescribed amount,
the Contractor shall be notified in writing. The Contractor may then be required to
provide, at their own expense, video inspection of the interior of the conduit. The
Contractor shall make appropriate repairs by methods approved by the Chief Water
Utilities Engineer and shall continue to test the conduit until it is proven satisfactory.
6.08.07 Video Inspection
A. Where determined to be necessary, the new sewer pipe shall be inspected by video camera
prior to final acceptance.
i. Initial video inspection shall be at the Contractor's own expense. i
B. Video equipment expressly designed for pipeline inspection purposes and operated by
experienced and qualified personnel shall be pulled through the entire pipeline.
i. Video equipment operator shall maintain a log of all inspections and note location, type
and extent of any deficiencies. Li
ii. Video equipment operator shall also photograph all deficiencies and not less than one
"typical" location per each 500 feet of pipeline inspected.
C. Contractor shall bear all costs incurred in correcting deficiencies found during the video
inspection, including cost of additional video inspection required to verify correction of noted
deficiencies. '
D. Video inspection conducted sole) for the Contractor's benefit shall be at the Contractor's own
expense.
Y
expense.
6.08.08 Deflection Test
A. Deflection tests shall be conducted in the presence of the City Inspector after the pipe has
been installed and backfilled. j
i. The deflection test shall be conducted by pullinga mandrel (go no-go device) through
the pipe.
s
64 Section 6 r
L
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
ii. The mandrel shall be designed and sized for each size and type of pipe and shall be at
least 1.5 pipe diameters in length.
iii. The mandrel shall be constructed with an odd number of runners placed parallel to the
pipe centerline and equally spaced around the perimeter of the mandrel.
iv. Test mandrel shall be furnished by the Contractor and approved by the City Inspector.
v. Test equipment, calibration data and procedures shall be subject to the approval of the
City Inspector.
B. Ring or diametric deflection of the installed pipe shall not exceed 5% of the design internal
diameter of the pipe. Pipe sections that restrict free passage of the mandrel shall be removed
and replaced or excavated, re -bedded, backfilled and retested.
C. All repairs, replacement, remedial work and retesting shall be performed by the Contractor at
their own expense.
D. Deflection test may be conducted concurrently with the video inspection of the pipe interior,
subject to approval by the City Inspector.
6.08.09 Manhole Testing
A. Manholes shall be tested for leakage separately and independently of the sanitary sewer lines
by vacuum testing, hydrostatic exfiltration testing or other methods approved by the City
Inspector. An infiltration test may also be required if the manhole is continuously subjected
to an exterior hydrostatic head.
B. Contractor shall notify the City Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of any testing.
C. Testing shall be conducted by the Contractor at their own expense.
D. Testing shall be accomplished in the presence of the City Inspector or his authorized
representative.
E. Testing shall not commence on any portion of the pipeline until all field placed concrete in
contact with the pipe, fittings or appurtenances is adequately cured.
F. Vacuum Test
i. All inlet and outlet pipes in the manhole shall be plugged with an airtight device.
ii. All lift holes and exterior joints shall be plugged with a non -shrink grout.
a. No grout shall be placed in horizontal joints prior to testing.
iii. The manhole opening shall be sealed by a method approved by the City Inspector.
iv. There must be a vacuum of 10 inches of mercury (4.91 psig) inside a
manhole to perform a valid test.
v. A test does not begin until after the vacuum pump is off.
vi. The manhole passes the test if after 2.0 minutes and with all valves closed,
the vacuum is at least 9 inches of mercury.
AL The Contractor shall have the option to repeat the vacuum test one time after repairs
viii. If a vacuum test is failed twice, the manhole shall be repaired and an efiltration test
shall be performed.
ix. All repairs required shall be at the Contractor's own expense.
G. Exfltration Test
i. All inlet and outlet pipes in the manhole shall be plugged with a watertight device.
ii. The manhole being tested may be filled with water for a period long enough to allow
water absorption into the manhole. The saturation period shall be a minimum of 4
hours and not more than 72 hours.
Section 6 65
L. ,
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
iii. Test shall be conducted with the manhole filled with water to the top of the cone
section.
iv. Allowable leakage shall not exceed 0.025 gallon/foot diameter/foot of
manhole depth/hour over a 4 hour period.
v. The Contractor shall repeat the exfiltration test after repairs until an acceptable
leakage rate is attained.
vi. All repairs required shall be at the Contractor's own expense.
H. Infiltration Test
i. Infiltration tests are acceptable only if the connecting conduit is continuously subjected
to an external hydrostatic head (ground water level) at least 2 feet above the top of -'
the conduit. Ground water level shall be determined by the Contractor, subject to
approval by the City Inspector.
ii. All inlet and outlet pipes in the manhole shall be plugged with a watertight device. The Fli
volume of water that infiltrates into the manhole during a 4 hour period shall be
measured in a manner determined by the City Inspector.
iii. The test shall be conducted after the manhole has been subjected to the maximum t -
ground water level for at least 4 hours to thoroughly saturate the manhole wall.
iv. The allowable infiltration shall not exceed 0.025 gallon/foot of
diameter/foot of manhole depth/hour during a 4 hour test.
v. The Contractor shall repeat the 4 hour infiltration test after repairs until an acceptable
leakage rate is attained.
vi. All repairs required shall be at the Contractor's own expense.
6.08.10 Approval
A. Final approval of sewer lines and manholes shall be based on an inspection covering all items
in this specification and other approved plans and material. The inspection shall be done in an
appropriate manner by representatives of the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. '
B. Contractor shall remedy any defects in workmanship or materials revealed by inspection at
their own expense.
C. Final approval will be based on re -inspection of the sewer after the appropriate repairs and
corrections are completed.
6.08.11 Acceptance I
A. Flow of any kind into the existing sanitary sewer collection system shall not be allowed until
the new sewer lines and manholes has been satisfactorily completed and accepted for use by
the Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
B. Portions of the work completed may be placed in operation after all cleaning, testing and
inspection requirements have been fulfilled. Such partial use or partial acceptance shall be
subject to approval of the Chief Water Utilities Engineer. I
66 Section 6
4
�s
1-} 2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
�. 6.09 Lift Station
6.09.01 Lift station design must conform to the most recent TCEQ design criteria.
6.09.02 Site Layout
A. Lift station site location shall be approved by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
B. Site shall be chosen to provide the least negative impact to surrounding existing and future
development.
C. The station site shall be located so it may serve as much of the entire sewer drainage basin as
possible. This may require that the station be located off -site of the development.
D. The station site shall be protected from the 100-year flood plain and shall be accessible during
the 25-year storm event.
E. Lift station site and associated access road shall be located in a dedicated right-of-way or
permanent easement.
i. Access road shall be a minimum 12-foot wide all-weather surface.
ii. Additional staging and parking area shall be provided.
iii. Station grounds shall be minimum 5-inch thick, aggregate road base material.
F. Lift station site shall be fully enclosed by intruder -resistant fence and include a 14-foot vehicle
gate and 3-foot man gate. Vehicle gate shall be situated such that pumps and equipment are
accessible by service vehicles.
G. Lift station shall have bypass capability.
H. Lift station shall have lightning protection for all electronic components.
I. Lift station site shall be illuminated by a security light system.
J. Lift station shall be fitted with SCADA antennae.
6.09.03 Dry Well
A. Dry well shall have separate, dedicated entrance with ladder.
B. The dry well or valve vault shall have an approved, lockable, 26-inch x 36-inch pedestrian -
rated aluminum hatch.
C. Provisions shall be made for water removal from the dry well.
D. Dry well shall be adequately vented with a minimum of two 4-inch vent pipes with one having
an active ventilation blower.
6.09.04 Wet Well
A. Wet wells must be enclosed by water -tight and gas -tight walls.
B. Interior walls of wet wells shall be lined with a lining system per the Approved Materials List.
C. Wet well shall have a maintenance hatch for servicing pumps and a separate, dedicated
entrance.
i. Dedicated entrance shall have an approved, lockable, 26-inch x 36-inch pedestrian -
rated aluminum safety hatch.
ii. Maintenance hatch shall be an approved, double -door, lockable, 48-inch x 72-inch
pedestrian -rated aluminum hatch or as required to adequately maintain the wet well
pumps and components.
Section 6 67
2016 Design Standards and Specifications g
Sewer Specifications
D. A gravity sewer pipe discharging to a wet well must be located so that the invert elevation is _
above the level of the system's "on" setting.
E. All piping within wet well shall be PVC with flanged fittings.
F. All interior components shall be stainless steel including nuts, bolts, other fasteners and all
base plates.
G. Each pump shall be fitted with minimum 25 feet of stainless steel lifting chain. LJ
H. Each pump shall be fitted with dual -rail stainless steel guide bar and upper guide bar
brackets. Fi
I. Wet well shall have a sloped bottom toward the pump intake to avoid solids deposition.
J. Wet well shall be adequately vented with a minimum of two 4-inch vent pipes with one having
an active ventilation blower.
K. Piping associated with lift stations shall be approved gravity or pressure rated sewer pipe.
6.10 Restoration and Clean Up
6.10.01 The Contractor shall restore or replace all removed or damaged paving, curbing, sidewalks,
gutters, sod, shrubbery, fences, irrigation systems, pipe, or other structures or surfaces to
a condition equal to that before the work began and to the satisfaction of the Chief Water '
Utilities Engineer.
6.10.02 All streets, alleys, driveways, sidewalks, curbs or other surfaces broken, cut or damaged by
the Contractor shall be reconstructed as required by the current City of Lubbock Street
Ordinance.'
6.10.03 Irrigation systems affected by construction shall be properly repaired by a licensed
irrigator, with materials equal to the existing system and in compliance with current
applicable codes.
6.10.04 All rubbish, excess excavated materials, unused materials and other non-native materials
shall be removed from the jobsite and legally disposed.
a�
6.10.05 The right-of-way shall be left in a state of order and cleanliness as determined by the Chief
Water Utilities Engineer.
68 Section 6 i
I_ ' 2016 Design Standards and Specifications
9 p
Sewer Specifications
6.11 Warranty and Acceptance
6.11.01 Within 30 calendar days after the Developer or Developers Engineer has given written
notice that the improvements have been substantially completed, the City shall inspect the
completed improvements and provide a punch list if necessary.
A. If it is mutually determined that the improvements have been constructed in accordance with
the engineering plans and the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design
Standards and Specifications, the Developers Engineer shall submit Record Drawings,
Certificate of Completion and Developers Warranty Statement (Copies of the Certificate of
Completion and the Developers Warranty Statement are included in the City of Lubbock Public
Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications)
B. Upon receipt of the Developers Certificate of Completion, Record Drawings and the
Developers Warranty Statement, the City will accept improvements within 30 calendar days;
unless exception is given in writing.
C. Neither the Final Payment nor the Certificate of Completion shall relieve the Developer or
Contractor of responsibility related to warranty of materials or workmanship.
D. The Developer shall remedy any defects due to faulty materials or workmanship that appear
within 1 year from the written Certificate of Completion.
Section 6 69
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
I
I
[ I I
70 Section 6
`s
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
SECTION 7
APPROVED MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURERS LIST
7.01 Introduction
7.01.01 This section lists specific products and manufacturers that have been approved for use
within the City of Lubbock water and sanitary sewer system.
7.01.02 This listing is intended to be used as a reference source for Water Utilities employees,
design engineers, developers, contractors and vendors.
7.01.03 Materials produced by manufacturers not listed herein are not acceptable for use within the
City's system.
7.01.04 Manufacturers interested in submitting products for evaluation and possible approval
should submit a written request in accordance with the procedures listed below.
7.02 Product Submittal Procedures
7.02.01 Written requests should be sent to the attention of "Chief Water Utilities Engineer, City of
Lubbock, PO Box 2000, Lubbock, Texas 79457".
7.02.02 Written requests shall include the following:
A. A complete Application for New Product(s) (See Appendix A-1)
B. Four (4) copies of the following documents:
i. A list of all applicable standards regarding the product and certification (AWWA, ANSI,
ASTM, etc.)
ii. Adequate shop drawings and design information (brochures and other product
information)
iii. Location of the manufacturer's plant
iv. Location of the nearest local distribution point and retail outlet
v. A list of any special tools, fittings or methods of construction required for installation
and/or maintenance
vi. Spare parts and service availability information
vii. A 5-year history of the product documenting its performance
viii. Warranties
ix. Product sample (where appropriate)
x. User references, with contact person and telephone numbers (Specifically in the State
of Texas)
A. Life cycle costs (where appropriate)
xii. A statement of why the approval of the product would be beneficial to City of Lubbock
C. Applicant shall send a formal review meeting request to the Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
D. All submissions shall be made at least 30 days prior to the meeting at which review is
requested.
Section 7 71
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
1'
7.03 Evaluation Process -
7.03.01 Product evaluation will be conducted by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer or their
designee.
A. Review shall include:
i. Conformance with the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications.
ii. Comments made by contractors, engineers, developers, suppliers, etc.
iii. Any other matters regarding the design, construction and implementation of the
proposed product into the City of Lubbock water and sanitary sewer system.
B. Applicant may be requested to make a brief presentation regarding the product.
Representatives shall be knowledgeable on product use, locations, design and reference
checks. The representative shall also have the authority to approve a trial run in City of
Lubbock.
7.04 Approval Process
7.04.01 The decision of the Chief Water Utilities Engineer is final.
7.04.02 For each product that has been submitted, one of the following recommendations will be
made:
A. Approval for Use
i. This approves a product for use throughout the City's service area.
ii. The Chief Water Utilities Engineer may withdraw the Approval for Use status for
violation of the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications. '
iii. All use of the product will be in conformance with the manufacturer's specifications and
good engineering practices.
B. Conditional Approval for Use
i. This approves a product for use throughout the City's service area; however, the
product will be reviewed periodically to ensure that no unforeseen installation or
maintenance problems have risen and that quality assurance/quality control meet City
Standards.
ii. After a suitable period of field observation, this approval may be upgraded to Approval
for Use status. The frequency of review and the length of field observation period will
be determined by the Chief Water Utilities Engineer.
iii. If, during the field observation period, problems with installation, operation or I
maintenance of the product are observed, the Chief Water Utilities Engineer may
downgrade the status of the product to Disapproved for Use.
iv. The Chief Water Utilities Engineer may withdraw the Conditional Approval for Use
status for violation of the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and 1
Specifications. LI
v. All use of the product will be in conformance with the manufacturer's specifications and-�
good engineering practices.
C. Limited Approval for Use
i. This approves a product for use only in certain sites or projects within the City's service
area. The Chief Water Utilities Engineer will determine where the product can be used. j
ii. The product will be reviewed periodically to ensure that no unforeseen installation,
operation or maintenance problems have arisen.
72 section 7
i
�_ i
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
iii. After a suitable period of field observation, this approval may be upgraded to
Conditional Approval for Use or Approval for Use status. The frequency of review and
the length of the field observation period will be determined by the Chief Water Utilities
Engineer.
iv. If, during the field observation period, problems with the installation, operation or
maintenance of the product are observed, the Chief Water Utilities Engineer may
downgrade the status of the product to Disapproved for Use.
v. The Chief Water Utilities Engineer may withdraw the Limited Approval for Use status
for violation of the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications.
vi. All use of the product will be in conformance with manufacturer's specifications and
good engineering practices.
D. Disapproved for Use
i. The product may not be used anywhere within the City's service area.
ii. If a product has been given a Disapproved for Use status by the Chief Water Utilities
Engineer, the product may not be resubmitted for review unless significant changes
have been made to the product.
iii. The Chief Water Utilities Engineer will not reconsider a product Disapproved for Use
until at least twelve (12) months have passed from the date of disapproval.
E. Insufficient Information
i. Not enough information was provided to evaluate the product.
ii. Upon receipt of requested additional information, the Chief Water Utilities Engineer will
reevaluate the product.
iii. If, upon reevaluation, it is determined that not enough information was provided a
Disapproved for Use status will be given.
7.04.03 Design Changes of Approved Products
A. After the approval of a product, the manufacturer or their representative shall inform the
Chief Water Utilities Engineer, in writing, of any modifications in design or material. Such
changes may require further evaluation and approval.
7.04.04 Withdrawal of Approval
A. The Chief Water Utilities Engineer may withdraw any approval as a result of a design change,
field observation, testing, product failure, or other factors that, in the opinion Chief Water
Utilities Engineer, warrant such withdrawal.
Section 7 73
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
7.05 Water System
7.05.01 Water Pipe
A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) 4-inch to 24-inch
i. AWWA C900 or C905; Minimum DR-18
ii. Manufacturers:
a. CertainTeed
(1) Certa-Lok
b. Diamond Plastics
c. JM Eagle
(1) Blue Brute
(2) Big Blue
(3) Eagle Loc 900
d. North American Pipe
e. Northern Pipe Products
f. Pipelife Jetstream
g. VinylPlex, Inc.
B. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)
i. AWWA C906, PE 4710, Minimum DR11, Pressure Class 200
ii. Manufacturers
a. Chevron
b. JM Eagle
c. Plexco
C. Cement -lined Ductile Iron (DIP) - Push -On or Mechanical Joint
i. AWWA C151 Minimum Thickness Class 50
ii. Manufacturers
a. American Cast Iron Pipe
b. Griffin Pipe Products
c. McWane Pipe
d. U.S. Pipe and Foundry
D. Concrete Cylinder Pipe
i. AWWA C301, Pre -stressed Concrete Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe
ii. AWWA C303, Concrete Bar -wrapped Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe
iii. Manufacturers:
a. Hanson
7.05.02 Fittings: (Bends, Crosses, Tees and Offset Glands)
A. Ductile Iron; Compact
B. AWWA C110 and C-153
C. Manufacturers:
i. American Cast Iron Pipe
ii. Griffin Pipe Products
iii. McWane Pipe
74 Section 7
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
€ iv. Sigma Corporation
v. Star Pipe Products, Inc.
vi. Tyler Pipe and Foundry Utilities
vii. U.S. Pipe and Foundry
7.05.03 Couplings (Transition or Straight), Non -Restrained
A. Low -alloy or stainless steel bolts and nuts; outside finish: heat fused nylon coating or fusion
bonded epoxy coating; standard length body.
B. Manufacturers
i. Dresser
ii. Ford
iii. JCM Industries
iv. Romac
v. Smith -Blair
7.05.04 Resilient Wedge Gate Valves, 4-inch through 12-inch
A. Ductile Iron Body; Outside finish: heat fused nylon coating or fusion bonded epoxy coating.
B. AWWA C509 and C515
C. Manufacturers
i. American AVK
ii. Clow
iii. Darling
iv. EJIW
v. Mueller
vi. M & H Model 4067
vii. United
7.05.05 Butterfly Valves — 16-inch and Greater, with gearing if required by manufacturer
A. Ductile Iron Body; Outside finish: heat fused nylon coating or fusion bonded epoxy coating.
B. AWWA C504
C. Manufacturers
i. DeZurik
ii. Mueller
iii. M & H
__„ 7.05.06 Fire Hydrants
A. AWWA C502
B. 5-1/4-inch valve opening; 2-1/2-inch hose nozzles; 4-inch steamer nozzle
C. Factory painted orange
D. Manufacturers
i. American Darling Model B-84-B
ii. East Jordan Iron Works
s iii. Clow Medallion
Section 7 75
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
iv. Mueller Centurion
v. M & H Style 129-09
7.05.07 Fire Hydrant Raised Pavement Marker
A. Manufacturer
i. Stimsonite Model 80
7.05.08 Service Saddles
A. Epoxy coated ductile iron body; Double band with SS bands and bolts
B. AWWA C800
C. 1-inch
i. Female AWWA Taper threads (CC or CS)
ii. Manufacturers
a. Ford
b. JCM Industries
c. Mueller
d. Romac Industries, Inc.
e. Smith -Blair
D. 2-inch
i. Female iron pipe threads
ii. Manufacturers
a. Ford
b. JCM Industries
c. Mueller
d. Romac Industries, Inc.
e. Smith -Blair
7.05.09 Corporation Stops
A. Full Port Ball Valve
B. AWWA C800
C. 1-inch
i. Male AWWA Taper threads (CC or CS) by flared copper or compression
ii. Manufacturers
a. A. Y. McDonald
b. Ford
c. Mueller
D. 2-inch
i. Male iron pipe threads by flared copper or compression
ii. Manufacturers
a. A. Y. McDonald
b. Ford
c. Mueller
76 Section 7
I!
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials fist
7.05.10 Service Tubing
A. Copper Tubing
i. ASTM B88
ii. Flared copper fittings
iii. 1-inch
a. Type K -Soft
iv. 2-inch
a. Type K - Hard
B. Polyethylene Tubing (PET and PEXa); 1-inch only
i. ASTM D2737 - Copper Tube Size (CTS), 200 PSI Minimum, Black or Blue
ii. Slip Fittings
a. Ford - Ultratite
b. Mueller - Instatite
iii. Manufacturers
a. Endot — Endopure PE 4710
b. NuMex PE 4710
c. Rehau — Municipex PEXa
d. Silverline — Sil-O-Flex PE 3408 or 4710
e. Ultraline — Driscoplex 5100 Series PE 4710
7.05.11 Curb Stops
A. Full Port Ball Valve
B. AWWA C800
C. Curb stops shall include meter swivel nut (meter spud) connection on outlet side such that
meter nut can be replaced without removing valve from operation.
D. Reductions for smaller meter sizes shall be accomplished by use of appropriately sized iron
pipe threaded brass bushing on outlet side of curb stop.
E. 1-inch and 2-inch
i. Flared copper or compression by female iron pipe threads with meter swivel nut.
ii. Manufacturers
a. A. Y. McDonald
b. Ford
c. Mueller
7.05.12 Compression Fittings
A. Compression fittings shall be quick joint type.
B. Manufacturers
i. Mueller Insta-Tite Connection
ii. Ford Ultra-Tite Connection
7.05.13 Mueller Meter Setters, 2-inch
A. Ball valve inlet and outlet, 15 inch height, Female iron pipe threads
B. Manufacturers
Section 7 77
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
i. A. Y. McDonald
ii. Ford
iii. Mueller
7.05.14 Tapping Sleeves
A. Stainless Steel Sleeves with Stainless Steel or Carbon Steel Flange
B. Epoxy coated with stainless steel bolts and nuts
C. Manufacturers
i. Ford FAST
ii. JCM Industries #469
iii. Smith Blair #662
iv. ROMAC #SST
7.05.15 Resilient Seat Wedge Tapping Valves
A. AWWA C509
B. Manufacturers:
i. American
ii. Clow
iii. EJIW
iv. Mueller
v. M&H
vi. U. S. Pipe
7.05.16 Water Meter Boxes and Vaults
A. Manufacturers
i. Hi -Density Polyethylene Plastic Box
a. Carson Industries Model 2200
ii. Heavy Duty HS-20 Rated
a. EJIW
b. Old Castle
7.05.17 Double Check, Double Detector Check and Reduced Pressure Principle Devices
A. American Society of Sanitary Engineering Seal Approval
B. Call City of Lubbock backflow coordinator at (806) 775-2589 for specific applications.
C. Manufacturers
i. Ames
ii. Febco
iii. Watts
iv. Wilkins
7.05.18 Backflow Preventer Box
A. Polyester or Aluminum Enclosure, Heated and Insulated ASSE 1060
B. Manufacturers
L EZ Box Model HEZ
78 Section 7
I
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials fist
ii. Hot Box
iii. Safe-T-Cover
7.05.19 Air Release Valves
A. Manufacturers
i. APCO
ii. ARI
iii. Crespin
7.05.20 Flushing Hydrants
A. Manufacturers
i. Kupferle
7.05.21 Sampling Stations
A. Manufacturers
i. Kupferle
7.05.22 Valve boxes
A. Cast -Iron slip type
B. Manufacturers
i. EJIW
ii. Sigma
iii. Star Pipe
7.05.23 Pipe Restraints
A. ASTM F1674
B. Manufacturers
i. EBAA Iron, Inc.
ii. Ford
iii. Romac
iv. Sigma
v. Smith -Blair
vi. Star Pipe Products, Inc.
vii. Tyler Union
7.05.24 Casing Spacers
A. Manufacturers
i. Advance Products
ii. BMW
iii. Cascade
iv. Ca Pipeline
V. Culpico
vi. PSI
7.05.25 Precast Concrete Vaults, HS-20 Rated
Section 7 79
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
A. Manufacturers
i. Hanson Pipe and Products
ii. Vaughn Concrete Products
7.05.26 Waterline Marker
i. Manufacturers
a. Blackburn
b. Carsonite International
Fj
m
a
so Section 7
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
7.06 Sanitary Sewer System
7.06.01 Gravity Sewer Pipe
A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe
i. 6-inch thru 15-inch: ASTM D3034, Minimum Class SDR 35
ii. 18-inch thru 48-inch: ASTM F679, wall thickness T-1
iii. Fittings ASTM D1784
iv. Gaskets ASTM F477
v. Manufacturers
a. Certainteed Corporation
b. Diamond Plastics
c. GPK (Fittings Only)
d. Harco (Fittings Only)
e. JM Eagle
f. Multi Fittings (Fittings Only)
g. National Pipe and Plastics Ever -Green Sewer Pipe
h. North American Pipe ASTM D3034
i. Plastic Trend (Fittings Only)
j. VINYL Plex (Fittings Only)
B. PVC Corrugated Sewer Pipe with Smooth Interior
i. ASTM F949, ASTM F794
ii. Manufacturer
a. Diamond Plastics
C. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)
i. ASTM F714
ii. Manufacturers
a. Chevron
b. ]M Eagle
c. Plexco
D. Ductile Iron (DIP)
i. AWWA C151 Minimum Thickness Class 50 with Sewer Gas Resistant Interior Lining
ii. Manufacturers
a. American Ductile Iron Pipe
b. Griffin Pipe Corporation
c. McWane
d. U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company
E. Steel Reinforced Polymer Concrete
z i. ASTM D6783
ii. Manufacturers
a. U. S. Composite Pipe
F. Polypropylene Corrugated Dual Wall and Triple Wall
i. 12-inch thru 30-inch: ASTM F2736
ii. 30-inch thru 60-inch: ASTM F2764
Section 7 81
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
iii. Manufacturer
a. ADS Sanitite HP
7.06.02 Pressure Sewer Pipe
A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
i. AWWA C900 Minimum Class DR25
a. Manufacturers
(1) Diamond Plastics
(2) JM Eagle
(3) North American Pipe
ii. SDR26 Class 160
a. Manufacturers
(1) Diamond Plastics
(2) )M Eagle
(3) North American Pipe
B. Ductile Iron (DIP)
i. Minimum Thickness Class 50 with Sewer Gas Resistant Interior Lining
ii. Manufacturers
a. American Ductile Iron Pipe
b. Griffin Pipe Corporation
c. U. S. Pipe and Foundry Company
C. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)
i. AWWA: C906, Minimum Pressure Class 160
ii. Manufacturers
a. Chevron
b. )M Eagle
c. Plexco
7.06.03 Manholes
A. Precast Concrete Manholes
i. ASTM C478
ii. Manufacturers
a. Hanson Building Products
b. South Plains Concrete Products
c. The Turner Company
d. Vaughn Concrete Products
B. Glass -Fiber -Reinforced Polyester Manholes, Wetwells and Manhole Liners
i. ASTM D3753
ii. Manufacturer
a. LF Manufacturing
b. Containment Solutions
C. Composite Manholes
i. Amarok
ii. US Composite Pipe
82 Section 7 ; 7
r
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
7.06.04 Manhole Frames and Covers
A. ASTM A48, Class 3513, AASHTO M-306
B. Standard Solid Cover
i. Manufacturers
a. East Jordan Iron Works
C. Watertight Frame and Cover
i. Manufacturers
a. East Jordan Iron Works
b. Rexus
7.06.05 Manhole Coatings/Protective Lining System
A. Manufacturers
i. A-Lok - Dura Plate 100 PVC Liner
ii. Raven 405
iii. Tnemec — Series 436 PermaShield
7.06.06 Gaskets and Flexible Manhole Connections
A. Flexible cast -in -place seal or flexible boots installed with hydraulic pressure after manhole
manufacture. Manhole openings shall be made by hole -formers inserted during manufacture.
B. Manufacturers
i. Press -Seal Gasket Corp.
ii. A-Lok
iii. International Precast Supply
iv. NPC
7.06.07 Internal Chimney Seals
A. ASTM C923
B. Manufacturers
i. Cretex
ii. NPC
7.06.08 Manhole Joint Seals
A. Sealant per ASTM C990
B. 0-ring gaskets meeting ASTM C443 and ASTM C1628.
7.06.09 Manhole Joint Wrap (in addition to 0-ring specified above)
A. Manufacturers
i. Ram Nek
ii. ConSeal CS 102
7.06.10 Manhole Joint Sealers
A. Butyl Mastic
B. Manufacturers
i. Ram Nek
Section 7 83
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
7.06.11 ConSeal CS 102Inflow Prevention Device
A. Non -Corrodible with self cleaning gas relief and vacuum relief valves
B. Manufacturers
L L.F. Manufacturing Inc. - Rain Guard
ii. No Flow -In Flow
iii. The Man Pan
iv. Southwestern Packing and Seals, Inc. - Rainstopper
7.06.12 Polyethylene Slope Adjusting Ring
A. ASTM D1248
B. Manufacturers
i. Ladtech
7.06.13 Saddles
A. Manufacturer
i. NDS
7.06.14 Cleanout Cover
A. Manufacturer
L East Jordan Iron Works
7.06.15 Valves — Must Be Approved for Use in Wastewater Application
A. Plug, Full Port
i. Manufacturers
a. DeZurik
B. Resilient Seat Gate
i. AWWA C509
ii. Manufacturers
a. American Flow Control
b. Clow
c. M & H
d. Mueller
e. U.S. Pipe
C. Swing Check
i. Manufacturer
a. Golden Anderson
b. M & H
c. Val-Matic
7.06.16 Backwater Valve for Manhole Vent
A. Manufacturer
L Josam
7.06.17 Lateral Backwater Valve
84 Section 7 's
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
A. Diaphram Operated Stainless Steel Knife Valve ASME Al 12.14.1
B. Manufacturer
i. John Stephens
ii. Plastic Trends
iii. Smith Floodgate
7.06.18 Sewage Combination Air/Vacuum Valve
A. Manufacturers
i. APCO/Willamette
ii. ARI
iii. Golden Anderson Industries
7.06.19 Sanitary Sewer Marker
A. Manufacturers
i. Blackburn
ii. Carsonite International
7.06.20 Wastewater Pumps
A. Manufacturer
i. Flygt N-Pump
Section 7 85
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
7.07 Water and Sanitary Sewer Systems
7.07.01 Modular Wall Seal
A. EPDM with stainless steel nuts and bolts
B. Manufacturer
i. Thunderline
ii. Pipe Seal
iii. Link Seal
7.07.02 Vault Doors
A. Type K heavy duty aluminum double leaf door, H-20 rated
B. Manufacturers
i. Bilco
ii. Halliday
iii. USF Fabrication, Inc.
7.07.03 Tracer Wire
A. 14-gauge
B. Manufacturers
i. Copperhead
ii. Southwire
7.07.04 Marking Tape
A. 3-inch width, Sewer — green, Water - blue
B. Manufacturers
i. Presco Prodcuts
ii. Terra Tape
86 Section 7 j
4'
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
f , Approved Materials List
SECTION 8
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREETS AND DRAINAGE
CONSTRUCTION
8.01 General
8.01.01 The construction and materials for any City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering paving or
drainage improvements project shall conform to the following specifications and associated
plan sheets.
A. Any construction or materials failing to meet the requirements of these specifications or the
plan sheets shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's own expense.
B. No consideration will be given to requests for reduced payments for construction or materials
not in conformance with these specifications and the plan sheets.
8.01.02 The term Engineer used in these specifications shall refer to the City of Lubbock City
Engineer or an individual designated by the City Engineer to administer these specifications
and associated plans.
8.01.03 The Engineer may require certificates from manufacturers certifying that materials or
equipment to be incorporated into the work meet these specifications.
A. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) shall be required on all materials.
B. All materials or equipment shall be subject to approval by the Engineer before being
incorporated into any project.
C. After approval, the source and/or character of materials shall not be changed without written
authorization by the Engineer.
8.01.04 Streets to be constructed in a location where the traffic is expected to consist of an
unusual number of trucks or other heavy vehicles shall have an approved pavement
structure design specific to that loading condition.
8.01.05 All construction covered by these specifications shall be in compliance with the City of
Lubbock Code of Ordinances, Chapter 30 Lakes and Water Ways, Chapter 36 Streets,
Sidewalks, and Other Public Ways, Chapter 38 Subdivisions, and other chapters as
applicable.
8.01.06 Any references to these specifications, ASTM, AASHTO, TxDOT, or other designated tests,
procedures, quality standards, or requirements which are included in these specifications
or any associated plans shall be the latest edition and revision thereof.
A. When information indicated on plan sheets is in conflict with these specifications, the
information on the plans shall govern.
8.02 Design Standards
8.02.01 The following design standards shall apply to all paving and drainage improvements
associated with construction of new subdivisions.
A. If unusual site conditions necessitate design criteria different from these requirements,
changes will be permitted only if specifically approved by the City Engineer.
Section 8 87
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
8.02.02 Street Crown Elevations
A. All street paving shall incorporate a centerline crown at the following listed elevation unless
otherwise indicated on plans, or as directed by the Engineer:
i. The widths listed above refer to the total proposed future full width of street.
ii. Where there is a difference in elevation between top of opposite street curbs, the
crown elevation shall be adjusted such that the cross slopes are 2.0% minimum and
4.0% maximum.
iii. Where the minimum crown slopes are not met a concrete valley gutter must be added.
8.02.03 Minimum Grades
A.
A
All street paving shall incorporate the following slopes unless otherwise indicated on plans, or
as directed by the Engineer:
Linear Curb and Gutter
d
0.20
Curb and Gutter in Cul-De-Sacs
0.30
Concrete Dips, Valley Gutters and Fillets
0.35
Concrete Alley Paving
0.20
Concrete Drainage Channel
0.20
Fall Around Curb Radii
0.80
Asphalt dips shall not be used in the place of concrete dips or valley gutters.
8.03 Testing and Inspection
8.03.01 All work shall be inspected and tested by a representative designated by the City Engineer,
who shall have the authority to halt construction when, in their opinion, construction is
being performed contrary to these specifications or associated plans.
A. Whenever any portion of these specifications or associated plans is violated, the Engineer may
order the portion of construction that is in violation to cease until such violation is corrected.
8.03.02 Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer in providing for sampling and testing
procedures.
A. The contractor shall provide at least a 2 hour notification to City Inspection Staff prior to any
inspection services needed.
B. In the event the City tests indicate out of specification materials, additional tests may be
provided by the contractor at their own expense.
C. Conflicting tests provided by the contractor will not automatically be considered as compliance
with City specifications, but will be considered only as additional information to be used by the
Engineer to determine the compliance of the material or construction in question.
88 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
8.03.03 The testing and inspection provided by the City is intended only to verify that materials and
construction comply with plans and specifications. The City's testing and inspection efforts
are not intended to replace the contractor's responsibility to comply with the specifications.
A. With respect to new material sources, or where the City lab has determined materials or
construction do not comply with these specifications, the City will not re -test until the
contractor has provided their own testing to demonstrate the materials and construction are
in compliance with the plans and specifications.
8.03.04 Upon completion of construction, the Contractor will apply sufficient water to all paving
improvements within the project to ensure all surfaces meet drainage requirements and
are in compliance with these specifications.
8.04 Notification of Property Owners
8.04.01 The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining positive communication with adjacent
property owners.
8.04.02 The contractor shall provide two days notice to all affected property owners with respect to
pending construction, and restriction of access or driveway locations.
8.05 Protection of Utilities and Irrigation Systems
8.05.01 The plans show only approximate locations of utilities as obtained from various utility
companies.
A. It is not implied that all utilities or their accurate locations are shown on the plans.
8.05.02 It is the contractor's responsibility to become familiar with all utilities and locations.
A. The contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations with respect to utility
notification and protection, including Underground Facility Damage Prevention Notification
Centers.
B. The contractor shall call DIG TESS (1-800-344-8377) and provide sufficient time for all utilities
to be identified prior to construction.
8.05.03 On all projects the contractor shall exercise care not to damage any sanitary sewer pipe,
manholes, storm sewers, water lines, valves and boxes, communication cables, power
cables, gas lines, nor any other pipe or utility. The contractor will be responsible during
the construction period for damages to any utilities.
8.05.04 Irrigation systems affected by construction shall be properly repaired by a licensed
irrigator, with materials equal to the existing system, and in compliance with current
applicable codes. The repairs shall be pressure tested to the satisfaction of the Engineer
prior to being covered.
8.06 Water for Construction
8.06.01 The City will furnish water from fire hydrants for construction purposes.
A. To use City water for construction the contractor shall acquire a water meter for use on a City
fire hydrant and will be charged the applicable rate for the quantity of water used.
B. The contractor shall contact Lubbock Power and Light Customer Service Department to
establish a utility account. The contractor must pay a deposit for each fire hydrant meter and
will be responsible for all charges associated with that account.
Section 8 89
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
C. Once an account is established and the deposit is paid, the contractor may pick up a meter
from the City Water Department at 600 Municipal Drive.
8.06.02 Fire hydrants shall be operated only by use of an approved fire hydrant wrench. No pipe
wrenches, or other unapproved devices, shall be used to open and close a fire hydrant.
8.06.03 For top loading trucks or containers the contractor shall provide a back flow prevention
assembly on the discharge side of the meter.
A. The backflow prevention assembly shall be in the form of two spring loaded ball check valves.
B. When filling the truck or container there shall be an air gap of at least two times the opening
diameter of the truck or container.
8.06.04 For bottom loading trucks the contractor shall provide a Reduced Pressure Zone (RPZ) type
backflow prevention assembly.
A. All RPZ type back flow prevention assemblies must be tested and the test results approved by
the City prior to use.
_s
B. The test results shall be sent to the City of Lubbock Public Works Department, Meter and
Customer Service Supervisor for approval.
8.06.05 In accordance with City of Lubbock Ordinance No. 10208 "Pertaining to Backflow
Prevention", City representatives are authorized to suspend water use from a fire hydrant
by a contractor until the proper and correct backflow prevention devices are installed.
8.07 Concrete
8.07.01 These specifications shall govern Portland cement concrete used for curb and gutter, valley
gutters and fillets, alley paving, sidewalks, street paving, curb ramps, medians, and
drainage improvements.
A. The concrete shall be produced at a Ready -Mix Concrete Batch Plant conforming to ASTM
C94.
B. The concrete shall be transported to the project location in approved Revolving Drum Agitator
Trucks, and shall be placed within one hour of mixing time. The concrete shall be
continuously mixed during transit.
C. Concrete shall have a temperature of less than 90 degrees at time of placement. Concrete
above this temperature will be rejected and shall be removed from the job site.
D. No more than eight yards of concrete shall be loaded in a Revolving Drum Agitator Truck and
transported to the job site. Loads in excess of eight yards will be rejected and shall be
removed from the job site.
E. Add mixture for increasing and or decreasing air shall be a temporary solution while the batch
plant makes adjustments. A maximum of three loads may be treated per plant per day.
F. No patching of any nature shall be allowed in repairing any damage to concrete
improvements. Where damage occurs, the section shall be removed to the nearest joints and
shall be replaced with new construction. Small cracks with no evidence of displacement may
be repaired with epoxy, only where approved by the Engineer.
G. All concrete shall have 5 percent, minus 1.5 percent to plus 3 percent, air entrainment in
conformance with ASTM C260.
H. When delivered to the jobsite, each truck shall provide the load ticket indicating weights of all
concrete ingredients, including cement, aggregates, water, and admixtures.
90 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
8.07.02 Classification
A. The following City of Lubbock classes of concrete shall be used:
A Curb and gutter, sidewalks, curb ramps, drainage channels, medians,
inlet boxes headwalls "unction boxes driveways, and retaining walls.
B Valley gutters and fillets alley returns and alley paving.
C I Concrete street Davement.
D Utility encasements
E Fast setting concrete pavement such as "Fast Track" Concrete
Pavement or, otherspecial design.
8.07.03 Thickness of Concrete Surfaces
A. Concrete thoroughfare street paving shall have a minimum thickness of 8 inches.
B. Concrete alley paving shall have a minimum thickness of 7-1/2 inches at edge and
5 inches at flow line.
i. No tolerance on minimum thickness will be allowed.
ii. No additional compensation will be made to the contractor for thickness greater than
specified.
C. All other proposed concrete paving thickness shall be approved in writing by the City
Engineer.
8.07.04 Drainage Easements
A. All drainage easements shall have, at a minimum, a 10-foot wide concrete flow line to be
constructed with the street and alley paving improvements.
B. Drainage easements shall not be used as alleys or garbage collection easements.
8.07.05 Mix Design
A. Thirty (30) days prior to beginning any concrete construction the contractor shall submit an
engineer's recommended concrete mix design.
i. The following shall be submitted to the Engineer for review:
a. Test certificates from an approved commercial testing laboratory on all proposed
aggregate.
(1) Certificates shall indicate material source, gradation, and loss from 5 cycle
Magnesium Sulfate test not to exceed 25 percent.
b. Mix design based on water -cement ratio.
c. Results of compression tests in conformance with ASTM C 39 and/or flexural tests in
conformance with ASTM C78, made by an approved commercial testing laboratory.
(1) Tests shall be made on 6 cylinders and/or 6 beams at curing times appropriate to
the class of concrete.
ii. The Engineer will approve or reject the mix design and materials based on these
submittals.
iii. Mix design approval shall be subject to additional testing during construction.
e Section 8 91
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
B. Mix designs for various classes of concrete shall conform to the following:
S
A
5.0
0.40-0.60
5
B
5.5
0.40-0.60
5
C
6.0
0.35-0.45
3
D
4.5
0.40 — 0.60
5
E
As Required forspecific cure time and strength.
i. New mix designs shall be submitted annually, or when material properties or sources
change.
8.07.06 Strength Requirements
A. The various classes of concrete shall conform to the following minimum strengths in pounds
per square inch (psi) as determined by the average of two test cylinders or beams:
B. When cores are subsequently used to prove compressive strength where test cylinders
indicate failures, the cores shall be tested in accordance with Aa C42.
C. In such cases, the required compressive strength shall be increased by 10%.
8.07.07 Cement
A. Cement shall be Type I, Type II, or Type I -II cements, conforming to ASTM C150 "Standard
Specification for Portland Cement".
B. The contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to any changes of the cement supplier or source
during construction. The Engineer may require a new mix design if changes of supplier or
source occur.
8.07.08 Aggregate
A. Concrete aggregate shall consist of natural, washed and screened sand, and washed and
screened gravel or clean crushed stone conforming to ASTM C33.
B. All aggregate shall be free of injurious amounts of clay, soft or flaky materials, loam, organic
impurities, or other deleterious materials.
C. Fine aggregate shall be graded from fine to coarse and shall conform to ASTM C136.
92 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
i. The gradation for fine aggregate shall meet the following requirements:
Retained on 3 8" Sieve
0
Retained on No. 4 Sieve
0-5
Retained on No. 16 Sieve
20-55
Retained on No. 30 Sieve
45-75
Retained on No. 50 Sieve
70-90
Retained on No. 100 Sieve
98-100
D. Coarse aggregates shall be well graded from coarse to fine with a maximum size of 1-1/2
inches, and shall conform to ASTM C136.
i. The gradation for coarse aggregate shall meet the following requirements:
Retained on 1-3/4" Sieve
0
Retained on 1-1 2" Sieve
0-5
Retained on 3 4" Sieve
10-40
Retained on 1 2" Sieve
40-75
Retained on No. 4 Sieve
95-100
E. Coarse aggregate for Class C or E concrete shall be crushed limestone (Brownwood type or
equivalent). Crushed gravel will be allowed if on the TXDOT Quarterly Monitoring Program, or
if specifically approved by the engineer.
F. Aggregate Quality Requirements shall comply with the following requirements:
Deleterious Material
2.0%
Decantation
1.5 /o
Flakiness Index
17
Magnesium Sulfate Soundness
25%
G. Stockpiles shall be protected from dusty conditions by drift fences or other methods approved
by the Engineer.
i. Stockpiling methods used shall not allow aggregate to roll down the slope as it is
added to existing stockpiles.
ii. Stockpiles shall be built in layers of uniform thickness.
iii. Equipment shall not be permitted to operate over the same lift repeatedly.
8.07.09 Flowable Fill
A. Flowable fill shall consist of a concrete mixture of pea gravel and sand with a cement content
of 1-1/2 sacks per cubic yard.
ii B. Flowable fill may be used for backfill in all utility ditches within the right of way, and other
areas as specified.
C. Flowable fill used for repair of utility ditches in existing paved streets shall be placed from the
top of the utility line to the bottom of the paving surface. Use of concrete in place of flowable
fill is not acceptable, and if used in place of flowable fill shall be removed by the contractor at
their expense.
Section 8 93
L_,
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
8.07.10 Water
A. Water shall be clean, clear, free from oil, acid or organic matter and free from injurious
amounts of alkali, salts, or other chemicals and shall conform to AASHTO T26.
8.07.11 Admixtures
A. Admixtures may be applied to the concrete mix design when approved by the Engineer to
achieve any desired special properties. Chemical admixtures shall conform to ASTM C494.
Chemical admixtures shall not be used as a substitute for Cement.
B. Mineral admixtures such as Class C Ash and Natural Pozzolans in conformance with ASTM
C618 may be used with Types I, II, and III Portland Cement.
C. When fly ash is permitted to be used, "cement" in relation to mix design shall be defined as
"cement plus fly ash".
i. Fly ash may constitute a maximum of 30 percent by weight of the cement.
D. Add mixture for increasing and or decreasing air shall be a temporary solution while the batch
plant makes adjustments. A maximum of three loads may be treated per plant per day.
8.07.12 Reinforcing Material
A. All concrete shall incorporate reinforcement as follows:
i. Curb and gutter horizontal paving steel shall extend to within 2" of back of curb.
ii. Street Paving, Valley Gutters, and Drainage Channel — A minimum of #5 deformed
steel bars 12 inches on center both ways or design approved in writing by the City
Engineer.
iii. Alley Paving - No. 6 deformed steel bars on both edges as indicated on detail sheets
and either 6-inch x 6-inch - 6 gauge welded wire fabric or #4 deformed bars 12 inches
on center both ways.
iv. Alley Returns - #4 deformed steel bars 12 inch on centers both ways or 6-inch x 6-inch
- 6 gauge welded wire fabric.
v. Sidewalk, Driveways (other than commercial), and Wheelchair Ramps - Fiber
reinforcement, or as required by the City of Lubbock Building Official, or design
approved in writing by the City Engineer.
vi. Commercial driveways, including pedestrian crossing area — #3 deformed steel bars
through the gutter section as indicated on the detail sheets and either 6-inch x 6-inch —
6 gauge welded wire fabric or #4 deformed bards 12 inches on center both ways.
B. Steel
i. All steel reinforcing materials shall be securely held in proper position with devices
appropriate to the type of reinforcement used, subject to approval by the Engineer.
ii. Wire mesh shall conform to ASTM A185, and shall be 6-inch x 6-inch - 6 gauge welded
wire fabric as specified.
iii. Reinforcing bars shall be grade 60 (60 KSI), open-hearth, basic oxygen or electric
furnace new billet steel manufactured in accordance with ASTM A615 and ASTM A305.
a. Steel reinforcing materials shall be stored off the ground in a manner as to be
protected from accumulations of grease, mud, other foreign matter and rust
producing materials.
b. When incorporated into construction, steel reinforcement shall be free from rust,
scale, oil, mud, and structural defects.
iv. Dowels for slip joints shall be smooth plain round bars free from burrs, rough surfaces,
and deformations. Caps, sleeves, or wrapping shall be as indicated on plan sheets.
94 Section 8
s
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
v. Chairs shall be used to support the reinforcing steel in the correct position while
concrete is being placed. Chairs shall be made of plastic (preferred) or steel, and shall
be of adequate size to positively hold the reinforcing materials in position.
C. Fiber
a. Fiber reinforcement may not be used in place of steel reinforcement.
b. Fiber reinforcement shall be either 100% virgin polypropylene, collated, fibrillated
fibers specifically manufactured for use as concrete reinforcement, containing no
reprocessed olefin materials, or steel fibers.
c. The quantity of fiber reinforcement used shall be 1.5 pounds per cubic yard, or as
recommended by the fiber manufacturer.
d. The physical characteristics on the fiber shall be as follows:
Specific Gravity
0.91
Tensile Strength
70,000 psi to 110,000 psi
Length
—
3 4 inch
8.07.13 Joints
A. Curb and gutter (Class A concrete) shall be constructed with an expansion joint at the tangent
point of each return at intersections and at intervals not more than 40 feet between the
intersections.
i. Construction joints formed by removable metal templates accurately shaped to the
cross-section of the curb and gutter shall be located at the midpoint of each section
between expansion joints, or as directed by the Engineer.
ii. Tooled contraction joints cut at least one quarter the concrete depth shall be placed at
10 foot intervals.
B. Alley paving (Class B concrete) shall be constructed with an expansion joint at each cold joint
and at a maximum spacing of 130 feet.
i. Alley returns shall be poured monolithically with curb radii and fillets with joints as
indicated in Standard Detail 36-7.
ii. Tooled contraction joints, cut 1/2 inch wide 2 inch deep, shall be placed as shown on
Standard Detail 36-11.
iii. Alley paving contraction joints shall be sealed with an elastomeric sealer.
iv. Expansion joints shall include bituminous pre -molded expansion joint board.
C. Street Paving (Class C or E concrete) shall be constructed with contraction and expansion
joints as indicated on plan and detail sheets.
i. Unless otherwise specified, the joints shall be sawed 1/2 inch wide and to depth equal
to 1/4 of the pavement thickness plus one half inch.
ii. Joints shall be saw cut within 12 hours of placement of the concrete paving.
iii. Joints shall be sealed with an elastomeric sealer.
iv. Joints shall be cleaned thoroughly with high pressure air prior to installation of any
sealing materials.
D. Valley gutters and fillets shall be constructed with tooled construction joints.
i. Joints shall be sealed with an elastomeric sealer.
ii. Joints shall be cleaned thoroughly with high pressure air prior to installation of any
sealing materials.
Section 8 95
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
r-~
E. Joint Sealing Materials
i. Bituminous pre -molded expansion joint board material shall conform to ASTM D1751
and shall be placed as indicated on plan sheets or in these specifications.
a. Expansion joint material shall be placed full depth of the concrete slab.
ii. Elastomeric sealant for contraction joints shall be, or shall be equivalent to,
W.R.Meadows "SOF-SEAL", W.R. Meadows #158 cold applied, or "GARDOX" as
required by plan sheets.
a. Hot poured sealant for joints between Portland cement concrete and Bituminous
concrete shall conform to ASTM D3405.
b. Hot poured joint sealant for all other joints in Portland cement concrete pavement
shall conform to ASTM D3406.
c. Cold poured joint sealant shall conform to ASTM C920.
iii. Elastomeric joint sealant shall be mixed and applied in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations.
a. Prior to application, joints shall be cleaned by sandblasting and otherwise prepared
so that the sealant adheres to the surfaces to form an effective seal against moisture
and solid particles.
b. The sealant shall be a soft, highly flexible, rubber like material after curing which
shall not track, flow, crack, or break when exposed to hot and cold temperature -
extremes typical of local conditions.
iv. Backer rod used with elastomeric sealant shall be 25 percent greater in diameter than
the joint width. It shall be made of polyethylene foam or other material as
recommended by the sealant manufacturer.
a. Compression of the backer rod material shall be approximately 25 percent shrinkage
at 8 psi applied stress.
b. The material shall not melt, shrink, evaporate, or absorb water, and shall be
compatible with the application of the sealant to be used.
8.07.14 Curing Compounds
A. All fresh concrete surfaces shall be completely painted with a liquid membrane forming curing '
compound at a rate of one gallon per every 180 square feet. Its application shall conform to
DMS - 4650 and TOOT Item "Concrete Structures - Curing Materials".
i. Fresh concrete is defined as less than 10 minutes after finishing
B. No other methods of moisture retention on fresh concrete shall be used unless specifically
approved by the Engineer.
8.07.15 Forms
A. Forms for curb and gutter, paving, and flatwork may be of wood or metal, of a section
satisfactory to the Engineer, straight, free of warp, and of a depth equal to the depth of the j
concrete section formed.
B. Forms shall be constructed accurately to the line and grade as established in the field, shall be
adequately braced so that they will not move during the placing of the concrete, and shall
remain in place at least 12 hours after placing of the concrete. -
C. Forms shall be treated with a light oil or release agent before each use, and forms which are
to be re -used shall be cleaned immediately after each use and maintained in good condition.
CA
D. Curb forms shall be such that the face of the curb can be formed by use of a face form held in
place by steel templates. I
..,
96 Section 8 1
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
E. Forms used for curb radii shall meet all of the above specifications, except that face forms on
curb radii may be omitted if a true section and an accurate flow line can be obtained by other
methods approved by the Engineer.
F. In no case will concrete placement be started without the approval of the Engineer.
G. No forms shall be placed until the subgrade is within one inch of its finished grade.
H. Forms for paving slabs may be used as a guide for screeding.
I. Where longitudinal construction joints are required, the form shall be so constructed as to
provide an approved load transfer mechanism in the face.
8.07.16 Placing and Finishing Concrete
A. Placing of concrete shall not start before sunrise, and shall stop one hour before sunset.
i. Concrete shall be placed as close to its proper location as practical.
ii. Sufficient concrete shall be placed to allow for shrinkage and extra material for
finishing.
iii. The concrete shall be floated and troweled to the approximate section.
iv. When water is needed for finishing purposes it must be dispensed by a pressurized
canister with a misting nozzle.
B. Removal of face forms and finishing of curb and gutter shall be started only after a partial set
occurs.
i. Only construction approved forms, templates, and tools shall be used to form the
cross -sections indicated on plan or detail sheets.
C. Concrete shall not be placed when the ambient temperature is below 40 degrees F or if
sustained winds are 25 mph or higher as determined by the Texas Tech University Mesonet
sites in Lubbock. If the sustained winds exceed the 25 miles per hour all placement
operations will cease immediately.
i. Concrete shall not be placed on frozen subgrade.
ii. The contractor shall have available sufficient covering material, approved by the
Engineer, to immediately protect concrete should the air temperature fall below 33
degrees F. This protection and forms shall remain in place as long as the temperature
continues below 32 degrees, to a maximum of 5 days.
iii. No salt or other chemical admixtures shall be added to the concrete to prevent
freezing.
D. All concrete placed for pavement shall be consolidated by use of mechanical vibrators
approved by the Engineer and designed to vibrate the concrete internally.
i. Vibrators shall be operated in a manner not to interfere with joints, and shall not come
in contact with forms.
ii. Vibrators shall not be used to move concrete within the forms.
E. The surface of concrete street paving shall incorporate a tined finish.
F. All other concrete surfaces shall be completed with a light broom finish.
G. When forms are used for concrete paving the forms must stay in place for a minimum of 12
hours.
H. No equipment shall be placed on concrete until it has reached 75% of the specified 28 day
compressive strength.
I. Finished concrete surfaces shall not have irregularities in excess of 1/8 inch when tested with
a 10 foot straightedge using the TxDOT Item 585 Surface Test Type A.
' Section 8 97
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
J. Prior to acceptance, the Contractor shall apply sufficient water to all gutters and paving to
determine locations of ponding.
i. Ponded areas deeper than 1/8 inch shall be removed and replaced, or rectified as
directed by the Engineer.
K. Where the surface of T-1 or T-2 thoroughfare paving is noticeably uneven, the City may
require measurement of the ride quality using the TOOT Surface Test Type B.
i. If the International Roughness Index (IRI) is determined to exceed 65 inches per mile
corrective action shall be performed by diamond grinding, or other methods acceptable
to the Engineer.
ii. If the IRI exceeds 95 inches per mile the pavement shall be removed and replaced.
L. Any concrete construction damaged by equipment, tools, vandals, or other influences shall be
replaced at the contractor's own expense.
8.07.17 Tolerance in Elevation and Grade
A. Curb and gutter or other concrete surfaces shall be constructed to the elevations and grades
as indicated on plan sheets. Deviation from elevations indicated on plans resulting in a
longitudinal slope of less than 0.15%, will be considered to be deficient, and shall be removed
and replaced at the correct elevations as indicated on the plans, unless curb and gutter
surfaces drain with flood testing and approved in writing by the City Engineer or designated
staff.
8.07.18 Concrete Alley Paving Cuts
A. Refer to Standard Detail 37-2.
B. Transverse Cuts
i. Minimum width between transverse joints shall be 4 feet.
ii. No more than 2 transverse joints shall be added between existing 13 foot tooled joints.
iii. Transverse joints shall be doweled 6 inches into existing pavement with #5 dowel bars
at 3 foot spacing. When installed at expansion joints, slip dowels shall be used.
C. Longitudinal Cuts
i. Longitudinal cuts along the edge of existing alley pavement shall be a minimum width
of 3 feet.
ii. Maximum width of longitudinal cuts shall be 4 feet.
iii. Longitudinal cuts wider than 4 feet, regardless of location, shall replace the full width
of existing alley paving.
iv. Longitudinal joints shall be doweled 6 inches into existing pavement with #5 dowel
bars at 3 foot spacing.
D. Potholing for Locating Existing Utilities ,
i. Pavement cuts for potholing purposes shall be circular cored holes or clean square 1
cutouts.
a. Cored holes in asphalt pavement shall be filled with cold -mix asphalt to match the
-
depth of existing pavement.
b. Cored holes in concrete pavement shall be filled with concrete to match the depth of
existing pavement.
c. Cutouts shall be repaired as specified in these specifications.
98 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
8.08 Subgrade and Base
8.08.01 Subgrade
A. Subgrade material for concrete or asphalt construction shall consist of suitable native soil or
off -site soil, free from vegetation or other objectionable matter.
B. All unstable or objectionable material shall be removed from the subgrade and replaced with
approved material.
C. Subgrade material shall be suitable for forming a stable embankment and shall meet the
following requirements:
Liquid Limit
Max 45
Plasticity Index
Min 5• Max 20
Linear Shrinkage
Min 2; Max 10
i. Subgrade material which does not meet the above requirements may be conditioned
by blending with lime, sand or caliche screenings. The conditioning shall produce a
uniform subgrade material which meets all of these specified subgrade requirements.
D. Subgrade Construction
i. All testing of subgrade will be completed prior to any placement of curb and gutter.
Subgrade will be processed the entire width of the roadway including under the curb
and gutter section.
ii. Subgrade shall be prepared in conformance with the lines and grades shown on the
plans, or as directed by the Engineer, by scarifying and compacting to a minimum of
95 percent of Modified Proctor Density at optimum moisture content, plus or minus 2
percent.
iii. Subgrade shall be constructed in maximum of 6 inch lifts, and each 6 inch lift tested for
moisture and density.
iv. Subgrade thickness shall be a minimum of 12 inches for all streets,
regardless of street width or classification.
v. The compaction method for subgrade shall provide for each lift to be compacted to the
specified density using appropriate equipment.
a. After each section of subgrade is complete, moisture/density testing will be
performed by the City of Lubbock inspection staff.
b. At any time the City Engineer may require proof rolling on streets or alleys with a 25
ton pneumatic roller, to test the uniformity of compaction.
" s c. Rollers will be completely loaded with water or wet sand to ensure they meet the
manufacturer's weight requirements.
vi. All utility ditches shall be determined to be stable prior to construction of subgrade
over such utility ditch.
vii. Any fill placed within existing or proposed street right-of-way in execution of an
approved cut and fill plan shall be in compliance with these specifications for materials
�J and construction.
a. Cut and fill operations shall comply with Chapter 38 of the City of Lubbock Code of
Ordinances.
viii. Subgrade which has become wet, or otherwise altered, after completion may be
subject to retesting and reprocessing as determined by the Engineer.
ix. Special care shall be exercised in grading street intersections where dips or valley
gutters are located so that the cross profiles present a smooth riding surface, and so
that the compacted subgrade thickness will not be less than specified above.
f Section 8 99
l_s
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
a. Crown section shall begin transition at a distance equal to one-half of the lip -to -lip
roadway width from concrete intersection or valley gutter, as indicated on Standard
Detail 36-11.
E. Rejected Subgrade Material
i. Rejected subgrade material, either from the construction area or delivered to the job
site, shall be dumped on the job site outside the area of construction, and remain there
until all construction is completed.
a. If it is determined that unapproved material has been incorporated into the
construction, all in place material shall be considered unapproved and shall be
removed.
b. No payment will be made for rejected material or construction.
8.08.02 Flexible Base (Caliche)
A. Material for flexible base shall consist of crushed caliche, limestone, and calcareous clay
particles produced from oversize quarried aggregate, sized by crushing and produced from a
naturally occurring single source.
L All base material sources are subject to approval by the Engineer.
ii. If material characteristics within an approved source change, the material shall be
subject to retesting and re -approval prior to continued use.
iii. The Contractor shall not change material sources without approval by the Engineer.
B. Crushed concrete may be blended with quarried material only to the extent necessary to
produce material in compliance with these specifications, to a maximum of 20 percent
crushed concrete by weight.
i. Crushed concrete shall be produced from parent material consisting of structural
strength concrete, such as City of Lubbock Class A, B, and C.
ii. Lower strength materials, such as flowable fill, are not acceptable.
iii. Crushed concrete shall be free of reinforcing steel and any objectionable material, and
have a maximum of 1.5 percent deleterious material when tested in accordance with
Tex-413-A.
iv. When crushed concrete is used, the final product shall be entirely in compliance with
the specifications for single source material.
C. Recycled Asphalt Pavement (RAP) will not be approved for use in flexible base.
D. Prior to construction the contractor shall build stockpiles of sufficient quantity of base material
as required to complete the entire project or subdivision.
i. Each stockpile shall be dedicated, and identified as to the project or subdivision it is
for.
ii. After a stockpile is completed the contractor shall not add material to that stockpile.
iii. The contractor's methods, plant, and equipment are subject to approval by the
Engineer, and shall be appropriate and in suitable condition to produce stockpiles in
compliance with these specifications.
100 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
E. Material Tests
i. Flexible base material shall conform to the following requirements:
a. Sieve Analysis
b. Atterberg Limits
(1) Material passing the No. 40 Sieve shall be known as "Soil Binder" and shall meet
the following requirements:
Liquid Limit
Max 35
Plasticity Index
Min 3 Max 15
c. Wet Ball Mill
(1) When tested in accordance with Tex-116-E (Wet Ball Mill) the base material shall
have a value not to exceed 45.
(2) The percent of material passing the #40 sieve shall not increase by more than
20 during the test.
E_ F. Flexible Base Construction
i. Areas behind curbs shall be backfilled and leveled with approved topsoil prior to placing
base material.
ii. Approved flexible base material shall be hauled in vehicles of uniform capacity and
dumped evenly along the project length for processing and compaction.
` iii. Flexible base thickness shall be a minimum of 6 inches.
iv. Processing shall be accomplished in lifts of 6 inches compacted thickness.
v. Each course shall be wetted and rolled with a pneumatic roller as required to produce a
uniform compaction to a minimum of 95 percent of Modified Proctor Density with a
moisture content of 2 percent above to 2 percent below optimum
a. Densities will be taken by City of Lubbock inspection staff
b. At any time the Engineer may require proof rolling with a 25 ton pneumatic roller to
ensure uniform compaction of base.
c. Processing for compaction of caliche base with a sheep's foot type roller will not be
permitted.
vi. The base shall be allowed to cure a minimum of 3 days, or until determined by the
Engineer to be adequately cured, before placing prime or surface course.
a. During the cure time the base shall be maintained by blading or other methods until
the wearing surface is placed.
b. Windrow caliche shall not be removed until the base has passed finish inspection.
c. Base which becomes wet, or otherwise altered, may be subject to retesting and
reprocessing as determined by the Engineer.
vii. The compacted flexible base shall be finished and shaped immediately preceding the
l application of the surface treatment
Section 8 101
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
a. All loose or unconsolidated material shall be removed and the surface moistened and
rolled with a steel wheel roller.
b. All irregularities, depressions, or weak spots which develop shall be corrected by
scarifying, adding or removing material as required, reshaping, and recompacting, or
other methods approved by the Engineer.
viii. Special care shall be exercised in grading street intersections where dips or valley
gutters are located so that the cross profiles present a smooth riding surface and so
that the compacted base thickness will not be less than 6 inches, or thickness
otherwise specified by the engineer.
a. Crown section shall begin transition at a distance equal to one-half of the lip -to -lip
roadway width from concrete intersection or valley gutter, as indicated on Standard
Detail 36-11.
ix. Any deviation in the surface of the finished base in excess of 3/8 inch from the
established grade or true cross-section, using a 10 foot long straight edge, shall be
corrected as provided above.
x. The compaction method for flexible base shall provide for each lift to be compacted to
the specified density using appropriate equipment.
A. After each section of flexbase is complete, moisture/density testing will be performed
by the City of Lubbock inspection staff.
a. All irregularities, depressions, weak or soft spots which develop shall be corrected
immediately by the contractor.
G. Rejected Flexible Base Material
i. Rejected material, either from the construction area or delivered to the job site, shall
be dumped on the job site outside the area of construction, and remain there until all
construction is completed.
ii. If it is determined that unapproved material has been incorporated into the
construction, all in place material shall be considered unapproved and shall be
removed.
iii. No payment will be made for rejected material or construction.
8.08.03 Asphalt Stabilized Base (ASB)
A. Asphalt stabilized base shall consist of a uniform mixture of mineral aggregate and asphalt
cement mixed hot in a mixing plant in accordance with these specifications.
i. Caliche is not an acceptable aggregate for ASB.
B. The contractor's plant and equipment are subject to approval by the Engineer, and shall be
appropriate and in suitable condition to produce the base material consistently in compliance
with these specifications.
C. In place compaction control is required for all ASB.
i. Locations of Cores, when required, will be determined by City of Lubbock personnel
and marked
ii. The ASB will be cored by the City inspection staff to determine composition,
compaction, thickness, and density.
iii. The contractor shall replace the pavement removed from core holes at no cost to the
City.
iv. ASB found to be deficient in composition, compaction, thickness, or density shall be
corrected at the contractor's expense as directed by the Engineer.
102 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
D. ASB Mix Design
i. The contractor shall submit an ASB mix design less than one year old, prepared by a
qualified lab, in compliance with these specifications using approved materials
indicating gradation and optimum asphalt content.
ii. The aggregate mixture shall conform to the following master gradation:
Passing
1" Sieve
98-100
Passing
3 4" Sieve
84-98
Passin
3 8" Sieve
60-80
Passing
No. 4 Sieve
40-60
Passing
No. 8 Sieve
29-34
Passing
No. 30 Sieve
13-28
Passing
No. 50 Sieve
6-20
Passing
No. 200 Sieve
2-7
a. Design produced Minimum VMA 13.0%
b. Plant produced Minimum VMA 12.0%
iii. Material passing the No. 40 sieve shall be known as "soil binder" and shall meet the
following requirements:
Liquid Limit
Max 45
Plasticity Index
Max 15
Linear Shrinkage
Max 5
iv. The mineral aggregate shall not contain more than 0.5% moisture prior to entering the
pug mill for mixing with asphalt.
v. The mix design shall have optimum asphalt content determined in accordance with
Tex-204-F, with a target lab molded density of 96.5 percent.
vi. Asphalt content of the Job Mix Formula shall not vary during construction from the
design by more than 0.3 percent.
vii. Asphalt for the mixture shall be a Performance Grade (PG) 64-28, or better.
viii. New mix designs must be submitted annually, or when material properties change.
ix. A maximum of 20% approved rap material can be added to ASB.
E. ASB Placement
i. The ASB material shall be placed on the approved prepared surface using an approved
lay down machine.
ii. ASB thickness shall be a minimum of 9 inches, or as required by the
Engineer.
t.; iii. Asphalt Stabilized Base shall be placed and compacted in 3 inch lifts to form the
specified thickness of compacted base, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
a. Prior to placing ASB, the subgrade shall be prepared as previously specified.
iv. The cross-section shall be constructed to form the specified crown on the ASB surface
at the centerline of the street, or as indicated on the plans.
v. ASB shall not be placed when the air temperature, as reported by the Texas Tech
University Mesonet sites in Lubbock, less than 50 degrees F ambient or 60 degrees
surface temperature.
vi. ASB shall be placed at a temperature between 265 and 325 degrees F.
f Section 8 103
L_
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
vii. Any ASB material that is above or below the specified temperature range, measured
while passing through the lay down machine, shall be rejected by the Engineer.
viii. The material shall be placed in such a manner that when properly compacted the
finished course is smooth, of uniform density, and in conformance with the cross -
sections and grades shown on the associated plans.
ix. Special care shall be exercised in grading street intersections where dips or valley
gutters are located so that the cross profiles present a smooth riding surface and so
that the compacted base thickness is not less than 9 inches.
a. Crown section shall begin transition at a distance equal to one-half of the lip -to -lip
roadway width from concrete intersection or valley gutter, as indicated on Standard
Detail 36-11.
F. ASB Compaction
i. ASB shall be compacted thoroughly and uniformly with approved rollers to a density
between 93% and 98% of the maximum theoretical gravity, with a lab molded target
of 96.5% using the Texas Gyratory compaction method.
a. All results will be calculated using the maximum theoretical Rice gravity.
ii. Compaction less than 93 percent or greater than 98 percent will be considered
deficient. All deficient pavement shall be removed and replaced as determined by the
Engineer at the contractor's expense.
iii. ASB shall meet all compaction requirements at the time of inspection. Re -rolling is not
an approved method for achieving compaction requirements.
iv. Contractor shall set rolling patterns using a thin lift nuclear gauge in order to ensure
maximum compaction.
v. All roller marks shall be removed and compaction completed prior to the ASB mixture
cooling below 185 degrees F.
G. Rejected ASB Material
i. Rejected ASB material, either from the construction area or delivered to the job site, ILI
shall be dumped on the job site outside the area of construction, and remain there
until all construction is completed.
ii. If it is determined that unapproved material has been incorporated into the
construction, all in place material shall be considered unapproved and shall be
removed.
iii. No payment will be made for rejected material or construction.
8.09 Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Surface (HMAQ
8.09.01 Hot mix asphalt concrete surface shall consist of a uniform mixture of mineral aggregate
(coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, mineral filler) and asphalt cement mixed hot in a mixing
plant in accordance with these specifications.
8.09.02 The contractor's methods, plant, and equipment are subject to approval by the Engineer,
and shall be appropriate and in suitable condition to produce the HMAC surface material
consistently in compliance with these specifications.
8.09.03 Strip paving is a substandard, temporary improvement and does not satisfy the paving
requirements of the platting process. Strip paving may be used only in special
circumstances and must be approved by the City Council. If strip paving is used, the
developer is still responsible for providing for the required permanent curb and gutter and
paving. • i
I�
104 Section 8
E.
___i
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
A. Unless otherwise specified, the materials and construction shall conform to TOOT Item 340 -
Dense -Graded -Hot -Mix Asphalt (Method).
B. Approval of the source and character of the materials shall be obtained from the Engineer
prior to use.
i. The combined mineral aggregate, after final processing by the mixing plant and prior
to addition of asphalt and mineral filler, shall have a sand equivalent value of not less
than 45 when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex-203-F.
ii. The percent of flat and elongated slivers of stone for any aggregate shall not exceed
25% when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex-224-F.
iii. Asphaltic mixtures with aggregates which exhibit stripping characteristics shall be
conditioned with either minimum 1% lime in accordance with DMS-6350, or liquid anti -
stripping agent approved by the Engineer.
a. Anti -stripping agents shall meet requirements of TXDOT Item 301 - Asphalt Anti -
stripping Agents, and shall be added at the manufacturer's recommended dosage
and temperature range.
8.09.04 A minimum of 2 cores per 600' block will be taken to determine thickness, and density of
HMAC surfaces.
A. Core locations will be marked and cored at random locations by City of Lubbock inspection
staff.
B. Cores will be taken in pairs and averaged to determine the percent air voids based on the
theoretical maximum gravity.
C. HMAC surface found to be deficient shall be corrected at the contractor's own expense as
directed by the Engineer.
D. The contractor shall replace the pavement removed from core holes immediately after testing
at no cost to the City.
8.09.05 Thickness of HMAC Surfaces
A. HMAC thickness shall be a minimum of 2 inches, or as indicated on the plans.
i. No tolerance on minimum thickness will be allowed.
B. If a core shows less than the specified minimum thickness, prior to being trimmed, the HMAC
surface shall be considered deficient with respect to thickness, and the deficiency shall be
rectified by removal and replacement at the specified thickness.
i. Additional cores will be taken at 25 foot spacing to define the limits of deficiency.
C. No additional compensation will be made to the contractor for thickness of HMAC surface
greater than specified.
8.09.06 HMAC Mix Design
A. The contractor shall provide a current HMAC mix design using the approved materials,
indicating gradation and optimum asphalt content as determined by Test Method Tex-204-F.
i. The mix design shall have a lab molded density of 96.5 percent using the Texas
Gyratory compaction method.
ii. New designs shall be submitted annually, or when material properties change.
iii. The aggregate mixture shall conform to the following master gradation:
a. Type "C" Coarse Graded Surface Course — Curb and gutter street widths
greater than 36 feet:
Section 8 105
1
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
l ^,
Passing
3 4" Sieve
95-100
Passing
3 8" Sieve
70-85
Passina
No. 4 Sieve
43-63
Passing
No. 8 Sieve
32-44
Passing
No. 30 Sieve
14-28
Passing
No. 50 Sieve
7-21
Passing
No. 200 Sieve
2-7
(1) Design Produced Minimum VMA 14%
(2) Plant Produced Minimum VMA 13%
b. Type "D" Fine Graded Surface Course — Curb and gutter street widths of 36
feet or less and strip paved streets of any width:
Passing
1 2" Sieve
98-100
Passing
3 8" Sieve
85-100
Passina
No. 4 Sieve
50-70
Passing
No. 8 Sieve
35-46
Passing
No. 30 Sieve
15-29
Passing
No. 50 Sieve
7-20
Passing
No. 200 Sieve
2-7
(1) Design Produced Minimum VMA 15%
(2) Plant Produced Minimum VMA 14%
c. HMAC Type is in reference to the ultimate full width street, not half width.
iv. Material passing the No. 40 sieve shall be known as "soil binder" and shall maximum
linear shrinkage value of 5.
v. Mineral aggregate shall not contain more than 0.5 percent moisture prior to entering
the pugmill for mixing with asphalt.
vi. HMAC mixture shall consist of a uniform mixture of mineral aggregate and asphalt
material.
vii. The contractor's materials and mix design shall meet all the performance criteria
addressed in these specifications.
B. Coarse Aggregate
i. Coarse aggregate must be approved for use by the Engineer and must be on the
TXDOT source rating catalog or approved in writing by the City Engineer.
Coarse aggregate shall be the material retained on a No. 4 sieve, and shall consist of
clean, washed, tough, durable fragments of crushed stone of uniform quality.
Mixing or combining of crushed gravel and crushed stone will not be permitted.
Coarse aggregate shall be crushed to the extent that produces a minimum of 80% �-
crushed faces for both Type "C" HMAC, and Type "D" HMAC, when tested in
accordance with Test Method Tex-460-A Part I "Determination of Crushed Face Count".
Decantation shall be a maximum of 1.5 percent when tested in accordance with Tex-
217-F.
Deleterious materials shall be a maximum of 2.0 percent when tested in accordance
with Tex-217-F. (
106
Section 8 L
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
vi. Coarse aggregate shall have a maximum loss of 25% when subjected to 5 cycles of the
Magnesium Sulfate Soundness Test ASTM C-88.
vii. The amount of organic matter, clays, loams, or particles coated therewith, or other
undesirable materials shall not exceed 1.5 percent.
C. Fine Aggregate
i. Fine aggregate shall be that part of the aggregate passing the No. 10 sieve and shall
be of uniform quality throughout.
ii. A maximum of 15 percent of the total virgin aggregate may be field sand or other
crushed fine aggregate.
iii. Sand which exhibits no variation in particle size shall be limited to a maximum of 7
percent of the total virgin aggregate.
iv. Screenings shall be of the same or similar material as specified for coarse aggregate.
v. Linear shrinkage shall be a maximum of 3 percent.
vi. Mineral filler shall consist of thoroughly dry stone dust, slate dust, Portland cement or
other material dust approved by the Engineer.
a. The mineral filler shall be free of foreign and other injurious matter and shall meet
the following gradation:
D. Asphalt
i. Asphalt shall be a Performance Graded (PG) 64-28, or better, unless otherwise shown
on plans.
ii. The contractor shall notify the Engineer of the source of asphaltic material for approval
prior to production of the asphaltic mixture.
a. The contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to any changes of the asphalt supplier
or source.
b. The Engineer may require a new mix design if changes of supplier or source occur.
iii. Asphalt content shall not vary more than plus or minus 0.3 percent of design during
production
a. Asphalt content within that range is considered to be acceptable if no other defects
are noted, with the requirement that adjustments shall be made during production to
achieve the optimum asphalt content.
b. If the asphalt content falls outside these parameters immediate action is required.
c. If at any time the asphalt content varies to plus or minus 0.5 percent of optimum,
production shall immediately cease and all affected material shall be removed.
d. Production shall not be resumed until the contractor has provided sufficient evidence
of the problem being corrected.
e. A maximum of 10% approved RAP will be allowed within the surface course, as
included in the submitted design.
8.09.07 HMAC Placement
l_ A. Prior to production beginning, contractor must submit in writing a job mix formula (JMF) for
the mix design proposed to be run on that project. The JMF will be held to tolerances as
outlined.
B. Prime and Tack Coats
Section 8 107
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
i. Prior to placing HMAC on flexible base, the surface shall be primed and cured 48 hours
or until determined by the Engineer to be adequately cured, using an application of
0.20 gallons of asphalt per square yard of surface.
a. The contractor shall strap the asphalt distributor in the presence of the inspector to
verify the application rate.
ii. Before any asphaltic mixture is laid, the surfaces against which the pavement is to be
placed shall be cleaned, primed, and tacked to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
a. The surfaces shall be given a uniform application of tack coat using asphaltic
materials of this specification.
(1) Prime coat will not be used as a tack coat.
b. The tack coat shall be evenly and thoroughly applied with an approved sprayer as
directed by the Engineer.
(1) Mopping or brooming of tack coat is not allowed, unless prior approval by City
Inspection Staff.
(2) Minimum thickness shall be no less than 2 mil. thickness.
c. All contact surfaces of curb and gutter, structures, and joints shall be sprayed with a
thin uniform tack coat.
iii. The prime coat shall be MC 30, and shall be applied in accordance with TOOT Item
310 Prime Coat.
iv. The tack coat shall be an asphalt material such as PG, AC-10.
a. Asphalt materials cut with kerosene, diesel, or other petroleum solvent
may not be used.
C. HMAC Installation Requirements
i. Pavement shall only be constructed on previously approved base.
ii. HMAC surface shall not be placed until at least 48 hours after the application of the
prime coat.
iii. Placing of HMAC shall not start until 30 minutes after sunrise, and must stop and all
equipment off the right of way 30 minutes prior to sunset.
iv. Air temperature requirements for placing HMAC shall be as follows:
a. November 1 to April 1
(1) HMAC shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 55 degrees F and
falling.
(2) HMAC may be placed when the air temperature is above 50 degrees F and rising.
b. April 1 to November 1
(1) HMAC shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 50 degrees F and
falling.
(2) HMAC may be placed when the air temperature is above 45 degrees and rising.
v. Surface of roadway must be 60 degrees or higher prior to placing HMAC pavement, as
determined in the field.
vi. Air temperature shall be determined by the Texas Tech University Mesonet sites in
Lubbock.
vii. HMAC shall be placed at a temperature between 265 and 325 degrees F.
a. Any HMAC material that is above or below the specified temperature range,
measured while passing through the lay down machine, shall be rejected by the
Engineer.
viii. When high winds occur, contractor must provide a water truck in order to minimize
blowing dust.
108 Section 8
s
�i
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
a. If the sustained winds reach 25 mph, all concrete and HMAC operations will cease
production immediately.
ix. The asphaltic mixture shall be dumped and spread on the approved prepared surface
using an approved spreading and finishing machine.
a. The material shall be placed in such a manner that when properly compacted the
finished course is smooth, of uniform density, and in conformance with the cross -
sections and grades shown on the associated plans.
b. Wings of the laydown machine may not be dumped unless they are dumped after
every load.
x. A level up course 1/2 inch to 1 inch in thickness shall require the use of Type D HMAC.
A. A level up course greater than 1 inch shall require the use of ASB.
xii. When the asphaltic mixture is placed in a small area where use of a finishing machine
is not practical, the contractor may use other methods approved by the Engineer
provided a satisfactory surface can be obtained.
xiii. Adjacent to curbs gutters or other flush structures, the surface shall be finished
uniformly high so that when compacted it will be 1/4 inch above the curb or other
concrete surface.
xiv. All joints shall present the same texture, density, and smoothness as other sections of
the course.
a. The joints between old and new pavements or between successive day's work shall
be made to insure a continuous bond between the old and new sections of the
course.
xv. The transverse edges of old pavement and, if required by the Engineer, the successive
day's pavement shall be cut with an approved concrete saw to expose an even vertical
surface for the full thickness of the course.
xvi. All contact surfaces of previously constructed pavement shall be painted with a thin
uniform coat of approved tack coat before the fresh mixture is placed.
xvii.Special care shall be exercised in grading street intersections where dips or valley
gutters are located so that the cross profiles present a smooth riding surface and so
that the compacted asphalt thickness is not less than 2 inches.
a. Crown section shall begin transition at a distance equal to one-half of the lip -to -lip
roadway width from concrete intersection or valley gutter, as indicated on Standard
Detail 36-11.
D. HMAC Compaction
L HMAC surfaces shall be constructed to the following compacted thickness:
ii. Using appropriate rollers approved by the Engineer, the HMAC surface shall be
compacted thoroughly and uniformly to a density between 93% and 98% of the
L. theoretical maximum gravity, with a lab molded target of 96.5% using the Texas
Gyratory compaction method.
a. All results will be calculated using the maximum theoretical Rice gravity.
iii. Compaction less than 93 percent or greater than 98 percent will be considered
deficient.
iv. All deficient HMAC shall be removed and replaced as determined by the Engineer at the
contractor's expense.
Section 8 -- 109
L_ ,
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
v. HMAC shall meet all compaction requirements at the time of inspection. Re -rolling is
not an approved method for achieving compaction requirements.
vi. The contractor shall set rolling patterns using a thin lift nuclear gauge in order to
ensure correct compaction.
vii. Gasoline, oil, grease, solvents, or other foreign matter shall not be permitted to fall on
the pavement when rollers are in operation or standing.
viii. Places inaccessible to the rollers may be compacted using lightly oiled tamps.
ix. Trenches and other limited areas where required compaction cannot be obtained using
a three wheel roller shall be compacted with a trench type roller.
x. The surface of the pavement after compaction shall be smooth and true to the
established line, grade, and cross-section.
A. Finished surfaces, including asphalt and concrete, shall not have irregularities in excess
of 1/8 inch when tested with a 10 foot straightedge.
xii. Prior to acceptance, the contractor shall apply sufficient water to all paving surfaces,
asphalt and concrete, to determine location of ponding.
a. Ponded areas deeper than 1/8 inch shall be removed and replaced, or rectified as
directed by the Engineer.
xiii. Where the surface of T-1 or T-2 thoroughfare paving is noticeably uneven the City may
require measurement of the ride quality using the TxDOT Surface Test Type B.
a. If the International Roughness Index (IRI) is determined to exceed 65 inches per
mile corrective action shall be performed by diamond grinding, or other methods
approved by the Engineer.
b. If the IRI exceeds 95 inches per mile the pavement shall be removed and replaced.
E. Emulsified Asphalt Sealer
i. All HMAC surface courses shall be sprayed with an emulsified asphalt sealer consisting
of a 15/85 mixture of CSS-1H, or 20/80 SS-1, liquid anionic asphalt and distilled water.
ii. The emulsified asphalt sealer shall be applied after the HMAC surface has cooled to
below 70 degrees F, and shall be applied at a rate of 0.10 to 0.12 gallons per square
yard of surface.
F. Release Agents
i. Diesel shall not be used as a release agent.
ii. Only approved agents (such as Black Magic or equivalent) will be used.
iii. Diesel will not be permitted to be used on any tools or machinery that comes
into contact with the HMAC.
8.09.08 Sampling of HMAC
A. When sampling HMAC for testing purposes, the City of Lubbock representative will determine
when the sample is taken and will split the sample with the contractor (at the contractor's
request).
B. A "referee" sample will be taken at the same time and held at the city laboratory until all test
results are completed.
C. If the contractor's results differ from the City's results the referee will be utilized and it will be
run at an independent laboratory at the expense of the contractor, at which time all tests are
final.
D. If the contractor does not run quality control samples then no referee will be utilized and the
City of Lubbock test results will be final.
i
110 Section 8 [
t
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
I. 8.09.09 Rejected HMAC Material
_ A. Rejected HMAC material, either from the construction area or delivered to the job site shall be
dumped on the job site outside the area of construction, and remain there until all
construction is completed.
B. If it is determined that unapproved material has been incorporated into the construction, all in
place material shall be considered unapproved and shall be removed.
C. No payment will be made for rejected material or construction.
8.09.10 Islands In Streets
A. Islands in streets require City Council approval.
i. As a condition of approval, persons requesting approval of islands within a street shall
be required to submit to the City Engineer a street pavement structural design that
exceeds the minimum standard specifications for street paving.
ii. In general that shall mean an approved reinforced concrete pavement design.
iii. The paving design shall apply to all street paving adjacent to, and 50 feet beyond any
proposed island.
B. The submitted request shall include the proposed pavement design, surface treatment of the
island, types of plant materials, and methods and details of irrigation systems.
8.10 Micro -Surfacing
8.10.01 Micro -surfacing materials and construction shall conform to TOOT Specification Item #
350. There shall be no deviation from these specifications unless so directed by the Street
Superintendent.
8.10.02 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to produce, transport, and place the micro -
surfacing pavement and to ensure that the finished surface has a uniform texture and the
micro -surfacing mat is fully adhered to the existing roadway surface.
8.10.03 Materials of Construction
A. All materials that are to be stockpiled shall be protected from dust and other contamination.
B. Mineral filler shall be stored in a manner that will keep it dry and free from contamination.
C. All asphalt materials shall be kept free from contamination.
D. Cationic Polymer -Modified Asphalt Emulsion
i. Provide CSS-1P in accordance with TxDOT Item # 300.2.D "Emulsified Asphalt".
E. Aggregate
i. Aggregate shall consist of clean, washed, tough, durable fragments of crushed stone of
uniform quality and from a single source.
ii. Aggregate shall meet TxDOT Class "A" surfacing classification.
iii. Contractor shall include the amount of mineral filler added to the mix determining the
total minus No. 200 sieve aggregate fraction.
Section 8 111
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
iv. Aggregate shall meet the following gradation requirements:
-NM- - I I
Retained on 1 2" Sieve
79
0
Retained on 3 8" Sieve
0-1
Retained on No. 4 Sieve
6-14
Retained on No. 8 Sieve
35-55
Retained on No. 16 Sieve
54-75
Retained on No. 30 Sieve
65-85
Retained on No. 50 Sieve
75-90
Retained on No. 100 Sieve
82-93
Retained on No. 200 Sieve
85-95
v. Maximum Magnesium Sulfate Soundness shall be 30% (5 cycles) based upon TxDOT
Test Method Tex-411-A
vi. Minimum Sand Equivalent shall be 70% based upon TxDOT Test Method Tex-203-F.
F. Mineral Filler shall be free of lumps and foreign matter consisting of Type S Lime.
G. Contractor shall adjust the mix design to attenuate the usage of Lime. (-
H. Water shall be potable and free of harmful soluble salts. L
I. Use only approved additives as recommended by the emulsion manufacturer in the emulsion
mix or in any of the component materials when necessary to adjust mix time in field. f
8.10.04 Methods of Construction
A. Equipment
i. Equipment shall be kept in good working conditions with no leaks.
ii. Any equipment that shows signs of leaks shall be fixed immediately and shall not be
used until such leaks are fixed.
iii. The mixing machine shall be a self-propelled micro -surfacing mixing machine with self -
loading devices to promote continuous laying operations.
iv. Mixing machine shall have sufficient storage capacity for mixture materials with
individual volume or weight controls that will proportion each material to be added to
the mixture.
v. Mixing machine shall have a water pressure system and nozzle -type spray bar
immediately ahead of spreader box capable of spraying the roadway for the width of
the spreader box.
vi. Scales used for weighing materials and emulsion must be calibrated and meet the
requirements of TxDOT Item # 520.
vii. Electronic Monitoring System
a. The micro -surfacing machine shall be equipped with an electronic monitoring system
that consists of pulse sensors measuring material delivery rates, a radar gun to
monitor distance traveled, and programmable micro -controller, and operators
display/input board and an on -board printer.
l
b. System shall be capable of monitoring and displaying application rates and use of
aggregate, emulsion, fines, water and additives.
c. System shall be capable of calculating and displaying ratios of emulsion to aggregate, L
fines to aggregate, additive to aggregate, water to aggregate, and application rate in
pounds per square yard.
112 Section 8 1
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
d. System shall be capable of printing a hard copy report on demand which displays the
date, weight of aggregate, emulsion, fines, number of gallons of additive and gallons
of water, and all of the above mentioned ratios since last reset.
e. A computer -generated report providing statistics for the full work day shall be
provided with each hand calculated daily run sheet.
f. This system shall be accurate to within 1/2 of a percent of actual weights and
measures for all parameters noted above. The system is not expected to calculate
quantities and ratios for materials used in handwork and cul-de-sac areas.
B. Air temperature requirements for placing micro -surfacing pavement shall be as follows:
i. November 1 to April 1
a. Micro -surfacing shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 60 degrees F
and failing.
b. Micro -surfacing may be placed when the air temperature is above 50 degrees F and
rising.
ii. April 1 to November 1
a. Micro -surfacing shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 50 degrees F
and falling.
b. Micro -surfacing may be placed when the air temperature is above 50 degrees and
rising.
iii. Surface of roadway must be 60 degrees or higher prior to placing micro -surfacing
pavement, as determined in the field.
iv. Air temperature shall be determined by the Texas Tech University Mesonet sites in
Lubbock, Texas.
C. Placement of Micro -Surfacing
i. The existing roadway surface shall be thoroughly clean and free of all vegetation, loose
aggregate, and soil.
ii. Existing raised pavement markers and thermoplastic markings shall be thoroughly
removed.
iii. When existing roadway surface conditions require, provide a water spray immediately
ahead of the spreader box.
a. Apply water at a rate that dampens the entire surface without any free -flowing water
ahead of the spreader box.
iv. Micro -surfacing shall be spread uniformly at a rate of not less than 25 pounds per
square yard and no more than 30 pounds per square yard, or as directed.
v. The spreader box shall be kept clean to minimize lumps.
vi. Set and maintain the skis on the spreader box as to prevent chatter in the finished
mat.
vii. Adjust the rear seal to provide the desired spread
viii. Adjust the secondary strike -off to provide the desired surface texture.
ix. The finished mat shall be protected from traffic until it has cured and traffic will not
harm it.
--t x. Adjustments shall be made to the mixture to allow rolling traffic back on the surface in
one hour.
A. Locations with turning or stop -and -go traffic shall be protected for longer periods of
time.
xii. Special care shall be taken by the Contractor to ensure that all manholes, water
valves, and other surface structures are sufficiently protected from the micro -surfacing
-: process by the use of a plastic membrane covering or other approved method.
Section 8 113
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
xiii. The Contractor shall be responsible for uncovering each manhole, water valve, and
other structure after the micro -surfacing pavement has been applied to the roadway
surface.
D. Rutting on Major Thoroughfares and Collector Streets
i. Shallow ruts that are less than 1/2 inch in depth may be covered by a full width scratch
box utilizing a steel primary strike -off plate.
ii. Ruts that are between 1/2 inch and 1 inch in depth shall be filled independently with a
fixed width spreader box no more than 6 feet wide. The rut filling box shall have a
steel primary strike -off plate that is the same width as the spreader box.
iii. Ruts that are in excess of 1 inch in depth shall be filled with a 5-foot wide rut filling
spreader box specifically designed to fill wheel path ruts. This operation will require
multiple placement passes to restore the pavement to its original cross section. Special
care shall be used by the Contractor to ensure that the material has proper time to dry
between applications to promote bonding between the original pavement and the
micro -surfacing pavement.
iv. Maximum micro -surfacing thickness applied as rut filling shall not exceed 1 inch for
each pass required to restore pavement to the original profile.
E. Asphalt Milling at Concrete Intersections
i. All thoroughfares and collector streets which have concrete intersections or where
concrete valley gutters intersect the street shall have the asphalt surface milled to such
a depth as to allow a smooth transition between concrete and the completed micro -
surfacing pavement.
F. Scratch Course
i. All 'Scratch Course" applications shall be performed utilizing a steel primary strike -off
plate.
ii. This will allow the bottom, or "scratch course", to mitigate any irregularities and have a
more uniform profile for the micro -surfacing pavement to be applied to.
G. Finished Surface
Micro -surfacing pavement finished grade shall be uniform in texture and free from
excessive scratch marks, tears, and other surface irregularities.
All such irregularities shall be repaired by the Contractor at their own expense.
Longitudinal joints shall be place on lane lines unless otherwise directed by the
Engineer.
Joints shall be uniform in appearance when placed adjacent to existing joints.
Joints and edges shall be uniform and neat in appearance.
All ruts, utility cuts, and depressions in the surface shall be filled in a separate pass
from the final pass.
8.10.05 Hours of Operation
A. Operating hours will be Monday through Saturday as outlined in Section 8.16 of these
Specifications, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
B. Hours of operation shall be:
i. Major Thoroughfare: 7:00pm to 7:00am (Night)
ii. Residential Areas: 7:00am to 7:00pm (Day)
C. On major thoroughfares the micro -surfacing pavement shall be traffic ready by 7:00am,
including all traffic control devices and barricades being removed from the roadway. i
�I
114 Section 8 r
c_
' 2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
8.11 Storm Sewer
8.11.01 Storm sewer shall include installation of pipe, manholes, inlet structures, outlet structures,
and all appurtenances associated with these items.
8.11.02 Contractor shall use only materials, tools, methods, and equipment considered standard by
the pipeline construction industry, and approved by the Engineer.
8.11.03 Grade and horizontal alignment shall be maintained using a laser or batter boards.
8.11.04 Materials of Construction
A. Storm Sewer Pipe
i. As a standard, storm sewer shall be constructed using reinforced concrete pipe, either
precast or cast in place.
ii. Pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M170 or ASTM C76. Pipe shall be
Class III unless otherwise noted on plan sheets.
iii. Other pipe materials may be considered for approval by the Engineer based on
engineering and design criteria.
B. Mortar
i. Mortar shall be used for grouting and filling between pipe and drainage structures.
ii. Mortar shall be composed of 1 part, by volume, of Portland cement and 2 parts of
mortar sand.
a. Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C150, Type I.
b. Sand shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C144.
iii. Hydrated lime may be added to the mixture of sand and cement in an amount equal to
15% of the weight of cement used.
a. Hydrated lime shall meet the requirements of ASTM C6.
iv. Mortar which has not been used after 45 minutes of having water added shall be
discarded.
a. Mortar may not be retempered by having water added.
C. Preformed Bituminous Gasket Joints
i. Preformed bituminous gaskets for concrete non -pressure pipe shall conform to the
requirements ASTM D994, and shall be Ram-Nek or approved equal.
ii. Gaskets shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and
shall form a water -tight joint.
D. Manholes, Frames, and Covers
i. Manhole barrel, cone and extension sections shall be constructed of precast concrete.
ii. A plant inspection may be required for production facility inspection and to review
record -keeping for material certification.
iii. The manufacturer must provide certification that all materials used for manufacturing
meet with the following ASTM Specifications:
ASTM C33
Aggregates
ASTM C150
Cement
ASTM C39
Sampling Specimens
ASTM C185
Reinforcing
ASTM C144
Sand and Mortar
( Section 8 115
1.
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
iv. Precast concrete sections for manholes shall conform to ASTM C478 specifications.
a. Compressive strength test results must verify concrete strengths meet or exceed
4,000 psi.
v. Joints, excepting grade rings, shall be tongue and groove or an equivalent male and
female type joint as approved by the Engineer.
a. Joints shall be effectively jointed to prevent leakage and infiltration.
b. Connections between wall sections shall be joined with Conseal Joint Sealant or
approved equal to provide a watertight manhole.
(1) Sealant will be provided by supplier and will be considered an essential part of
each shipment.
vi. Cones and adjusting rings shall maintain a clear 30-inch opening.
a. Adjusting rings shall be reinforced with the same percentage of steel as risers and
tops and will also meet ASTM C478 specifications.
b. Adjusting rings, as well as all precast concrete manhole products, shall be smooth,
uniform in size and dimensions, consistent in components throughout and free of
voids or honeycombs.
vii. Manholes shall be designed to withstand H-20 AASHTO loading.
viii. Manholes shall also have lifting holes that do not protrude through manhole wall.
a. One full inch of concrete thickness must remain between lift hole and outside wall of
manhole.
ix. Manhole barrels shall be assembled of precast riser section.
a. Riser sections and top cone sections shall be placed vertically with tongues and
grooves properly keyed.
x. Invert channels shall be smooth and semi -circular in shape conforming to the inside of
the adjacent pipe section.
a. Changes in direction of flow shall be made with a smooth curve of as large a radius
as the size of the manhole will permit.
b. Changes in size and grade of the channels shall be made gradually and evenly.
c. Invert channels may be formed directly in the concrete of the manhole base or may
be half -pipe laid in concrete.
d. The floor of the manhole outside the channel shall be smooth and shall slope toward
the channel not less than one inch per foot, nor more than two inches per foot.
A. Connections between the riser or base sections and the sewer pipe shall be joined in
such a manner as to make the manholes watertight.
a. Preformed rubber waterstop gaskets cast into the riser or base section are
acceptable.
b. Preformed flexible plastic sealing compounds equivalent to "Ram-nek" or "Kent Seal'
may be used provided a watertight seal is achieved.
xii. Adjusting rings may be used for adjusting the top elevation of manholes.
a. Each manhole shall have a minimum of 6 inches of grade adjustment.
b. Total height of the adjusting rings shall not exceed 12 inches at any manhole.
c. Concrete shall be placed around and under the rings to provide a seal and seat the
ring at the proper elevation.
xiii. Frames and Covers
a. Manhole frames and covers shall be of good quality gray iron casting and conform to
ASTM A48, having a clear opening of not less than 22 inches.
b. The casting shall be designed with a full bearing ring so as to provide a continuous
seat between frame and cover.
116 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials fist
c. The cover shall be furnished with lifting ring cast into the cover in such manner as to
prevent water leaking through.
d. Frame and cover shall have a weight of not less than 275 pounds.
e. The manhole ring and cover shall conform with Plate SS-2.
8.11.05 Methods of Construction
A. All equipment necessary and required for the proper construction of storm sewers, manholes
and culverts shall be on the project, in first-class working condition, and approved by the
Engineer before construction is permitted to start.
B. If precast concrete pipe or manhole sections are used, the Contractor shall provide
appropriate hoisting equipment to handle the pipe or sections while unloading and placing it
in its final position without damage to the pipe.
C. The Contractor shall provide hand tampers and pneumatic tampers to obtain the required
compaction of the pipe bed, the manhole bed and the backfill, as specified.
D. Excavation and Trenching
i. The Contractor shall do all excavation to the depth shown on the plans.
ii. Where rock, or soil containing rocks or gravel, hard pan or other unyielding foundation
material is encountered in trench excavation, the pipe shall be bedded in accordance
with the requirements of one of the classes of bedding, and the hard unyielding
material shall be excavated below the elevation of the bottom of the pipe or pipe bell
to a depth of at least 8 inches or 1/2 inch for each foot of fill over the top of the pipe,
whichever is greater, but not more than three -fourths the nominal diameter of the
pipe.
a. The cushion shall consist of a fine compressive material, such as silty clay or loam,
lightly compacted, and shaped as required for the specified class of bedding.
b. The cost of furnishing and placing the cushion material shall be included in the bid
price per linear foot of pipe in place.
c. The bottom of the trench shall be excavated to a horizontal section as far as
practicable.
iii. Excavated material not required or acceptable for backfill shall be disposed of by the
Contractor as directed by the Engineer.
iv. Excavation shall not be carried below the required depth; but when it is, the trench
' shall be backfilled at the Contractor's expense with material approved by the Engineer
and compacted to the density of the surrounding earth material as determined by
AASHTO T180.
v. When directed, unstable soil shall be removed for the full width of the trench and
replaced with sand or with approved granular material.
a. The Engineer shall determine the depth of removal of unstable soil and the amount
of backfill necessary.
vi. Backfill shall be compacted and shaped to a firm but slightly yielding condition to form
the bed for the pipe.
vii. Grades for pipe shall be as shown on the drawings. No changes in grade will be made
unless so directed by the Engineer.
viii. The minimum width of the trench at the top of the pipe, when placed, shall be a width
which will permit the proper construction of joints and compaction of backfill around
the pipe.
ix. The sides of the trench shall be vertical, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
__
Section 8 117
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
x. The width of the trench shall provide adequate working room for installation, joining
and proper compaction along both sides of the pipe.
a. Trenches shall conform to the following dimensions, unless otherwise shown on the
Plans:
Less than 18"
Pipe O.D. +12"
Pipe O.D. +18"
18" thru 36"
Pipe O.D. +18"
Pipe O.D. +24"
37" thru 60"
Pipe O.D. + 24"
Pipe O.D. + 30"
b. The width of the trench above the top of the pipe may be as wide as necessary for
shoring, bracing or proper installation of the pipe.
c. Excavation in paved areas shall be confined to a minimum practical width.
A. The bed for pipe shall be so shaped that at least the lower quarter of the pipe
circumference shall be in continuous contact with the bottom of the trench.
xii. Manholes
a. The excavation for manholes shall be essentially the same as that for the piping.
b. The sides of the excavation shall be vertical unless otherwise approved by the
Engineer.
c. The Contractor shall do such trench bracing, sheathing or shoring necessary to
perform and protect the excavation as required for safety and conformance to
applicable laws and regulations.
d. Bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall not be removed in one operation but shall be
done in successive stages to prevent overloading of the pipe during backfilling
operations.
e. The cost of the bracing, sheathing, or shoring and the removal of same, shall be
included in the unit price bid per foot for the pipe.
xiii. Surface water shall be prevented from entering the excavation.
xiv. Heavy equipment, except for excavating equipment, shall not be operated within 20
feet of the edge of the excavation.
xv. Excavated materials shall be stockpiled no closer than 3 feet from the edge of the
excavation.
E. Pipe Installation
i. Contractor shall provide the appropriate tools and methods to insure installation of the
pipe to line and grade, as shown on the drawings.
ii. Contractor's method for lowering pipe into the trench shall be such that neither the
pipe nor the trench will be damaged or disturbed.
iii. The Engineer shall inspect all pipe before it is placed in the trench.
iv. Any section that is damaged by handling or is defective to a degree which, in the
opinion of the Engineer, will materially affect the function and service of the pipe shall
be rejected and removed from the job site.
v. Installing pipe in the finished trench shall be started at the lowest point and laid
upgrade.
a. For tongue and groove pipe, the grooved end shall be laid upgrade.
vi. The pipe shall be firmly and accurately installed to line and grade so that the invert will
be smooth and uniform.
vii. The pipe shall be protected from water during placing and until the concrete, for cast -
in -place pipe, or the mortar, for joints of precast or cast in place pipe, has thoroughly
set.
k
118 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
a. The contractor shall provide temporary diversions as necessary to prevent surface
water flow into the excavation.
viii. Pipe shall not be laid or installed on frozen ground.
ix. Pipe which is not true in alignment, or which shows any change in grade after laying or
installing, shall be taken up and re-laid or re -installed without additional compensation.
x. Mortar shall be used for caulking and filling between the pipe and the drainage
structures.
A. Mortar that is not used within 45 minutes after water has been added shall be
discarded.
a. Retempering of mortar shall not be permitted.
xii. Pipe joints for precast concrete pipe shall be of the tongue and groove type.
xiii. Joints shall be made water tight by means of a preformed bituminous gasket.
a. Gaskets shall be installed as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.
xiv. Field poured concrete bases shall be at least 12 inches thick and not less than 12
inches greater diameter than the outside diameter of the manhole riser section.
xv. Concrete shall be Class A at a minimum 3000 psi 28 day compressive strength.
xvi. Concrete placement shall conform to ACI and good construction practices.
xvii.Concrete shall be consolidated and struck -off to a horizontal surface within the forms
or pouring rings.
xviii. Field poured concrete bases shall be reinforced as detailed on the Plans or as shown
in the Standard Details.
xix. Manholes shall be constructed to ASTM C-891 standards.
xx. Precast reinforced concrete bases shall be of the size and shape detailed on the Plans
or as shown in the Standard Details.
F. Backfilling
i. All trenches and excavations shall be backfilled as the pipes and manholes are
installed, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
ii. Outside of street right of way the backfill material shall be selected granular material
from excavation or borrow; material which is placed at the sides of the pipe and
manhole and 1 foot over the top shall be material which can be readily compacted.
a. It shall not contain stones retained on a 2-inch sieve, frozen lumps, chunks of highly
plastic clay, or any other material which is objectionable to the Engineer.
b. The material shall be moistened or dried, if necessary, to be compacted by the
method in use.
c. Backfill material shall be approved by the Engineer.
iii. The backfill shall be placed in loose layers not to exceed 6 inches in depth along each
side of the pipe and manhole.
a. Special care shall be taken to secure thorough compaction under the haunches and
at the sides of the pipe and manhole.
b. This backfill shall be brought up evenly on each side of the structure to an elevation
of 1 foot over the top of the pipe, or such greater elevation as directed by the
Engineer.
c. Backfilling shall be done in a manner as to avoid injurious top or side pressures on
the pipe and manhole.
d. Backfill shall be compacted to minimum 95% Modified Proctor Density.
i Section 8 119
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
iv. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or plans, excavation within street right of
way shall be backfilled with flowable fill material (2-sacks of cement per cubic yard
concrete mix) to 2 inches below the asphalt surface.
a. The pipe shall be restrained so that during the pour the pipe shall not be displaced.
v. Movement of construction machinery over a culvert, pipeline, or manhole shall be at
the Contractor's risk.
a. Any damaged construction shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor's own
expense.
8.11.06 Trench Protection
A. Trench excavations not exceeding five feet in depth shall be protected in accordance with
applicable OSHA, state, and local requirements.
B. Trench excavations greater than five feet in depth shall be protected in accordance with the
following specifications.
i. All work performed under this section shall also comply with OSHA Part 1926, Subpart
P and all State and Local codes.
ii. The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with all trench safety requirements,
the requirements of the specifications, drawings and all applicable codes.
iii. Trench protection shall be performed by forces having at least two years experience
with similar types of trench safety systems.
iv. The manufacturer of prefabricated items used in trench safety systems shall have at
least two years of experience in fabricating the items.
v. The contractor shall provide detailed drawings for proposed trench safety systems.
a. The drawings shall identify where each system is proposed for use and type of
system to be used.
vi. Trench excavations shall not be started until trench safety systems have been
submitted and approved by the Engineer.
vii. If trench boxes are to be used, the contractor shall submit manufacturer's standard
data sheet and certificate of compliance stating the maximum allowable depth for the
given design pressure for each type of trench box proposed for use.
viii. If alternative systems composed of steel, aluminum, wood or a combination of
materials are proposed, the contractor shall submit design data demonstrating the
ability of the proposed materials to provide the necessary trench protection.
ix. Materials used for trench safety shall be capable of withstanding imposed loads without
excessive deflections.
x. Materials shall be clean, free of rust, holes, knots and other defects, and shall conform
to the following:
a. Steel — Steel shall be of type and thickness as required and shall have a minimum
yield stress of 36 ksi.
b. Aluminum — Type 6061-T6, thickness as required.
c. Wood in Contact with Earth — Pressure treated woods.
d. Wood not in Contact with Earth — Soft or hardwood as required.
8.12 Fences
8.12.01 Unless otherwise indicated on plans, existing fences which must be adjusted or relocated
shall be reconstructed using the same or equivalent materials, height, and construction in
the proper location.
L_
120 Section 8 t
it
.._
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
8.12.02 The contractor shall remove existing fences and either store for reuse or legally dispose of
the fence materials, as directed by the Engineer.
8.12.03 New fence construction shall be in accordance with specifications and details included on
plan sheets.
8.13 Salvage of Asphalt Paving
8.13.01 All salvaged asphalt material shall be broken into pieces not more than 2 inch in size and
stockpiled at a location indicated in the plans.
8.13.02 Any non -asphaltic materials, such as flexible base and soil, shall be kept separated from
the salvaged asphalt.
8.14 Traffic Control
8.14.01 Prior to starting work on any project covered by these specifications, the contractor shall
submit a Traffic Control Plan for approval by the Engineer.
A. The contractor shall have the sole responsibility for providing, installing, moving, replacing,
maintaining, cleaning, and removing upon completion of work, all traffic control devices.
B. The Traffic Control Plan and devices shall be in compliance with the Texas Manual of Uniform
Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD).
8.14.02 The Traffic Control Plan approved by the Engineer shall be considered the minimum
requirement for the project.
A. The contractor shall provide additional devices as determined to be necessary during the
project.
B. If at any time during construction the approved plan does not accomplish the intended
purpose, due to weather or other conditions affecting the safe handling of traffic, the
contractor shall immediately make necessary changes to correct the unsatisfactory conditions.
8.14.03 The contractor shall provide and maintain at least one driveway to each property open
directly to the project corridor, at all times during construction.
A. Driveway width to remain open shall be appropriate for the character and volume of traffic
accessing the property, and shall require approval by the Engineer.
B. No driveways shall be closed along the project corridor without either a comprehensive access
management plan approved by the Engineer, or approval for individual closures from the
Engineer.
C. The contractor shall notify affected property owners a minimum of two (2) days in advance of
any driveway restriction or closure.
8.14.04 All signing and barricading shall be in place before construction operations are started and
during all times construction is in progress.
A. All hazards shall be clearly marked and adequately protected.
8.14.05 If pedestrian walkways are blocked, pedestrian control shall conform to 'Typical Sidewalk
and Curb -Lane Closure for Pedestrian Control" as indicated in Texas MUTCD.
8.14.06 If traffic control is not specifically stated in the bid proposal, no separate payment will be
made for traffic control.
Section 8 121
1___
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
A. The required plan and devices shall be considered to be subsidiary to pay items.
8.14.07 During the period the Contractor is directing traffic over the base, the surface shall be
satisfactorily maintained by the use of sprinkling and blading as required, so that no hazard
will result.
A. The base course shall be maintained until the wearing surface is placed thereon.
B. At no time during the period of construction shall driveways and/or alleys be left impassable
between the night hours of 6:00 PM to 6:00 AM, except during the construction of curb and
gutter for which the driveways and/or alley's shall remain closed not more than 4 days.
C. Contractor shall give a minimum of one (1) day advance notice of the work schedule to
affected property owners, and shall conduct construction efforts so as not to create a
disturbance or nuisance.
8.15 Prosecution of the Work and Working Days
8.15.01 As a standard, no work will be performed on weekends, nights, or holidays.
A. Requests by the contractor to work evenings, weekends, or holidays must be made and
processed in accordance with current City of Lubbock Administrative Policies and Procedures
"Construction on Weekends, Nights, or Holidays".
B. If the request is approved, the contractor shall be responsible for all City personnel costs
associated with the work.
C. If the Engineer determines that it is necessary and appropriate to work after dark or before
daylight, the contractor shall provide adequate lighting as required to allow prosecution of the
work equivalent to that in daylight hours.
8.15.02 Working Days Definition
A. City contracted paving projects will be based on working days allowed.
i. No requests for extensions of time will be considered.
B. A working day is defined as a calendar day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or City of
Lubbock designated holidays, in which weather or other conditions beyond control of the
contractor will permit the performance of the principal unit of work for a continuous period of
not less than 7 hours between 7:00 am and 6:00 pm.
i. Work on Saturdays, Sundays, or City of Lubbock designated holidays must be
authorized by the Engineer.
ii. For each Saturday, Sunday, or City of Lubbock designated holiday on which the
Contractor chooses to work and has authorization from the Engineer to work, 1 day will
be charged against the contract working time.
iii. Work on Sunday will not be authorized except in cases of extreme emergency, as
determined by the Engineer.
C. Working days will be considered to begin on the effective date stated in the Notice to
Proceed, unless the contractor is unable to begin work on that date due to factors beyond
their control as determined by the Engineer.
i. In that event, time charged against the project will begin on the date the contractor
could first work a minimum of 7 hours as described above.
D. The Engineer will furnish the contractor a monthly statement showing the number of working
days used and the working days remaining.
i. The contractor shall be allowed 10 calendar days in which to protest the correctness of
each statement.
122 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
ii. The protest shall be in writing, addressed to the Engineer, and shall indicate basis of
the protest.
iii. The Engineer shall respond to the protest within 10 calendar days of receiving the
protest.
iv. Failure to file a protest within the allotted 10 days for any statement shall indicate the
contractor's approval of the time charges as shown on that period's time statement,
and future consideration of that time statement will not be permitted.
8.15.03 Work Between November 1 and January 2, and on Other City Holidays
A. If conditions are such that, in the opinion of the Engineer, construction will negatively affect
local businesses during holiday periods, the Engineer may suspend construction operations
from November 1 to January 2.
B. The City of Lubbock observes specific holidays, and City staff is not required to work those
days.
i. As standard procedure, construction operations that require testing/inspection may not
be performed on those holidays.
ii. If the contractor needs to perform construction operations that require City personnel
on holidays, the contractor shall make a written request for authorization to work from
the Engineer.
iii. The request shall state the reason the work is necessary, and shall state that the
contractor agrees to pay the City for the related personnel expenses including salary,
overtime, and benefits.
iv. If City personnel are available, the Engineer may approve the request.
8.16 Measurement and Payment
8.16.01 The unit price bid for all bid items shall include furnishing and installing all materials,
excavation, filling, backfilling, reinforcement, forming, finishing, joint cutting, joint sealing,
and all incidentals necessary to complete the work, except as otherwise specified,
necessary or incidental to complete the various items of work in accordance with the plans
and specifications.
A. Cost of work or materials shown on the plans or called for in the specifications and for which
no bid item is indicated shall be considered subsidiary to the various bid items.
i. No separate payment shall be made for such subsidiary work or materials.
B. Payment will not be made for any item that is not complete, including all associated incidental
work.
C. All of the items covered by these standard specifications may not be included in a particular
project.
D. Only those items indicated on bid documents and plan sheets shall be included for
construction and payment.
8.16.02 Separate Curb and Gutter
A. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of separate curb and gutter actually constructed.
B. Separate curb and gutter will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot.
- C. The 24-inch curb and gutter shall be considered standard; The 30-inch curb and gutter shall
be used only if specifically indicated on plans or bid documents.
Section 8 123
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
D. Curb on a slab that is part of a sidewalk, driveway, alley return, alley paving, valley gutter and
fillets, drainage channel, or wheelchair ramp will be considered to be subsidiary to those
items, and no separate payment will be made for such curb.
8.16.03 Concrete Flat Slabs - Sidewalk, Driveway, Alley Return, Alley Paving, and Valley Gutters
and Fillets
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square feet, of flat slab actually constructed.
B. Flat slabs will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot for each specific type of slab.
C. Curb on sidewalks, driveways, alley returns, alley paving and valley gutters and fillets shall be
included in the area measured for the slab and will not be paid for as a separate item as curb
and gutter.
8.16.04 Curb Ramps (Handicap Ramps)
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square feet, of curb ramp actually constructed,
including surface treatments and top surface area of any curb above the slab.
B. Landings, wings, and ramps will be paid for per square foot as 4 inch thick sidewalk.
C. Curb ramps will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot. No separate payment will be
made for curb as part of a ramp.
8.16.05 Concrete Drainage Channel
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square feet, of drainage channel actually
constructed, including top surface area of any curb above the slab.
B. Drainage channel will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot.
8.16.06 Retaining Walls
A. Retaining wall will be considered as that portion of concrete construction which constitutes a
separate reinforced structural member for soil retention, extending above and below a surface
slab.
B. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of retaining wall actually constructed.
C. Retaining wall will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot.
8.16.07 Concrete Median
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square feet, of median actually constructed.
B. Median will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot.
8.16.08 Concrete Street Paving
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of concrete street paving actually
constructed.
B. Concrete street paving will be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard.
8.16.09 Sawing and Sealing of Joints in Concrete Street Paving
A. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of sawed and sealed joints actually constructed.
B. Sawing and sealing of joints will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot.
8.16.10 Curb and Gutter Removal
A. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of curb and gutter actually removed.
124 Section 8 }
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
B. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per linear foot of curb and gutter removed.
C. The contractor shall ensure that the Engineer has the opportunity to measure the linear feet
of curb and gutter prior to removal.
D. If curb and gutter is removed without measurement by the Engineer, no payment will be
made for that removal.
8.16.11 Concrete Slab Removal and Disposal
A. Measurement will be made of the area in square feet of concrete slab actually removed and
legally disposed of.
B. The contractor shall ensure that the Engineer has the opportunity to measure the area of
concrete slab prior to removal.
C. If concrete slab is removed without measurement by the Engineer, no payment will be made
for that removal and disposal.
D. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per square foot of concrete slab removed and
disposed of.
8.16.12 1-1/2 Sack Flowable Fill
A. Quantities of 1-1/2 sack flowable fill will be determined from tickets provided by the drivers of
the delivery trucks.
B. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per cubic yard of in place 1-1/2 sack flowable fill.
8.16.13 Asphalt Paving
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of asphalt paving actually
constructed.
B. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, subgrade preparation,
construction of caliche or asphalt stabilized base as specified, excavation, filling, tack and
prime coats, HMAC surface, emulsion seal, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work
C. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per square yard of asphalt paving.
8.16.14 Asphalt Paving Repair
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of in place asphalt paving repair.
B. The unit price bid shall include removal of existing surface materials, furnishing and placing all
asphaltic materials, sawing of existing paving edges, smoothing and preparation of the
existing base, tack and prime coats, compaction, and all incidentals necessary to complete the
work.
C. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per square yard of paving repair.
8.16.15 Micro -Surfacing
A. Micro -surfacing will be measured by the ton of composite micro -surfacing mixture used,
defined as the asphalt emulsion, aggregate, and mineral filler.
B. The unit price bid shall include surface preparation, furnishing, hauling, preparing, and placing
materials, and all required equipment, labor, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the
work.
C. Payment will be made at the unit price per ton of composite micro -surfacing mixture used.
Section 8 125
2016 Design Standards and Specifications �-
Approved Materials List
8.16.16 Excavation and Grading Outside Limits of Construction_
A. Volume of excavation or fill, in cubic yards, will be determined by average end area method.
B. The unit price bid shall include all labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary to excavate or
fill the site to the grades established by the Engineer.
C. No separate payment will be made for disposing of excess material.
D. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per cubic yard of completed excavation or fill.
8.16.17 Ditch Grading and Unpaved Street Surface Grading
A. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of ditch or street grading.
B. No separate payment will be made for disposing of excess material.
C. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per linear foot of completed ditch or street grading
8.16.18 Traffic Control
,
A. Set up and maintenance of traffic control plans indicated as a bid item in the contract will be-=
paid for on a per day basis for each day the control plan devices are required to be in place.
B. If no bid item for traffic control is included in the contract it shall be considered to be
subsidiary to bid items, and no separate payment shall be made for traffic control.
8.16.19 Mobilization
A. Contractor mobilization indicated as a bid item in the contract shall be paid for as a lump sum.
B. If no separate bid item for mobilization is included in the contract it shall be considered
subsidiary to contract bid items, and no separate payment shall be made for mobilization.
8.17 Restoration and Clean Up
8.17.01 After any construction covered by these specifications is completed, the Contractor shall
remove all equipment, surplus materials, and rubbish from the site.
8.17.02 The contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition satisfactory to the
Engineer, including sidewalks, driveways, curb or curb and gutter, sprinkler systems, and
turf or landscaping disturbed outside the defined construction area.
8.18 Certificate of Completion and Warranty
8.18.01 Within 30 calendar days after the Developer or Developers Engineer has given written
notice that the improvements have been substantially completed, the City shall inspect the
completed improvements and provide a punch list if necessary.
A. If it is mutually determined that the improvements have been constructed in accordance with
the engineering plans and the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design
Standards and Specifications, the Developers Engineer shall submit Record Drawings,
Certificate of Completion and Developers Warranty Statement (Copies of the Certificate of
Completion and the Developers Warranty Statement are included in the City of Lubbock Public
Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications)
B. Upon receipt of the Developers Certificate of Completion, Record Drawings and the
Developers Warranty Statement, the City will accept improvements within 30 calendar days;
unless exception is given in writing.
126 Section 8 i
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
C. Neither the Final Payment nor the Certificate of Completion shall relieve the Developer or
Contractor of responsibility related to warranty of materials or workmanship.
D. The Developer shall remedy any defects due to faulty materials or workmanship that appear
within 2 years from the written Certificate of Completion.
Section 8 127
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
I
I
I
I
I
128 Section 8
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
CHECK LIST FOR STREETS AND DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION PLANS
9.01 Plan Submittal Requirements
9.01.01 All street and drainage improvements construction plans shall be checked for conformance
with City of Lubbock Standard Specifications for Street and Drainage Construction prior to
submittal to the Public Works Engineering Department. Approval of plans is for general
conformance with the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications.
Approval of plans shall not relieve the Engineer or Developer from any City, State or other
governing requirements nor for errors or omissions in the plans and specifications.
9.01.02 Plan Review
A. The Design Engineer shall submit two sets of construction plans to the City Engineer for
review and comment.
B. Upon completion of review, one set shall be returned to the Design Engineer with comments.
i. Plans requiring resubmittal may require payment of an additional Plan Review fee.
C. After comments have been addressed and changes have been made, 2 full size and 6 half size
sets of plans shall be provided for final approval for construction.
i. If additional approved plan sets are required by the Design Engineer, the appropriate
amount shall be provided at this time.
ii. If comments have not been addressed on plans submitted for final approval for
construction the plans will be rejected and returned to the Design Engineer.
D. Upon approval, stamped "Approved for Construction" plans shall be distributed as follows:
i. One (1) full size set will be secured in the City's records.
ii. One (1) full size and 6 half size sets will be distributed to the City's inspectors and
support staff.
iii. Where applicable, additional sets will be provided to the Design Engineer.
E. Final construction plans should not be submitted for Public Works Engineering Department
approval for work that will not be installed within 1 year of the approval date.
i. Delays between approval date and construction may require resubmittal of the plans
for review under current standards.
9.01.03 Construction Cost Estimate and Fees
A. Two (2) sets of preliminary Cost Estimates shall be submitted for review at the time of plan
review submittal.
i. The preliminary Estimate shall be based upon reasonable estimates for the work as
established by the Design Engineer.
B. Two (2) sets of final Cost Estimates shall be submitted for review and reference at the time
that a contract is awarded for the work.
i. The final Cost Estimate shall be based upon actual contract values.
C. Plan Review Fees in the amount of 0.5% of the final Estimate amount (minimum $50) shall be
submitted prior to construction.
D. Inspection and Testing Fees in the appropriate amount of the final Cost Estimate amount
(minimum $125) shall be submitted prior to construction.
Section 9 129
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
E. Inspection and Testing Fees shall be based on the following requirements:
9.01.04 Construction Plans
A. All plans to be used or kept on the job site shall be original or reproduced plan sets clearly
marked "Approved for Construction" with the signature of reviewer and date approved by the
Public Works Engineering Department.
B. Should circumstances during construction warrant changes from the approved plans or
specification, as determined by the City Inspector, a written approval must be obtained from
the City Engineer.
i. Copies of the written approval shall be attached to the construction plans and
maintained on the job site.
9.01.05 Record Drawings
A. The Design Engineer shall be responsible for recording constructed dimensions, grades,
elevations and additional information on a set of Record Drawings during the progress of
construction.
i. The City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Department shall monitor this process to
assure that changes in construction are kept up to date on the Record Drawings.
B. Reproducible Mylar "Record Drawings", certified by the Design Engineer and the City of
Lubbock Public Works Engineering Department, shall be presented to the City within 30 days
of completion of the construction.
C. Where the construction is phased and a lapse of more than 60 days occurs between phases,
then reproducible Mylar Record Drawings shall be presented to the City of Lubbock Public
Works Engineering Department reflecting the completed construction prior to issuance of the
Certificate of Acceptance of Streets and Drainage Improvements.
9.01.06 Acceptance
A. Upon completion of construction, satisfactory tests, completion of punch list items, and
submittal of Record Drawings, the Design Engineer shall submit a request to the City Engineer
for a Certificate of Acceptance of Streets and Drainage Improvements.
130 Section 9 1 1
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
9.02 Plan Details
9.02.01 Plan Format
A. All drawings shall be no larger than 24-inch by 36-inch in size.
9.02.02 The following information shall be shown on the plans:
A. General
i. Title Block (lower right hand corner preferred)
ii. Scale
a. Horizontal 1"=20' or 1"=50'
b. Vertical 1"=1' (preferred) or 1"=2' (maximum)
iii. Original Date and Revision Dates
iv. Name of Professional Engineer
v. Professional Engineer's Seal
vi. Firm Name and Contact Information
vii. Legal Description of Property Being Improved
viii. Drawings Number (s)
ix. City of Lubbock Engineering Department Contact Information:
a. Streets Inspector: 775-3750
x. Statement:
"All work shall be performed in accordance with the current
version of the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and
Specifications."
B. Plan
i. Bench Marks and USGS Datum
ii. North Arrow
iii. ROW Lines, Property Lines and Lot Numbers
iv. Street Names and Easements with Width Dimensions
v. Existing Curbs and Paving (Gray)
vi. Proposed Curbs and Paving (Bold)
vii. Spot Elevations on Radii, Dips, Grade Breaks, and Ditches
viii. Location and Direction of Dips
ix. Other Pertinent Details (Buildings, Utilities, Water Courses, Etc.)
C. Profile
i. Existing Ground Surface at Curb Lines (Gray)
ii. Existing Gutters or Flow Lines (Gray)
iii. Proposed Gutters or Flow Lines (Bold)
iv. Stationing with Profiles Indexed to Plan View
v. Intermediate Station Numbers and Elevations at Points of Grade Change and Radii
vi. Ditch Grades
vii. Existing and Proposed Utilities Where Crossed
D. Detail Sheet
i. Details are not required when engineers plans refer to City standards
ii. Include all non-standard details
Section 9 131
2016 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
E. Overall Layout Sheet — As Required
i. Scale 1 "=100'
ii. Lot Lines
iii. Streets and Street Names
E
U
132 Section 9
i
Design Standards and Specifications
--. Construction Details
SECTION 10 TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION
Section 10 133
t Design Standards and Specifications
Construction Details
10.01 General Details
10.01.01 Construction shall be in accordance with the following standard details unless otherwise
indicated on plans or directed by the Engineer.
Section 10 A
TYPIL LOT
5'
5'
WATER LINE WATER
GAS LINE
SEWER LINE
TYPIdU. LOT
i
20'
T 6" T 5"
5' 5'
3' 9"
2' 2'
uj
UTILITY
POLE UTILrTy i z
' POLE m
�L
I FINISHED SRADE ,
HOUSE
SERVICE
BURIED M «BURIED
T.V. CABLE AT&T CABLE
HOUSE _ TT 2!
I �
SERVICE a BURIED
ZD GAS MAIN • NTS CABLE ;o
�* Z CONCRETE PAD "v
F OVER BURIED
ELEPDWATERMAINBURIED
2,ELECTRICAL
CABLEBURIED 2'
ELECTRICAL 9'MINIMUM
CABLE MAIN
REVISED
TYPICAL LOCATIONS MAY 2014
�s City of
FOR UTILITIES IN ALLEYS Lubbock DRAWING NUMBER
Texas G-1
COMPROMISED SOIL
DUE TO MOISTURE
FROM A WATER LEAK
OR RAIN EVENT
PIPE ZONE SPRINGLINE
NOTES:
ORIGINAL EXCAVATED TRENCH WIDTH
OVEREXCAVATED FOR COMPACTION
PTPF WIDTH
1. BEDDING, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL SHALL BE CAREFULLY
PLACED MATERIAL AS SPECIFIED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS.
3. BACKFILL REQUIREMENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH CURRENT CITY
OF LUBBOCK STREETS ORDINANCE.
TRENCH CROSS-SECTION
SHOWING TERMINOLOGY
FINISHED GRADE SURFACE
\ City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
FINAL
BACKFILL
INITIAL ii
BACKFILL o
w
m
w
w
a
...
a
HAUNCHING
BEDDING
FOUNDATION
(MAY NOT BE REQUIRED)
REVISED
DEC. 2015
DRAWING NUMBER
G-2
L
Design Standards and Specifications
Construction Details
10.02 Water Details
Section 10
FINISHED GRADE SURFACE
NOTES:
1. BEDDING, EMBEDMENT, AND BACKFILL SHALL BE CAREFULLY
PLACED MATERIAL AS SPECIFIED IN THESE SPECIFICATIONS.
2. BACKFILL REQUIREMENTS SHALL COMPLY WITH CURRENT CITY
OF LUBBOCK STREETS ORDINANCE.
WATER LINE
TRENCH DETAIL
City of
Lubbock
TIXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2012
DRAWING NUMBER
W-1
THRUST BLOCK
SONG CHART
DI&
INCHES
TEES CROSS & PLUGS
CF
4
3
6
6
_
8
15
10
27
12
_
37
16
53
18
64
20
77
24
104
30
149
CAP OR PLUG
ON PRESSURE SIDE
CONCRETE -
THRUST
BLOCK
ANCHORAGE FOR CROSS ANCHORAGE FOR PLUG
REMOVE PIPE SECTION,
TRIM AND REPLACE
METAL FOLLOWING INSTALLATION
PLATE OF PLUGS
LINE TO BE ----- ----- LINE TO REMAIN
ABANDONED IN SERVICE
CONCRETE BLOCKING PLUG W/ EARS
TYPICAL 2,500 PSI
CONCRETE
CUT & PLUG
CONCRETE
THRUST
BLOCK
THRUSfBLOCK
SIZING CHART
DIA.
INCH
TEES CROSS & PLUGS
CF
4
3
6
6
8
15
10
27
12
37
16
53
18
64
20
77
4
104
30
149
TEE
T
ANCHORAGE FOR TEE
N.T.S.
CONCRETE
THRUST BLOCKING
THRUST BLOCK
SIZING CHART
DIp,
INCHES
TEES CROSS & PLUGS
CF
4
3
6
6
8
15
10
27
12
37
16
53
18
64
20
77
24
104
30
149
NOTES:
THRUST BLOCK
SIZING CHART
DIA.
INCHES
TEES CROSS & PLUGS
CF
4
3
6
6
8
15
10
27
if--
37
16
53
18
64
77
104
30
149
1. FOR BLIND TEE INSTALL ONE JOINT OF
PIPE WITH PLUG AND TREAT AS A DEAD
END LINE.
2. BEARING SURFACES SHALL BE
AGAINST UNDISTURBED GROUND.
3. CONCRETE BLOCKING SHALL BE TYPICAL
2,500 PSI CONCRETE.
4. DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS SHALL BE WRAPPED
WITH POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT PRIOR
TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE FOR THRUST
BLOCKING.
SIZE ACCORDING TO AWWA & PIPE
MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS
REVISED
of
DEC. 2012
Lubbock
DRAWING NUMBER
TEXAS
W_2
THRUST BLOCK
SIZING
CHART
DIA.
11.25°
INCHES
CF
4
1
6
1
8
1
CONCRETE
10
2
19 THRUST
12
3
BLOCK
16
4
- -- ----Tff
4
'
S
11.25° BEND
24
7
30
10
ANCHORAGE FOR A 11.25° BEND
N.T.S.
THRUST BLOCK
SKIING CHART
DI&
450
INCHES
CF
4
1
6
2
8
4
CONCRETE
10
7
THRUST
12
35
BLOCK
48END
16
21
1
2545°20
30
24
40
30
58
ANCHORAGE FOR A 45° BEND
WT:9,.-
CONCUTE THRUST
BLOCK
EACH T��y
•VERTICAL BEND
CONCRETE
THRUST BLOCKING
THRUSTBLOCK
SLUNG CHART
DI&
22.50
INCHES
CF
4
1
6
1
CONCRETE
8
10
2
3
THRUST
12
8
16
11
- - -
18
13
20
16
22.5° BEND
24
21
30
30
ANCHORAGE FOR A 22.5° BEND
N.T.S.
CONCRETE
THRUST
BLOCK
-
90° BEND
ANCHORAGE FOR A 90° BEND
THRUST BLOCK
SLUNG CHART
DIA.
INCH
900
CF
4
2
6
4
8
9
10
17
12
27
16
38
1
46
2
55
24
74
Ljt
106
NOTES:
1. BEARING SURFACES SHALL BE
AGAINST UNDISTURBED GROUND.
2. CONCRETE BLOCKING SHALL BE TYPICAL
2,500 PSI CONCRETE.
3. DUCTILE IRON FITTINGS SHALL BE WRAPPED
WITH POLYETHYLENE ENCASEMENT PRIOR
TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE FOR THRUST
BLOCKING.
SIZE ACCORDING TO AWWA & PIPE
MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS
� Vo' City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2012
DRAWING NUMBER
W-3
W
TOP OF METER BOX 0"-2" A CARSONITE MARKER
T
ABOVE GROUND LEVEL
R
FINISHED GRADE
HE
97-
_ 16" �r
91 f
I)
14 9/16 "O.D.
12 1/2 "I.D. CARSON INDUSTRIES
12 3/16 "O.D.
MODEL 2200
2"
18 1/4 " PLASTIC KEY OPERATED
11 1/16 "DIA. L
DALLAS LOCK
22 1/2 "I.D.
24 3/8 "O.D.
NOTES:
1. THE METER & CUSTOMER SERVICE DEPARTMENT OF WATER UTILITIES IS
RESPONSIBLE FOR ESTABLISHING THE STANDARD AS INDICATED ON THIS
DRAWING.
2. ALL WATER METER BOXES ARE TO BE SET NO LOWER THAN THE
SURROUNDING TERRAIN. THE RECOMMENDED GRADE IS TO SET THE TOP
OF THE WATER METER BOX NO HIGHER THAN TWO INCHES ABOVE GROUND
LEVEL. THIS PREVENTS THE METER BOX FROM BEING COVERED UP AND
STOPS DIRT AND RAIN FROM ENTERING THE BOX.
3. THE METER IN THE BOX SHOULD BE NO LOWER THAN 16 INCHES FROM
THE BOTTOM OF THE METER BOX LID TO THE TOP OF THE WATER METER
LID. THIS ALLOWS PROPER READING OF THE METER AND PREVENTS THE
METER AND CURB STOPS FROM FREE21NG DURING COLD WEATHER.
4. CARSONITE MARKERS SHALL BE REQ'D. FOR WATER UTILITIES.
TYPICAL NON -TRAFFIC
M
REVISED
DEC. 2015
City Of
RATED METER BOX
Lubbock
DRAWING NUMBER
TEXAS
W_4
TYPICAL 2,500 PSI
CONCRETE THRUST
BLOCK
EXISTING MAIN
RETAINER GLANDS
TAPPING VALVE
NOTES:
45 ! I ! 45/ , - TYPICAL TAPPING
lAl
1I
Ip�
1. TAP SHALL BE HORIZONTAL TO MAIN.
2. TAPPING SLEEVE & VALVE SHALL BE AT LEAST ONE STANDARD
SIZE SMALLER THAN MAIN TO BE TAPPED.
3. SERVICE TAPS ON EXISTING MAINS SHALL BE EXECUTED BY CITY
FORCES.
4. MAIN LINE TAPS ON EXISTING MAINS SHALL BE EXECUTED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE METHODS OF CONNECTIONS SECTION OF
THESE SPECIFICATIONS.
TYPICAL TAPPING
SLEEVE AND VALVE
SLEEVE
LIMIT OF WORK
FOR TAP -IN
City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2012
DRAWING NUMBER
W-5
900 BEND
METER
BYPASS
SERVICE
LINE
GATE
VALVE
TYPICAL
VALVE BOX
& COVER
900 BEND
NOTE:
1. ALTERNATIVELY, METER BYPASS SERVICE LINE AND GATE VALVE CAN
BE LOCATED INSIDE METER VAULT.
TYPICAL LARGE c
'- City of
DOMESTIC METER TAP Lubbo&
TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2012
DRAWING NUMBER
W-6
TYPICAL FIRE
HYDRANT
VARIES
BACK OF CURB OR
(SEE NOTE #1)
EDGE OF PAVEMENT
TYPICAL VALVE BOXi
AND COVER WITH
CONCRETE COLLAR
0.2' MIN ig
0.4' MAX
CONC. CURB_
PROPOSED FINISHED GRADE SURFACE
DO NOT
i 6" C-900
( BLOCK DRAIN
PVC RISER
TYPICAL
2,500 PSI
4' MIN COVER
CONCRETE THRUST
6" GATE
BLOCK
WATER VALVE
MAIN
_
o o
TYPICAL BLUE
a
RAISED PAVEMENT
i
MARKER PLACED
AT CENTERLINE
T MIN
OF ROADWAY
0
TYPICAL 2,500 PSI
0
O 12" MIN
VALVE BLOCKING
SOLE -PURPOSE
FIRE HYDRANT
LINE
2' X 2' SQ. --I
- 6" OUTLET M.J. X FLG.
OR ANCHOR TEE (OPTIONAL)
WITH M.J. X M.J. VALVE
NOTES:
1. IN SPACE BETWEEN CURB AND SIDEWALK, DIMENSION FROM
BACK OF CURB OR EDGE OF PAVEMENT SHALL BE 6" MINIMUM
AND 18" MAXIMUM. IN PUBLIC AREAS OR COMMERCIAL AREAS,
OR WHERE SIDEWALK ABUTS CURB, DIMENSION FROM BACK OF
CURB OR EDGE OF PAVEMENT SHALL BE 3' MINIMUM AND 6'
MAXIMUM. FIRE HYDRANTS SHALL NOT BE PLACED WITHIN
SIDEWALK AREAS. MAINTAIN 3' MINIMUM CLEARANCE TO ANY
OBSTRUCTION.
2. 4" STEAMER NOZZLE SHALL FACE FIRE LANE OR STREET ACCESS
3. FIRE LINE PIPING SHALL BE SAME MATERIAL AS MAIN OR MINIMUM
C900 PVC DR18 CLASS PIPE AND HAVE RESTRAINED JOINT FITTINGS
FROM WATER MAIN TO FIRE HYDRANT. LENGTH SHALL NOT EXCEED 150'.
4. FOR BURY DEPTHS GREATER THAN 5', ONE BARREL EXTENSION
NOT EXCEEDING 2' IN LENGTH SHALL BE INSTALLED DIRECTLY
BELOW THE FIRE HYDRANT.
5. TYPICAL 1/2" ROCK PIPE EMBEDMENT MATERIAL SHALL BE PLACED
AROUND THE BOTTOM OF THE HYDRANT FOR A RADIUS OF AT
LEAST V AND EXTEND AT LEAST V ABOVE THE OUTLET. DO NOT
BLOCK DRAIN HOLES.
REVISED
City of MAY 2015
TYPICAL FIRE HYDRANT LUbbOCk DRAWING NUMBER
TEXAS W_7
TYPICAL VALVE BOX
AND COVER
FINISHED GRADE SURFACE � n
1-11 i l l l III=[ I 1=111-1 11-
NO. EACH WAYS —) I 1 I III -III —III
=111=1 11=1 f I-1 NIEM5-14-= I B
11=1 I I_I 11=1 I I
-1 I I-1 i[ a I 1-1 i I -III -I i I -I
-1 I I_I I I-111 i ,I 11 - I i 1-1 I
TYPICAL PIPE
BEDDING &
EMBEDMENT
m
(
I
n I a
1-1/
'de t.pG>
WATER MAIN
H.M.A.C. PAVEMENT
- CONCRETE COLLAR
(NOT REQUIRED IN
CONCRETE PAVEMENT)
E
a
6" PVC C900
RISER PIPE
TYPICAL GATE VALVE
L 8" X 8" X 6" MIN. 2,500 PSI CONCRETE
BLOCK UNDER BODY OF BURIED VALVES
1=1 1 1—E 1 1—
VALVE COVER SHALL
BE STAMPED
"WATER VALVE"
1. TREAT EACH SIDE OF VALVE AS A DEAD END OF EQUAL SIZE.
INSTALL THE CORRESPONDING LENGTH (FOR A DEAD END) OF FULLY
RESTRAINED PIPE THE FULL DISTANCE ON EACH SIDE OF VALVE
2. CONCRETE SUPPORT CRADLE AND SUPPORT PAD SHALL BE 2,500 P.S.I.
CONCRETE.
3. POLYWRAP BURIED GATE VALVES AND FITTINGS
4. TORQUE BOLTS PRIOR TO BACKFILL PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMENDATIONS
S. TOP OF VALVE NUT SHALL BE LESS THAN 6 FEET FROM FINISHED GRADE.
IF MORE THAN 6 FEET, INSTALL EXTENSION SO THAT TOP OF NUT IS LESS
THAN 6 FEET FROM FINISHED GRADE.
6. SET COVER OF VALVE BOX AND COLLAR 1/4" BELOW GRADE IN PAVEMENT OR
SHOULDER, AND 2" ABOVE GRADE ELSEWHERE.
B119ED VERTICAL GATE
VALVE DWAIL
2' SQUARE
S
City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
VALVE BOX
AND COVER
CONCRETE COLLAR
(NOT REQUIRED IN
CONCRETE PAVEMENT)
NO.4 BARS
EACH WAY
REVISED
DEC. 2012
DRAWING NUMBER
W-8
NO. 5 BARS
- . ♦
10" O.C. VERT.
NO. 5 BARS
8" O.C. HORZ.
TYPICAL MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER
CENTERED OVER OPERATING NUT
FINISHED GRADE
-_� -
- - I- - - -
-� '
'
.
I ,
o.
D
V MIN.
N
b
D
�b
\
D
�
-I� ,_�I _
_ D
3/4" CRUSHED
ROCK
IIII
D
�I
.. ('P
17
n e�n•e'
i 1- 9„ I( -I
I( (I I=) I I=� IVARIESI I=III=III=III=)
I 9 �-
TYPICAL 2,500 PSI
—I I I —I I I —III — III —I I
I —I I I —I I I —I
-III-{•.-
I I— I
CONCRETE
III -III -I 11=1 11=1 11=1
11=1 11-III-
'
��
REVISED
HORIZANTAL GATE
o-
City of
DEC. 2012
VALVE IN VAULT
Lubb
O ck
DMWM NUMBER
TEXAS
W_9
LIP 3'-i
ABOVE GRC
4" D.I. PIPE
"GOOSENECK"
WITH WIRE
BUG SCREEN
TYPICAL MANHOLE
FRAME & COVER
swi ...........
AIR & VACUUM
RELIEF VALVES
-11
6' MIN
COMB MR
LfIwill
2FACE
#6 BARS 6"
O.C. EA. WAY
2" FLANGED
GATE VALVE
#5 VERT. INNER
FACE 10" O.C.
- #5 HORIZ. OUTER
FACE 8" O.C.
---c
v City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
DECED
2012
DRAWING NUMBER
W-10
CONCRETE ROCK
CONCRETE VALVE BOX
k
\City of
ubbock
TEAS
REVISED
DEC. 2012
DRAWING NUMBER
W-11
CONCRETE` &C-EACH WAY
BUTTERFLY VALVE
IN VAULT
z
City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2012
DRAWING NUMBER
W-12
t
TYPICAL WATER
VAULT FRAME
AA
s
City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
2"
REVISED
DEC. 2012
DRAWING NUMBER
W-14
MARKER
2"
GROUND SURFACE 4-
FOR HDPE OR PEX-A USE24" IMIN 14" MI 16" SQUARE TRAFFIC RATED / OR NON
APPROVED THREAD TRAFFIC RATED METER BOX
X SLIP FITTING 4' TYP.
CORPORATION STOP
CURB STOP
450 FOR HDPE OR PEX-A USE APPROVED
WATER MAI THREAD X SLIP FITTING
_COPPER OR APPROVED HDPE PEX-A
TAPPING SADDLE
NOTES:
1. STANDARD 1" SERVICE TAP
2. 1" SERVICE SADDLES SHALL HAVE AWWA TAPERED THREADS.
3. METER BOX SHALL BE INSTALLED PLUMB & LEVEL WITH TOP OF LID 2" ABOVE FINISHED
GROUND SURFACE.
4. TOP OF METER SHALL BE 16" FROM BOTTOM OF METER BOX LID.
S. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION OF SERVICE LINES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CITY OF
LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING MIN DESIGN STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
TYPICAL 1" WATER SERVICE DETAIL City ofLubbock
TEXAS
DEC 2015
DRAWING NUMBER
W-15
W
A RSONITE MARKER
2" T
GROUND SURFACE -� R
I
24" MIN 14" MI 16" SQUARE TRAFFIC RATED / OR NON
TRAFFIC RATED METER BOX
W TYP.
CORPORATION STOP
CURB STOP
450 ORPORATION STOP
WATER MAI
"--TAPPING SADDLE OPPER SERVICE TUBING
NOTES:
1. STANDARD 2" SERVICE TAP
2. 2" SERVICE SADDLES SHALL HAVE IPS THREADS.
3. METER BOX SHALL BE INSTALLED PLUMB & LEVEL WITH TOP OF LID 2" ABOVE FINISHED
GROUND SURFACE.
4. TOP OF METER SHALL BE 16" FROM BOTTOM OF METER BOX LID.
5. MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION OF SERVICE LINES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CITY OF
LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING MIN DESIGN STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS.
REVISED
TYPICAL 1 1/2"1 OR 2" City Of DEC. 2015
WATER SERVICE DETAIL Lubbock DRAWING NUMBER
TEXAS W-16
NOTES:
1. THIS DETAIL SHALL APPLY TO ALL WATER LINES < 16" DIAM.
2. TAPPING DISTANCES FOR LARGER LINES SHALL BE CASE BY CASE.
TAPPING SLEEVE
MINIMUM DISTANCE
I City of
k
bbOC
TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2015
DRAWING NUMBER
W-17
I
F
r,
I
Pli
I
I
I
Design Standards and Specifications
Construction Details
10.03 Sewer Details
Section 10 C
4" 450 BEND
4" RISER
4" MIN. TEE MAX. NOT
TO EXCEED ONE STANDARD
SIZE SMALLER THAN MAIN
FLOW
4" 450 BEND
Z
�I
u�1 I TYPICAL SANITARY SEWER
pI MARKER (2" X 4" PAINTED GREEN)
I� Z�
;I-zo
4" PLUG
I SEWER MAIN A
4" PLUG J
4" MIN. TEE MAX. NOT
TO EXCEED ONE STANDARD
SIZE SMALLER THAN MAIN
FLOW SEWER MAIN
NOTES:
1. ALL TAPS MUST BE ABOVE SPRINGLINE OF SEWER MAIN.
2. NO SIZE -ON -SIZE TAPS.
3. SERVICE LATERALS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE PROPERTY
AND PLUGED AT A DEPTH OF NO GREATER THAN 6' FROM
FINISHED GRADE SURFACE, UNLESS REQUIRED TO BE
DEEPER BASED ON DEVELOPMENT REQUIREMENTS.
4. PLUG SHALL BE PRESENT AT OR NEAR PROPERTY
LINE OR EDGE OF PAVEMENT.
TYPICAL SEWER
SERVICE TAP
w1
Z
w I TYPICAL SANITARY SEWER
pI MARKER (2" X 4" PAINTED GREEN)
fi
"a- ZD
City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2015
DRAWING NUMBER
SS-1
A
SUBSTITUTE"STORM"
FOR STORM SEWER
APPLICATION
B
T
Y
O
rl=
A
32" DIA
N
SECTION A -A
V-1430 A
PROD.NO.
MO/DAY/YR
ASTM A48 CL 35B
1 " RAISED LETTERING
(RECESSED FLUSH)
CUSTOM LOGO
PIgg'4CRS®
SECTION B-B
NOTES:
1. SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE FRAME
BOTTOM VIEW AND COVER I.D.: 4143009OA01
2. STORM SEWER MANHOLE FRAME
AND COVER I.D.: 41430091A01
REVISED
TYPICAL City of DEC. 2015
MANHOLE COVER LUbbo&k DRAWING NUMBER
TEXAS SS-2
t
TYPICAL
MANHOLE FRAME
AA
s
",` City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
DEC 2012
DRAWING NUMBER
SS-3
STANDARD DIAMETER CAST IRON
RING & COVER
�- FOR LIFTINULLING GNTSYP CAST OF 3 IN TRANSITION LID
TYPICAL )DINT SEALANT
EACH JOINT OF RISER &
RING & COVER. MAXIMUM
GRADE ADJUSTMENT 18"
30"
ELEVATION VIEW
M
1. CONCRETE SHALL BE MINIMUM 4000 P.S.I.
2. REINFORCING SHALL BE MINIMUM GRADE 60.
PRECAST CONCRETE
ECCENTRIC CONE
SECTIONAL VIEW
City of
4 Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2015
DRAWING NUMBER
SS-4
3600 PSI: CONC.
IF PAVED MATCH
PAVING THICKNESS
OR MIN MIN. 6"
T
ASTM 478
TYPICAL MANHOLE FRAME AND COVER
- - NON -SHRINK GROUT
t
- 30" --
GRADE RINGS FOR
GRADE ADJUSTMENT
.p
(MAX 18")
ECCENTRIC CONE SECTION
SEAL ALL JOINTS
f — PER MANUFACTURER
REQUIREMENTS
RISER SECTION
(TONGUE & GROOVE)
BOTTOM RISER SECTION
(BUTT & GROOVE)
6"
{MIN s
L
1" TO 2" GROUT SPACE
CONCRETE BASE
6" MIN
— FORMED SURFACES
'
4 6" OR 1/4 PIPE DIA.(P)
i WHICHEVER IS LARGER
#4 BARS-6" O.C. EA. WAY
ORIENT SQUARE PARALLEL
OR PERPENDICULAR TO
2" BELOW BOTTOM OF PIPE
SREEf OR CURB
Fr
5'SQUARE
H
P
D
T
470 16'
6" TO 15"
MIN. 48"
MIN. 5"
18" & OVER
MIN. 60"
MIN. 6"
16'&DEEPER
ALL SIZES
MIN. 60"
MIN. 6"
PRECAST REINFORCED
CONCRETE MANHOLE
STANDARD SANITARY
SEWER MANHOLE
FRAME & COVER
CONCRETE COLLAR
S (NOT REQUIRED IN
CONCRETE PAVEMENT)
PLAN VIEW
City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
NO.4 BARS
EACH WAY
REVISED
DEC. 2015
DRAWING NUMBER
SS-5
NOTE:
1. FILL EXCAVATED SPACE OUTSIDE OF MANHOLE &
UNDER PIPE WITH FLOWABLE FILL.
OUTSIDE DROP
MANHOLE (PVC)
(NEW MANHOLE INSTALL)
'00� , k
City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
OMING SEWER
450 BEND
DVC PIPE
900 BEND
REVISED
MAY 2014
DRAWING NUMBER
SS-6
INSTALL TEE WITH STUB INTO
MANHOLE CUT AT ANGLE AS SHOWN
TYPICAL MANHOLE
FRAME & COVER
TYPICAL
EPDXY
3/8" DIA. SS STRAP
MAX SPACING 24"
DETAIL A
INSTALL TEE WITH 12" EXTENSION PIECE
CUT AT ANGLE TO FACILITATE CLEANING
AND INSPECTION OF MAIN
SEE DETAIL A
6 r P
INCOMING SEWER
D P a
6 r
a _ 3/8" DIA. SS STRAP
A a MAX SPACING 24"
D ♦' D
D D
PVC PIPE
D
D r
D .
b s
900 BEND
D .
D
40
a r.
NOTE:
1. FILL EXCAVATED SPACE OUTSIDE OF MANHOLE
& UNDER PIPE WITH FLOWABLE FILL,
REVISED
INSIDE DROP ON
City of
DEC. 2012
DRAWING NUMBER
EXISTING MANHOLE
Lubbock
TEXAS
SS-7
STRAIGHT THROUGH MANHOLE
SLOPE
TYPICAL
MANHOLE FLOORS
f LS
BEND AT MANHOLE
JUNCTION AT MANHOLE
CUT OUT TOP OF PIPE
OR SHAPED CONCRETE INVERT
SHAPED CONCRETE INVERT
SHAPED CONCRETE INVERT
<�
City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2015
DRAWING NUMBER
SS-8
5'- MAXIMUM CARRIER PIPE
BETWEEN SPACERS
PIPE JOINT
V MAX
CASING SPACERS SHALL BE FOUR CASING SPACERS `- ADDITIONAL SPACERS,
SPACED A MAXIMUM OF ONE PER PIPE JOINT AS REQUIRED TYPICAL EACH END
FOOT FROM EACH SIDE OF JOINT TO MEET MAXIMUM SPACING OF CASING PIPE
STEEL SPACER BODY
PIPELINE
FILL SPACE BETWEEN
EXCAVATED BORE AND
CASING PIPE WITH
CEMENT GROUT
NOTES:
1. BEVEL END OF CASING PIPE TO REMOVE
ALL SHARP EDGES TO PREVENT DAMAGE
TO THE CARRIER PIPE.
2. THE END -SEAL SHALL BE ATTACHED TO
THE PIPE AND CASING SO AS TO PROVIDE
A WATER -TIGHT END SEAL.
3. FOR CASINGS OVER 12 INCHES IN DIAMETER,
PROVIDE TWO CLAMPS OR BANDS ON EACH
END OF EACH SEAL.
4. CASING PIPE SHALL HAVE END -SEALS
INSTALLED ON BOTH ENDS PRIOR TO
BACKFILLING ADJACENT PIPE TRENCHES.
PIPELINE ENCASEMENT
DETAIL
STEEL CASING PIPE
Y I y CADMIUM PLATED
450 'k45STUDS, NUTS, AND
WASHERS, TYP.
30° - ' , " �45°. '--- 4
L = D, WITH L MAX. = 16"
� u
City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
L L
REVISED
DEC. 2012
DRAWING NUMBER
SS-9
)/2
` Design Standards and Specifications
Construction Details
10.04 Street and Drainage Details
Section 10 D
O
m
m
R
ISLAND, 50 SQ.FT. MIN.
AREA IF USED.
PROPERTY LINE T
a
T
L
VISIBILITY
TRIANGLE
N
j---� 25'
/ i I —
f-A—
C
Rm
DIMENSION
REFERENCE
RESIDENTIAL
STREET
THOROUGHFARE
STREET
COLLECTOR
STREET
INDUSTRIAL
STREET
(ROADWAY CLASSIFICATION,
(R A'32')
1, 66'
�2
R2, 42'
�Cl, 3
(I, 42')
ROADWAY WIDTH,_ _ _ _ _
_ _ _ _ _ _(R1,3
6) -
-----
88'3
_ _ 46
-
WIDTH
w
-------------
ONE-WAY
------
---1-2
12'
--------
--------
15'
--------
20'
-------------
TWO-WAY - MINIMUM
-------------
------
-------
12'
--------
W
30'
--------
30'
--------
40'
TWO-WAY -MAXIMUM
-------------
------
------
---507-
30'
-------
--------
40'
--------
--------
40'
--------
--------
S0'
--------
MINIMUM RADIUS
-------------
R
5'
15'
15'
20'
MINIMUM SPACING
- - - - - -
- - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
-------------
FROM PROPERTY LINE
------TYLINE -
------
------
-------
R
--------
R
--------
R+5'
--------
R+5'
FROMSTREEfCORNER
C --
-------
- - - - --
--------
- - - - - - -
--------
---A+R___
--------
FROM THOROUGHFARE
C
150'APPROACHING
-------_
CORNER
10_0'_EXITIN_G_
___ ______
BETWEEN DRIVEWAYS
-------------
S
------
____
3'
_
60'
________
60'
30'
MINIMUM ANGLE
D
45°
45°
30°
--------
30°
* MAY BE "0" FEET IF SHARED DRIVE IS PROPOSED.
DRIVEWAY
STANDARDS
City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
36-1
0
�x
fo
Fn LL
ZEE
o�
NN
A A
.van
8aD Y 4. :S D
.. a .v n
4' SIDEWALK a
1 EXPANSION JOINTS SPACED
EXPANSION 36' MAX. ALONG SIDEWALK RUN.
JOINTS•o
vgn n .van
EXPANSION `n
JOINT
n` H
CONTRACTION MARKINGS
1/2 WAY THROUGH v'o
SLAB AT 4' INTERVALS.
SECTION A -A
. vqa•
(NO SCALE)
FIRE HYDRANT, POWER
POLE, ETC. MUST HAVE
EXPANSION JOINT BLOCK -
OUT WHEN ENCLOSED
IN CONCRETE. EXTEND
6" PAST EDGE OF
HYDRANT/POLE
VARIABLE 4SIDEWALK -
w
MIEN• @ 2% MAX. SLOPE
CURB
REMOVED.
• n.
SECTIONS B-B N
NOTE:
(RESIDENTIAL) zZ
W
Y
Z
SEE PLATE NO. 36-4 FOR
ASPHALT REPAIR ADJACENT
TO CURB GUTTER OR
DRIVEWAY.
VARIABLE
4' SIDEWALK
p
3' MIN. @ 2% MAX. SLOPE
a
6"X6" - 6 GAUGE WELDED WIRE FABRIC OR N
INNER CURB
AS RE UIRED.
#4 DEFORMED STEEL BARS 12" O.C. BOTH ZQvi
WAYS, CENTERED IN SLAB. �wZUkoF--
7FOR
SECTIONS B-B(COMMERCIAL)
MERCIAL DRIVEWAY:
NOTES:
CURB AND GUTTER TO BE
COMPLETELY REMOVED AND
1. MAINTAIN GUTTER FLOWINE THROUGH DRIVEWAY.
RECONSTRUCTED WITH #3
2. ALL EXPANSION JOINTS TO BE -" THICK.
BARS RUNNING ENTIRE
3. 300 TO 450 FLARE MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF
LENGTH OF NEW GUTTER.
RADII ON RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAYS.
4. SEE PLATES 36-16 AND 36-16(A) FOR
CURB RAMP DETAILS.
FOUR FOOT SIDEWALK
CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
REVISED
City of
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
Lubbock
TEXAS
36-2
a
Zf fa
TnLL *O
EXPANSION
JOINTSr:,-
.o veo. .. •:i
7! v e°
NOTE:
5' OR 6' SIDEWALK.
PROPERTY LINE
19 �
A A •v��
:FF FR(1NTAI VfF1Al ' • ._ ° P:.
FIRE HYDRANT, POWER
B POLE, ETC. MUST HAVE
EXPANSION JOINTS EXPANSION JOINT BLOCK -
SPACED 36' MAX. OUT WHEN ENCLOSED
ALONG SIDEWALK RUN. IN CONCRETE. EXTEND
6" PAST EDGE OF
EXPANSION SECTION A -A HYDRANT/POLE
JOINT.
'e {4"MMIN. THICKNESS OF SIDEWALK.
CONTRACTION MARKINGS I
1/2 WAY THROUGH SLAB
AT 6' INTERVALS.
VARIES
3' MIN. @ 2% MAX. SLOPE oil
w
aZ
CURB 5' SIDEWALK �� a
REMOVED.
'o e
I SECTIONS B-B
RESIDENTIAL 4 MIN.
( ) 7NICKNESS.
SEE PLATE NO. 36-4 VARIES o
a' ui
FOR ASPHALT REPAIR 3' MIN. @ 2% MAX. SLOPE 0 z
ADJACENT TO CURB
AND GUTTER OR 6' SIDEWALK 411
DRIVEWAY.
6"X6" - 6 GAUGE WELDED WIRE FABRIC OR z
z_ #4 DEFORMED STEEL BARS 12" O.C. BOTH INNER CURB
- FOR COMMERCIAL DRIVEWAY, WAYS, CENTERED IN SLAB. AS REQUIRED.
COMPLETELY REMOVE CURB AND tO (COMMERCIAL)
GUTTER AND RECONSTRUCT WITH
#3 BARS RUNNING ENTIRE LENGTH FRONTAL VIEW
OF NEW GUTTER. PROPERTY LINE
3' MIN.------C------
SIDEWALK ELEVATION BACK OF SIDEWALK
NOTES:
1. MAINTAIN GUTTER FLOWINE THROUGH DRIVEN
2. ALL EXPANSION JOINTS TO BE -" THICK.
3. 300 TO 45° FLARE MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF
RADII ON RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAYS.
4. SEE PLATES 36-16 AND 36-16(A) FOR
CURB RAMP DETAILS.
S. 5' CURB BACK ON RESIDENTIAL STREETS.
6' CURB BACK ON COLLECTOR AND
THOROUGHFARE STREETS.
TOR 6' SIDEWALK
CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
36-3
NEW CONCRETE TOE FORM - TO BE REMOVED
DRIVEWAY PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF
FLOWABLE FILL AND PAVING
SURFACE.
NOTES:
1. MAINTAIN VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL
ALIGNMENT OF CURB, LIP, AND GUTTER
FLOW LINE.
2. REMOVE CURB TO UP LINE AND
POUR NEW DRIVEWAY FLUSH AGAINST
TOE FORM.
ASPHALT REPAIR ADJACENT TO
CURB AND GUTTER OR DRIVEWAY
12"
IIN. TYPE "C"
A.C. SURFACE.
SMOOTH H.M.A.C. SURFACE,
SAWCUT TO REMAIN
IN PLACE.
FLOWABLE FILL
t, .P City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
BASE
REVISED
DEC. 2012
PLATE NO.
36-4(A)
6" 18" TYPICAL
`
NEW CONCRETE
DRIVEWAY
NOTES:
1. MAINTAIN VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL
ALIGNMENT OF CURB, LIP, AND GUTTER
FLOW LINE.
2. REMOVE CURB TO LIP LINE AND
POUR NEW DRIVEWAY FLUSH AGAINST
TOE FORM.
SMOOTH
SAWCUT
EXISTING
CONCRETE
PAVING
CONCRETE PAVING REPAIRS DEC.REVISED
2oi2
City of
ADJACENT TO CURB AND.o —
LubbOCk. PLATE NO.
GUTTER OR DRIVEWAY TIXAS 36-4(B)
4'SIDEWALK ALONG
PROPERTY LINE
ALLEY RETURN
(TYPICAL)
NILk%1I.,�
City of
6k
Lubbo
w TEXAS
N-7
TMIN.
DRIVEWAY APPROACH
(TYPICAL)
REVISED
DEC. 2012
PLATE NO.
36-5
MAILBOX
DRIVEWAY APPROACH
(TYPICAL)
REVISED
TOR 6' SIDEWALK City of DEC. 2012
ALONG CURB BACK LUbbo6k PLATE NO.
TEXAS 36-6
CURB AND GUTTER, 6" CONCRETE SLAB WITH 6"X6" - 6 /" BITUMINOUS
FILLETS AND SLAB TO BE GAUGE WELDED WIRE FABRIC OR #4 �]A�EMOLDED EXP.
POURED TOGETHER. DEFORMED STEEL BARS 12" O.C. BOTH OINT.
WAYS, CENTERED IN SLAB.
SIDEWALK
\ PROPERTY LINE
OR
A
NW BUJ "I
6"X6" - 6 GAUGE WELDED WIRE
FABRIC OR #4 DEFORMED STEEL
BARS 12" O.C. BOTH WAYS, /
CENTERED IN SLAB.
o;9.a
CONTRACTION
JOINT. 1
AS
&Ell
64 9.a
CONTRACTION
JOINTS.
2.5_ 2.5'
1'*
6"X6" - 6 GAUGE WELDED WIRE —�
FABRIC OR #4 DEFORMED STEEL
BARS 12" O.C. BOTH WAYS,
CENTERED IN SLAB.
W' MEADOWS #158,
SEALTIGHT SAFE -SEAL 3405,
SONNEBORN SL-1 OR
APPROVED EQUIVALENT.
L�
¢ EXIS
A
TRANSVERSE
CONTRACTION JOINT
(REQUIRED AT COLD JOINTS AND
EVERY 13 FEET OF PAVING.)
TYPICAL ALLEY
RETURN
CURB HEIGHT
0"TRANSITIONS TO
AT THIS POINT.
�i/��� -
IS POINT OF ALLEY RETURN
TO BE NO MORE THAN 7"
HIGHER THAN GUTTER ON HIGH
23_ ^ SIDE END OF RADIUS AT STREET.
1'*
X" BITUMINOUS
EXPANSION ION JOINT.
PLAN VIEW
* TO BE USED WHEN
ALLEY R.O.W. WIDTH
Isis'.
W
Z
11
L- NO. 6 REBAR SPACED 6" FROM EDGE OF SLAB
AND 13 " FROM BOTTOM OF SLAB EACH SIDE.
LOCATE BY MEANS OF CHAIRS OR PLASTIC
STAKES (NOT METAL OR WOOD).
CONSTRUCTION OF THIS TYPE IS ALLOWED ONLY
WHERE THE EXISTING ALLEY RETURN, ALLEY
PAVING OR STREET GUTTER IS IN GOOD CONDITION
AND GRADE AND ALIGNMENT ARE SATISFACTORY.
SECTION B-B
6"X6" - 6 GAUGE WELDED
1 WIRE FABRIC OR #4
1 DEFORMED STEEL BARS 12"
O.C. BOTH WAYS,
CENTERED IN SLAB.
ALL CONCRETE SHOWN TO BE 3,000
P.S.I. AT 7 DAYS. (CLASS B)
REVISED
OKI
, MAY 2014
"� City of
Lubbock PLATE NO.
TEXAS 36-7
S.
10'
5'
w
z
a . a a •,
�
ac
w
a
O
a
Q Q '
10'
N �
N10'
A
4 a ��
4
PROPERTY
A '
LINE
5'
20'
13'
w
CONTRACTION
a
JOINTS
°•
c . a Q
O
,
a
tt • g '
'
20'
A .
PROPERTY LINE
I
A
a .a
o
N
10'
Q q
— 10' —
—
. A
w
z
' A .
•
a
a
5' 10'
5'
TRANSVERSE CONTRACTION JOINT
(REQUIRED AT COLD JOINTS AND
EVERY 13 FEET OF PAVING.)
1/2" '1
6"X6" - 6 GAUGE WELDED
"
WIRE FABRIC OR #4
NOTE:
_
DEFORMED STEEL BARS
12" O.C. BOTH WAYS,
1. TRANSVERSE CONTRACTION JOINT
CENTERED IN SLAB.
(REQUIRED AT COLD JOINTS AND
EVERY 13 FEET OF PAVING.)
TYPICAL "T" ALLEY
REVISED
City of
City
DEC. 2012
INTERSECTION WITH
PLATE N0.
CONTRACTION JOINTS
TEXAS
36-8
OD
Ln
N
ti
TYPE "A"
9" R
D'4 I
• �9"
0
v D a
F-- 12" I 12" --{
ROLLOVER CURB TYPE "B"
9 11/16"
V
D
o D a
OD
6"
3" I 9�� �X� 9�� _ 3��
M
M
TYPE "C"
1. THIS SECTION TO BE USED
FOR RESIDENTIAL APPLICATIONS
ONLY. APPROVAL WILL DEPEND
ON TRAFFIC AND DRAINAGE
CONSIDERATIONS.
NOTE:
1. REINFORCED TYPE "C" GUTTER SECTION SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH THREE
#3 BARS RUNNING THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE DRIVEWAY SECTION WITH CHAIRS
SPACED TO GIVE ACCURATE PLACEMENT. (TO BE USED AT DRIVEWAYS ONLY.)
TYPICAL 24" CURB�� City Of
AND GUTTER SECTIONS Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
36-9
— 6"
4" —
�•, q.
a 2" R
fV
N ��3"R ?aq
DOWN CURB SECTION. ( 6"
e.a �
P
12" 18" I
TYPE "A"
5 3/4"
*— 4 1/4"
p 2" R
a .a
N
j
c DOWN CURB SECTION.
i�
F
NOTES:
1�
6"
�-9 11/16" 20 5/16"
NOTE: CONTRACTOR MAY USE EITHER OF THE ABOVE SECTIONS.
TYPE "B"
---L--
-� q 9oq'
12 — 6"
3 3"
3" a . <
P
�-- 9 11/16" 20 5/16"
TYPE "C"
1. REINFORCED TYPCE "C" GUTTER SECTION SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED WITH THREE
#3 BARS RUNNING THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE DRIVEWAY SECTION WITH CHAIRS
SPACED TO GIVE ACCURATE PLACEMENT. (TO BE USED AT DRIVEWAYS ONLY.)
2. 30" CURB AND GUTTER IS NOT STANDARD AND SHALL ONLY BE USED WITH
PERMISSION OF CITY ENGINEER.
TYPICAL 30" CURB City of
AND GUTTER SECTIONS Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
36-10
CONTRACTION
JOINT
DEFORMED STEEL BARS
O.C. BOTH WAYS.
W4@
■omuuuu
"'::::tFLOWLINE
FLOWABLE FILL SHALL BE USED
TO REPLACE BASE MATERIAL
REMOVED. SEE PLATE NO. 36-4
- — tl -,� , ,, -,/, �� c
I / i COINT CTION
U1
A
W
Z
rz
~ SEE PLATE NO. 36-16
FOR DETAILS REGARDING
1
CURB TRANSITIONS
ti
X=DISTANCE LIP TO LIP
3
R F5
NOTES:
1. CLASS "B" CONCRETE 3,000 P.S.I. @ 7 DAYS
2. MAINTAIN LIP UP GUTTER SECTION WITH 1"
INVERT TO VALLEY GUTTER
3. TRANSITION FLOWLINE AND MAINTAIN 1"
PLAN VIEW
INVERT FOR POSITIVE DRAINAGE THROUGH
VALLEY GUTTER
DEPTH:
6"- RESIDENTIAL STREETS
8"- COLLECTORS & THOROUGHFARES
------- BASE
-►1 r 3" 1"
f-- 5' •T• 5'-�i
CONCRETE VALLEY
GUTTER & FILLET DETAIL
SECTION A -A
2" MIN. TYPE "C"
H.M.A.C. SURFACE.
-pggr: BASE
FLOWABLE FILL
SEE PLATE NO. 36-4.
REVISED
City Of
DEC.2012
Lubbock
PLATE NO.
TEXAS 36-11
6"
a
2' — 36' TYP. 2'
2" H.M.A.C. SURFACE.—1 _ _ — —4" CROWN
6" CALICHE BASE IN
ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFICATIONS.
SUBGRADEIN ACCORDANCE
WITH SPECIFICATIONS.
STRIP PAVING
WIDTH AND CROWN VARY
SEE SECTION 8.2.02
2" H.M.A.C. SURFACE.
6" CALICHE BASE
NOTE:
1. STREETS WITH ANTICIPATED ABNORMAL TRAFFIC LOADS,
SUCH AS TRUCKS AND BUSES, SHALL REQUIRE A SPECIFIC
DESIGN TO BE APPROVED BY THE CITY ENGINEER.
RESIDENTIAL/COLLECTOR/INDUSTRIAL
WIDTH AND CROWN VARY
SEE SECTION 8.2.02
S" THICK CONTINUOUSLY < '
REINFORCED CONCRETE PAVING.
TYPE T-1 / T-2 THOROUGHFARES
6"
12 5/8"
1
REVISED
TYPICAL STREET City o DEC. 2012
CROSS -SECTIONS 4 Lubbock PLATE NO.
TEXAS 36-12
6"
EXISTING
SIDEWALK
VARIES
24" OR
30" C. & G.
SECTION A -A
ONLY APPLIES AT DEPRESSED ALLEY RETURNS
A A STREET
MINIMUM RAMP
WIDTH TO BE 4.0'
LENGTH OF RAMP
5'-6"); MAY VARY
-TO 1:12 MAX. SLO
STREET
NOTES:
1. ALLEY RADII MAY VARY.
2. SEE OTHER PLATES FOR RAMP DETAILS
. ; .
ALLEY
t
EXISTING
SIDEWALK
1:12 SLOPE
TO BE CONSTRUCTED
f
f _
INSET
t l
f 0-
r RxW FACE
; o OF CURB
vrv� nc 1 c f7mvcr%z t
1 WITH TRUNCATED
t DOME SURFACE.
1:12 SLOPE ti
ti t
LENGTH VARIES, , f
` .DUE TO 1:12 MAX.
SLOPE OF RAMP.
-
_ City of
L4'ubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2012
PLATE NO.
36-13
T.O.C. r__VARIES4'VARIES---1
1�12 SLOPE 1;12 SLOPE
FLOWLINE
FRONT VIEW
SIDEWALK SLOPE REQUIREMENTS
LONGITUDINAL - 1:20 MAX.
TRANSVERSE - 1:50 MAX.
R=15'
PROPERTY LINE
�Ip
CURB &.
GUTTER
-VARIES -
(10' TYPICAL)
SEE PLATE NO. 36-16(A) FOR
GENERAL NOTES ON A.D.A.
RAMPS CONSTRUCTION.
R=25'
RAMP = 50.8 SQ. FT. OF
CONCRETE FLATWORK
SURFACE APPLIED
TRUNCATED DOME
PANEL.
4' MIN. 5'-6" MIN.
24" MIN.
1:12 SLOPE
�F4"MIN.
THICKNESS.
SURFACE APPLIED L
MINIMUM FINISHED TRUNCATED DOME
THICKNESS TO BE 4". PANEL.
4" MAX
SECTION A -A
6" SLOPE 5%
MAX
BITUMINOUS )41"
EXPANSION JOINT AS
REQUIRED BEHIND
CURB.
CORNER CURB RAMP , REWsED
MAY 2014
(WITH TYPICAL 4' SIDEWALK Lubbock PLATE NO.
ALONG PROPERTY LINE) TEXAS 36-14
T.O.C.
r-- VARIES --»1--4'VARIES�1
-� 1 12 SLOPF 1:12 SLOPE----
FLOWLINE
FRONT VIEW
SIDEWALK SLOPE REQUIREMENTS
LONGITUDINAL - 1:20 MAX.
TRANSVERSE - 1:50 MAX.
PROPERTY LINE
CURB &
GUTTER
:1
(10' TYPICAL)
7 R=25'
.9
SEE PLATE NO. 36-16(B) FOR
GENERAL NOTES ON A.D.A.
RAMP CONSTRUCTION.
RAMP = 50.8 SQ. FT. OF
CONCRETE FLATWORK
SURFACE APPLIED
TRUNCATED DOME
PANEL
i 4' MIN —T-6" MIN.
I
z �
f z SURFACE APPLIED
TRUNCATED DOME
c PANEL 4" MAX
SECTION A -A
�6° �- SLOPE 5%
�fMAX
�1
BITUMINOUS X4"
EXPANSION JOINT AS
REQUIRED BEHIND
CURB.
CORNER CURB RAMP REVISED
(WITHTYPICAL 5' OR 6' SIDEWALK City Of MAY 2014Lubbo6k PLaTe N0.
ALONG CURB BACK) TEXAS 36-15
A
GROOVE
JOINTS EACH
�•~�
ap SIDE OF RAMP.
:a
>;gip
4a
TOP OF CURB
BITUMINOUS -" EXPANSION
JOINT (FULL DEPTH) LOCATED
ALONG BACK OF CURB
NEW CONSTRUCTION.
OQ ,� w p •
A
A P • p A Q�
n•� rVO
a V
YELLOW, SURFACE -APPLIED TRUNCATED DOME
PANELS AFFIXED, FOLLOWING MANUFACTURER'S
INSTRUCTIONS, TO PROPERLY CONSTRUCTED,
CURED AND PREPARED 4" CONCRETE SLAB.
.p
IN RADIUS
RAMPS SHALL BE CENTERED IN CURB &
GUTTER RADIUS TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT
PRACTICABLE.
IN STRAIGHT C. & G.
RAMPS SHALL BE CENTERED IN CURB &
GUTTER RADIUS TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT
PRACTICABLE.
MAINTAIN GUTTER
FLOWLINE.
�-- 4- MIN. —.
Tggl
City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
SHEET 1 OF 2
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
36-16(A)
j~ --- 4' MIN. 5'-6" MIN. 6 SLOPE 5%
I MAX
24" MIN.
'°' ' �•••1:12 SLOP
E (MAX.) .;.
4" MIN. ;
THICKNESS. SURFACE APPLIED
TRUNCATED DOME BITUMINOUS )4""
PANEL. EXPANSION JOINT AS
4" MAX REQUIRED BEHIND
SECTION A -A CURB.
SURFACE APPLIED
CLASS "A" CONCRETE SHALL TRUNCATED DOME
CONFORM TO APPLICABLE PANEL.
SPECIFICATIONS.
4" MIN.
THICKNESS
SECTION B-B
NOTES:
1. SURFACE -APPLIED, TRUNCATED DOME, DETECTABLE WARNING SYSTEM PANELS, USED HEREIN, SHALL BE MANUFACTURED
BY ADA SOLUTIONS (WWW.ADATILE.COM), OR APPROVED EQUAL, AND SHALL BE LAID TO WHERE THE DOMES ARE UP
AND THE LONG AXIS OF THE PANEL SHALL BE PERPENDICULAR TO THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL.
2. RAMP TEXTURES SHALL CONSIST OF TRUNCATED DOMES SURFACES. TRUNCATED DOME DIAMETER, HEIGHT AND
SPACING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE TEXAS ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS (TAS), ADMINISTERED BY THE TEXAS
DEPARTMENT OF LICENSING AND REGULATION (TDLR). TEXTURES ARE REQUIRED TO BE DETECTABLE UNDERFOOT.
SURFACES THAT WOULD ALLOW WATER TO ACCUMULATE ARE PROHIBITED. THE PANELS SHALL BE AFFIXED AT
THE PRESCRIBED LOCATION, TO THE PROPERLY CURED AND PREPARED CONCRETE IN THE MANNER AND USING
THE MATERIALS SPECIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER.
3. THE RAMPS AND LANDINGS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED FLAT, IN ONE PLANE, WITHOUT WAVINESS, HIGH/LOW SPOTS
OR WARP. THE CONCRETE WHERE THE SURFACE -APPLIED PANEL SHALL BE AFFIXED SHALL BE IN JUST SUCH
A CONDITION. IF DETERMINED TO BE NECESSARY AND APPROPRIATE BY THE ENGINEER, A HIGH SPOT IN THE
CONCRETE MAY BE HAND -MILLED WITH A GRINDER, JUST ENOUGH FOR FLATNESS, IF THE AREA TO BE GROUND
IS TO BE UNDER THE SURFACE -APPLIED PANEL. IF NOT, THE CONCRETE SHALL BE REMOVED AND PROPERLY
REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. AFTER THE CONCRETE IS THOROUGHLY CURED, AND THE SURFACE
CORRECTLY PREPARED, THEN THE SURFACE -APPLIED PANELS SHALL BE PROPERLY AFFIXED TO THE CONCRETE,
ACCORDING TO THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS.
4. SURFACE -APPLIED PANEL COLOR FOR THE RAMP SHALL BE A CONTRASTING COLOR THAT PROVIDES A LIGHT
REFLECTIVE VALUE THAT SIGNIFICANTLY CONTRASTS WITH THE ADJACENT SURFACES. THE COLOR OF THE
SURFACE -APPLIED PANELS SHALL BE SHOWN ELSEWHERE IN THE PLANS OR SPECIFICATIONS. IF NEEDED,
SURFACE -APPLIED PANELS SHALL BE SAWCUT ONLY AND A PANEL SHALL BE AFFIXED WITH A 1#8" GAP TO
ANOTHER PANEL.
5. ALL SLOPES SHOWN ARE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE. THE LEAST POSSIBLE SLOPE THAT WILL STILL DRAIN PROPERLY
SHOULD BE USED. RAMP LENGTH OR GRADE OF SIDEWALK APPROACH MAY BE ADJUSTED AS DIRECTED BY THE
ENGINEER. TAS REQUIRED DIMENSIONS AND SLOPES ARE PARAMOUNT. IF SITE CONDITIONS PREVENT A RAMP
FROM BEING CONSTRUCTED, AS -DRAWN, TO WORK AS INTENDED AND COMPLY WITH THE REQUIRED SLOPES, THEN
THE RAMP CONSTRUCTION MUST BE ADJUSTED TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIRED SLOPES. ALL CONSTRUCTION
QUESTIONS SHALL BE DIRECTED TO THE ENGINEER.
6. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CROSS -SLOPE ON SIDEWALK AND RAMP SURFACES IS 2%. ALL CONCRETE SURFACES SHALL
RECEIVE A LIGHT BROOM FINISH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE PLANS. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON CURB
RAMP LOCATION, DESIGN, LIGHT REFLECTIVE VALUE AND TEXTURE MAY BE FOUND IN THE CURRENT EDITION
OF THE TAS.
SHEET 2 OF 2
REVISED
TYPICAL ADA MAY 2014
` City of
RAMP PLAN Lubbock PLATE NO.
TEXAS 36-16(B)
2
2' SLOPE ALONG
GUTTER VARIES
SLOPE ALONG
GUTTER VARIES
SEE PLATE NO. 36-16
FOR DETAILS REGARDING
CURB TRANSITIONS
/_19Z1RIzI7 aJR4:11
KEYED NOTES
Q SLOPE ALONG BACK OF CURB AT RAMP OPENING
SHALL NOT EXCEED 2%.
ALON
(2) SLOPE FROM BACK OF CURB AT RAMP OPENING TO LIP LINE GLUOTTER PE VARIES �
SHALL NOT EXCEED 5%.
Pr2'
SLOPE ALONG
GUTTER VARIES
SEE PLATE NO. 36-16
FOR DETAILS REGARDING
CURB TRANSITIONS
ADA RAMP AT CURB
SLOPE 5%
5' 6" MI":. 6'
t-24" MIN -•)
MAX
4" MIN.—J
f
THICKNESS.
SURFACE APPLIED
TRUNCATED DOME BITUMINOUS -"
PANEL. EXPANSION JOINT AS
4" MAX REQUIRED BEHIND
SECTION A CURB.
REVISED
TYPICAL ADA
MAY 2014
City of
PLATE No.
RAMP DETAIL
Lubbock
TEXAS
36-17
I
I
I
I
1
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
TOOLED JI INT
I
I
I
I
1
,
,
,
,
I
,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
I
I
,
I D
I
I °
1
I
I
Z
1
I
1
0 I
1
e
I
Zi
w I
I
Z
ww
ti
I
I
I
°
I
1 d
i
I
I
TOOLED J INT
I
I G
I
I
I
I
I
p
I
I
I
i
I
,
I
I
I
r5'
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
EXPANSION J I INT
1
,
�
i
I
I
I
I
5'
20' ROW
city of
REVISED
DEC. 2012I,L1bbO6k
TYPICAL ALLEY PAVING
PLATE NO.
TEXAS
37-1
NOTE:
1. ALL ]DINTS SHALL BE
DOWELED AS SPECIFIED
2. MAXIMUM OF TWO TRANSVERSE
CUT JOINTS BETWEEN EXISTING
IT TOOLED JOINTS (ONE SLAB).
TYPICAL ALLEY PAVING CUT
City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2012
PLATE NO.
37-2
PLACE #4 BARS BOTH WAYS ALONG PAVING 6„
CUT AT 12" MAX. SPACING. AT LEAST 2
--I 6" #4 BARS EACH WAY ARE REQUIRED.
#4 BARS, 12" O.C. MAX
SPACING IN BOTH
DIRECTIONS, CENTERED
IN SLAB
NOTE:
1. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
PRACTICES SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE
WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS
ENGINEERING DESIGN STANDARDS AND
SPECIFICATIONS
ALLEY PAVING REPAIR
OR CAP
NO SCALE DRILL AND DRIVE 12"
DEFORMED #5 DOWEL
BARS 6" INTO EXISTING
SLAB ON 3' SPACING
N City of
Iubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2015
37-3
R-IA RESIDENTIAL
52' ROW
32�FF
R-2 SCHOOL AND
R-1 RESIDENTIAL COMMERCIAL
56' ROW -�{ � 60' ROW
�FF 42' FF
COLLECTOR INDUSTRIAL
64' ROW � f-- 60' ROW --1
46' FF 42' FF
T-1 THOROUGHFARE T 2 THOROUGHFARE
90' ROW -{ i 110' ROW -I
NOTE:
FF DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF CURB TO FACE OF CURB.
, REVISED
CITY OF LUBBOCK r. DEC. 2012
City of
STREET STANDARDS Iubbo6k PLATE NO.
TEXAS 38-1
�- T-1 OR T-2 THOROUGHFARE
COLLECTOR FLARE REVISED
AT INTERSECTION``' City of MAY 2014
Lubbock PLATE No.
WITH A THOROUGHFARE I v TEXAS 38-2
T-1 THOROUGHFARE
RIGHT TURN LANE (FLARE)
T-1 OR T-2 THOROUGHFARE -�
City of
Lubbock
TiXAS
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
38-3
T-2 THOROUGHFARE
RIGHT TURN LANE (FLARE)
T-1 OR T-2 THOROUGHFARE -►
--
City of
4 Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
38-4
R=45'
FACE OF CURB
R=50'
FPC� OF GURU
52' OR 56'
RIGHT OF WAY
32' OR 36'
FACE TO FACE
4' PEDESTRIAN ACCESS EASEMENT
(REQUIRED ONLY WHERE CUL-DE-SAC
LOTS ARE ADJACENT TO A STREET)
PROVIDE CONCRETE CURBED CHANNEL WITH I I 35' MIN
ACCESSIBLE RAMPS FOR DRAINAGE WHERE
NECESSARY (IF NEEDED FOR DRAINAGE, A
MINIMUM OF 20' DRAINAGE EASEMENT) I I
STANDARD R-1A
& R-1 CUL-DE-SAC
ADJACENT ALLEY OR STREET
City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
R=45'
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
38-5
10,
2% MIN
4%MAX
DEPTH OF CURB AND
GUTTER MATCHES
PAVING DEPTH
#4 BARS @ 36" O.C. TRANSVERSE
#4 @ 12" O.C. LONG
6" PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT -
MIN. CEMENT CLASS C. COMPRESSIVE
STRENGTH OF 3,600 PSI @ 28 DAYS)
RESIDENTIAL STREET (R-1)
CONCRETE PAVING
N.T.S.
52' ROW
32' F-F 10,
2% MIN
4% MAX
12" COMPACTED SUBGRADE 12" A �•
@ 95% MODIFIED DENSITY
TYPICAL SIDEWALK
rz City Of
Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE N0.
38-6
9'
2% MIN
4% MAX
OY
DEPTH OF CUR7AND
GUTTER MATCPAVING DEPTH
#4 BA24" O.C. TRANSVERSE
#5 @ 12" O.C. LONG
(7" PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
. CEMENTCCOMPRESSIVE
STRENGTH OF 3,600SPSI @ 28 DAYS)
MAJOR COLLECTOR (C-1)
CONCRETE PAVING
N.T.S.
64' ROW
46' F-F 9'
2% MIN
4% MAX
-i
12" COMPACTED SUBGRADE 12" A I-
@ 95% MODIFIED DENSITY
TYPICAL SIDEWALK
City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
38-7
TRAVEL LANE TRAVEL LANE
Z Z Y Y --
LONGITUDINAL f— LONGITUDINAL
CONTRACTION JOINT CONSTRUCTION JOINT
TRANSVERSE
• •
• M1111MENEIRIENE011111FA7
ADDITIONAL
sommomb STEEL BARS
STEEL
TRANSVERSE
STEEL
a `/ 2 -'i -I �I a -- SINGLE PIECE a F-- TIE BARS
r�C/2 TIE BARS
PAVEMENT OR CONTRACTION JOINT -LONGITUDINAL PAVEMENT OR -
SHOULDER EDGE CONSTRUCTION JOINT SHOULDER EDGE
TYPICAL PAVEMENT LAYOUT
PLAN VIEW (NOT TO SCALE)
GENERAL NOTES
1. ALL THE REINFORCING STEEL AND TIE BARS SHALL BE DEFORMED
7. TRANSVERSE STEEL SHALL BE PLACED TO WITHIN 2" OF THE
STEEL BARS CONFORMING TO ASTM A 615 (GRADE 60) OR ASTM A 996
BACK OF CURB.
(GRADE 60) OR ABOVE. STEEL BAR SIZES AND SPACINGS SHALL CONFORM
TO TABLE NO.1 AND TABLE NO.2.
8. (b) = TRANSVERSE STEEL AND TIE BARS SPACING
(c) = LONGITUDINAL STEEL SPACING
2. STEEL BAR PLACEMENT TOLERANCE SHALL BE +/- 1 IN. HORIZONTALLY
AND +/- 0.5 IN. VERTICALLY. CALCULATED AVERAGE BAR SPACING
(SEE TABLE 1 AND 2 PLATE 38-9)
(CONCRETE PLACEMENT WIDTH / NUMBER OF LONGITUDINAL BARS) SHALL
CONFORM TO TABLE NO.1
3. PAVEMENT WIDTHS OF MORE THAN 25 FT. SHALL HAVE A LONGITUDINAL
JOINT (SECTION Z-Z OR SECTION Y-Y). THESE JOINTS SHALL BE
LOCATED WITHIN 6 IN. OF THE LANE LINE UNLESS THE JOINT
LOCATION IS SHOWN ELSEWHERE ON THE PLANS.
4. THE SAW CUT DEPTH FOR THE LONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION JOINT
(SECTION Z-Z) SHALL BE ONE THIRD OF THE SLAB THICKNESS (T/3).
5.OMIT TIE BARS LOCATED WITHIN 18 IN. OF THE TRANSVERSE
CONSTRUCTION JOINTS (SECTION X-X). USE HAND -OPERATED IMMERSION
VIBRATORS TO CONSOLIDATE THE CONCRETE ADJACENT TO ALL FORMED
JOINTS.
6. LONGITUDINAL REINFORCING STEEL SPLICES SHALL BE A MINIMUM
OF 25 IN. STAGGER THE LAP LOCATIONS SO THAT NO MORE THAN 1/3
OF THE LONGITUDINAL STEEL IS SPLICED IN ANY GIVEN 12-FT. WIDTH
AND 2-FT. LENGTH OF THE PAVEMENT.
RESIDENTIAL AND COLLECTOR STREET DECREVISED
2015
on
City of
CONCRETE PAVING DETAILS Lubbock PLATE N0.
1 OF 3 TEXAS 38-8
I _ _ L=50" ADDITIONAL
JOIf N"T SEA —LING L/2::I `DEL BARS
MATFRTAI / i
�- TRANSVERSE BARS
LONGITUDINAL BARS
NO SPLICES ALLOWED WITHIN 10 FT OF THE JOINT.
TRANSVERSE CONSTRUCTION JOINT
SECTION X - X
50" FOR #5 BAR 42" FOR #4 BAR
25" FOR #5 BAR4\T/]2
TIE BARS MAY BE
JOINT SEALING 21" FOR #4 BARIN SAME PLANE AS
MATERIAL TRANSVERSE BARS
TIE BARS,SINGLE
OR MULTIPLE -PIECE
...... ....... ---- T
...........:::::... ..................
MIN.CLEAR 2"
c c a 1 a c c
LONGITUDINAL BARS TRANSVERSE BARS
LONGITUDINAL CONSTRUCTION JOINT
50" FOR #5 BAR, 42" FOR #4 BAR
JOINT SEALING 5, 2 ' FOR #5 B
MATERIAL I --
SAW CUT T/3
SECTION Y - Y
LONGITUDINAL
i— BARS
IT I T
c c c/2c/2 c c
TRANSVERSE BARS
SINGLE PIECE TIE BARS
SHOULD BE IN SAME PLANE AS TRANSVERSE BARS.
LONGITUDINAL CONTRACTION JOINT
SECTION Z - Z
TABLE NO.1 LONGITUDINAL STEEL
FIRST
ADDITIONAL STEEL
SLAB THICKNESS
REGULAR
SPACING
BARS AT TRANSVERSE
AND BAR SIZE
STEEL BARS
AT EDGE
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
OR JOINT
(SECTION X-X)
T
BAR
SPACING
SPACING
SPACING
LENGTH
(IN.)
SIZE
(c)
(a)
2 x c
L
(IN.)
(IN.)
(IN.)
(IN.)
6.0
#4
12
=
24
42
7.0
#5
12
3
24
50
TABLE NO.2 TRANSVERSE STEEL AND TIE BARS
TIE BARS
TIE BARS
SLAB
TRANSVERSE
AT LONGITUDINAL
AT LONGITUDINAL
THICKNESS
STEEL (b)
CONTRACTION JOINT
I
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
(SE ON Z-Z
SECTION Y-
(IN.)
B AR
SPACING
BAR
SPACING
BAR
SPACING GSIZE
(IN.)
SIZE
(IN.)
SIZE
(IN.)
6.0
#4
36
#4
72
#4
36
7.0
#4
24
#4
48
#4
24
RESIDENTIAL AND COLLECTOR STREET
City of
CONCRETE PAVING DETAILS Lubbock
2 OF 3 TIXAS
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE NO.
38-9
M
pl-
JOINT - X"
SEALING
COMPOUND
m
a, o T
INITIAL
v SAW CUT
i16 - 1in
SAWED
LONGITUDINAL JOINT
?y JOINT SEALING
COMPOUND CLASS
4,5 OR 7
a: BACKER
ROD
INITIAL
SAW CUT vv 1�
�16-y
TRANSVERSE SAWED
CONTRACTION JOINT
GENERAL NOTES
JOINT �„ y4l'
SEALING
COMPOUND
JOINT SEALING
COMPOUND
LONGITUDINAL OR TRANSVERSE
CONSTRUCTION JOINT
JOINT SEALING
COMPOUND CLASS 1 W. _ X"
4,5 OR 7 F—-
MEMO
NMEN BACKER
MEMO O
PREFORMED
MATERIAL OR EQUIVALENT.
LENT,
TRANSVERSE FORMED
EXPANSION JOINT
1. THE JOINT RESERVOIR FOR SEALANT SHALL BE SAWED UNLESS OTHER WISE
SHOWN ON THE PLANS FOR THE LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSE
CONSTRUCTION AND THE TWO SAWED JOINTS.
2. THE JOINTS SHALL BE CLEANED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURES
REQUIREMENT AND PRIOR TO BEGINNING OPERATIONS THE CONTRACTOR
SHALL SUBMIT A STATEMENT FROM THE SEALANT MANUFACTURER SHOWING
THE RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT AND INSTALLATION PROCEDURES TO BE USED.
3. THE SAW CUT FOR THE LONGITUDINAL JOINT SHALL BE ONE FOURTH THE SLAB
THICKNESS.
4. TRANSVERSE EXPANSION JOINT SHALL BE PLACED AT THE RADII OF INTERSECTING
STREETS.
S. TRANSVERSE CONTRATION JOINTS SHALL BE PLACED AT ON RADIUS OF INTERSECTING
ALLEYS.
RESIDENTIAL AND COLLECTOR STREET
City of
CONCRETE PAVING DETAILS Lubbock
3 OF 3 TFXAS
REVISED
MAY 2014
PLATE N0.
38-10
TYPE'C HMAC
fV
r
MINIMUM OF THE UPPER
12" (18" MINIMUM ON
THOROUGHFARE STREETS)
OF TRENCH BACKFILL-
1 1/2 SACK CONTROLLED
LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL
(FLOWABLE FILL) WITH
PEA GRAVEL, IF USING
COMPACTED BACKFILL.
BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95%±
MODIFIED PROCTOR(ASTM D 698)
2% OF OPTIMUMMOISTURE
CONTENT.(MAX. 6" LIFTS.)
ALTERNATIVE BACKFILL
FULL DEPTH OF TRENCH BACKFILL
1 1/2 SACK CONTROLLED LOW
STRENGTH MATERIAL (FLOWABLE
FILL) WITH PEA GRAVEL.
ASPHALT PAVEMENT
CUT REPAIRS
2' MIN.
fV
6"
r 7- ASPHALT TACK COAT.
ALL JOINTS TO
BE SAWCUT.
ASPHALT TACK COAT.
PIPE BEDDING (IN
ACCORDANCE WITH
THE ENGINEERS
AND MANUFACTURERS
RECOMMENDATIONS).
NOTE:
1. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
PRACTICES SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE
WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS
ENGINEERING DESIGN STANDARDS AND
SPECIFICATIONS.
2. GREATER THAN 5' WIDTH LONGITUDE
CUTS WILL REQUIRE PAVING
REPAIR APPROVAL BY THE CITY
ENGINEER.
~ City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
USED
DEC. 2012
UEM-01
CLASS W CONCRETE 3000 PSI
AT 7 DAYS. THOROUGHFARE
STREETS; CLASS "C" CONCRETE
DRILL AND DRIVE 12" DEFORMED
#S DOWEL BARS 6" INTO EXISTING
ALL CONCRETE JOINTS
SLAB ON 3' SPACING.
LTO
BE SAW CUT.
EXISTING CONCRETE
EXISTING CONCRETE
PAVING
PAVING
I
8" MINIMUM --I
W o
3' MIN
#4 BARS 12" O.C. MAX SPACING
�aJ
IN BOTH DIRECTIONS.
V
BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95%t
MODIFIED PROCTOR (ASTM D 698)
2% OF OPTIMUM MOISTURE
CONTENT. (MAX. 6" LIFTS.j
PIPE EMBEDMENT (IN
ACCORDANCE WITH
THE ENGINEERS
AND MANUFACTURERS
RECOMMENDATIONS).
ALTERNATIVE BACKFILL
FULL DEPTH OF TRENCH
BACKFILL; 1 1/2 SACK
CONTROLLED LOW STRENGTH
MATERIAL (FLOWABLE FILL)
WITH PEA GRAVEL.
NOTE:
CONCRETE PAVING
1. GREATER THAN S' WIDTH LONGITUDE CUTS WILL REQUIRE
PAVING REPAIR APPROVAL BY THE CITY ENGINEER.
2. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES SHALL BE IN
CONFORMANCE WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK STANDARD PAVING
SPECIFICATIONS.
CONCRETE STREET- € Y RED 2
DEC.
AND ALLEY City Of
Lubbock
CUT REPAIRS TEXAS UEM-02
CONCRETE CAP
CLASS'S' CONCRETE
3000 PSI AT 7 DAYS.
Z
cN
L
# T--
4 BARS, 12" O.C. -
MAX. SPACING IN
BOTH DIRECTIONS.
BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95%t
MODIFIED PROCTOR
(ASTM D 698) 2% OF
OPTIMUM MOISTURE CONTENT.
(MAX. 6" LIFTS.)
ALTERNATIVE BACKFILL
LOW STRENGTH MATERIAL
(FLOWABLE FILL) WITH
PEA GRAVEL
NOTE:
BRICK JOINTS TO BE FILLED
WITH SAND/CEMENT AT A 50-50
BLEND, OR AS APPROVED BY THE
STREET SUPERINTENDENT.
1' SAND CUSHION
MINIMUM.
h- 8" MIN
N
_ PIPE BEDDING (IN
ACCORDANCE WITH
THE ENGINEERS
BRICK AND MANUFACTURERS
PAVING RECOMMENDATIONS).
1. SEE CONCRETE CAP DETAIL. PLATE NO. 36.09.05
2. #5 DOWELS NEEDED IF TIED INTO EXISTING CONCRETE BASE.
3. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES SHALL BE IN
CONFORMANCE WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK STANDARD PAVING
SPECIFICATIONS.
BRICK STREET
CUT REPAIRS
s
City of
Lubbock
TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2012
J19MIN
CONCRETE ALLEY PAVING.
BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95%t
MODIFIED PROCTOR DENSITY
(ASTM D 698) 2% OF OPTIMUM
MOISTURE CONTENT.
(MAX. 6" LIFTS.)
ALTERNATIVE BACKFILL
FULL DEPTH OF TRENCH BACKFILL
1 1#2 SACK CONTROLLED LOW
STRENGTH MATERIAL (FLOWABLE
FILL) WITH PEA GRAVEL.
NOTE:
1. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE
WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS ENGINEERING DESIGN STANDARDS AND
SPECIFICATIONS.
2. THE ALLEY PAVING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REQUIRED TO OBTAIN 95%f
MODIFIED PROCTOR DENSITY (ASTM D 698) 2% OF OPTIMUM
MOISTURE IN THE 6" DEPTH OF SUBGRADE IMMEDIATELY BELOW
THE ALLEY PAVING.
Z
1g0
wQ
0.a
Q
mW
- in
%D :D
THE ALLEY PAVING CONTRACTORS SHALL
BE REQUIRED TO OBTAIN 95%t
MODIFIED PROCTOR DENSITY
(ASTM D 698) 2% OF OPTIMUM
MOISTURE IN THE 6" DEPTH OF
SUBGRADE IMMEDIATELY BELOW
THE ALLEY PAVING.
PIPE EMBEDMENT (IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE ENGINEERS AND MANUFACTURERS
RECOMMENDATIONS).
TRENCH BACKFILL REQUIREMENT
,r
ON ALLEYS TO BE PAVED City ofLubbock
WITHIN RIGHT-OF-WAY TEXAS
REVISED
DEC. 2012
0iI
BACKFILL COMPACTED TO 95%t
MODIFIED PROCTOR DENSITY
(ASTM D 698) 2% OF OPTIMUM
MOISTURE CONTENT.
(MAX. 6" LIFTS.)
ALTERNATIVE BACKFILL
FULL DEPTH OF TRENCH BACKFILL
1 3¢ SACK CONTROLLED LOW
STRENGTH MATERIAL (FLOWABLE
FILL) WITH PEA GRAVEL.
NOTE:
EXISTING GROUND SURFACE.
12"
PIPE BEDDING (IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE ENGINEERS AND
MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS).
1. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
PRACTICES SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE
WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS
ENGINEERING DESIGN STANDARDS AND
SPECIFICATIONS.
TRENCH BACKFILL REQUIREMENTS REVISED
ON UNPAVED STREETS AND ALLEYS Clef DEC. 2012
WITHIN RIGHT-OF-WAY Lubbock UEM-as
PLACE #4 BARS BOTH WAYS ALONG PAVING 6„
CUT AT 12" MAX. SPACING. AT LEAST 2
—�{ 6" #4 BARS EACH WAY ARE REQUIRED.
�__•__ _ _____� _____ C
#4 BARS, 12" O.C. MAX y NO SCALE DRILL AND DRIVE 12"
SPACING IN BOTH DEFORMED #5 DOWEL
DIRECTIONS, CENTERED BARS 6" INTO EXISTING
IN SLAB SLAB ON 3' SPACING
NOTE:
1. ALL MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION
PRACTICES SHALL BE IN CONFORMANCE
WITH CITY OF LUBBOCK PUBLIC WORKS
ENGINEERING DESIGN STANDARDS AND
SPECIFICATIONS
ALLEY PAVING REPAIR
OR CAP
rc
V
Lubbock
City of
Texas
REVISED
MAY 2014
UEM-06
APPENDIX
I
A-1.1
Restrained Joint Table for Bends
Minimum length to be restrained each side of bend (Feet):
PVC Pipe
(in.)
Horiztonal Bends
Vertical Bends (Upper/Lower)
90*
451*
2241 2*
11-1/49
90*
45*
224127
11-1/,4*
4
14
6
3
2
-
16/4
8/2
4/1
61
19
8
4
2
-
23/5
11/3
6/2
8
25
11
5
3
-
30/7
15/4
7/2
10
30
13
6
3
-
36/8
17/4
9/2
12
35
15
7
4
-
42/10
21/5
10/3
16
45
19
9
5
-
54/13
26/6
13/3
20
54
23
11
6
-
66/15
32/8
16/4
24
63
27
13
1
-
1 78/18
3819
19/5
D.I. Pipe
(in.)
Horiztonal Bends
Vertical Bends (Upper/Lower)
go -
Iii
45*
22-11/2*
11-11147
90*
46*
22-1/2*
11414*
4
11
5
3
1
-
9/3
5/2
3/1
6
15
6
3
2
-
12/4
6/2
3/1
8
19
8
4
2
-
16/6
8/3
4/2
10
23
10
5
3
-
19/7
10/3
5/2
12-,
27
12
6
3
-
23/8
11/4
6/2
16,
35
15
7
4
-
29/10
14/5
7/3
20
42
18
9
5
-
36/12
17/6
9/3
24',
49
21
10 1
-
42/14
20/7
10/4
Table is based on Soil Type SC, Safety Factor 2, Trench Type 3, Depth of Bury 3 feet on
upper vertical bends and 6 feet on lower vertical bends, and Test Pressure of 100 psi.
Values derived from the EBAA Iron, Inc. Restrained Length Calculation Program.
Revised 3/11
I
City of Lubbock Water Utilities Engineering Department
Minimum Design Standards and Specifications for Water and Sewer
A-1.2 F
Restrained Joint Table for Tees
Minimum branch length to be restrained (Feet):
PVC Pipe
Branch Pipe
Run Pipe Size (in.)
4
6
8
10
12
16
20
24
Size (in.)
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
6
22
13
4
1
1
1
1
1
40
33
26
18
11
1
1
1
10>
-
49
43
37
31
18
5
1
12'
-
-
59
54
49
38
27
16
84
20
72
64
55
20
-
-
-
-
107
101
94
87
24
- - - - -
127 122 116
D.I. Pipe
Branch Pipe
Run Pipe Size (in.)
Size (in.)
4 6 8 10 12
16 20 24
4
1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1
6
12
7
2
1
1
1
1
1
8;
21
18
14
10
6
1
1
1
10
-
26
23
20
17
10
3
1
12 "
-
31
29
26
12
15
8
16
-
-
44
42
38
34
26
20
-
-
-
57
53
50
46
24` - - - - 67 64 61
Table is based on Soil Type SC, Safety Factor 2, Trench Type 3, Depth of Bury 3 feet, Test
Pressure 100 psi, and minimum restrained length of pipe along run on either side of tee of 5
feet. Values derived from the EBAA Iron, Inc. Restrained Length Calculation Program.
Revised 3111 City of Lubbock Water Utilities Engineering Department
Minimum Design Standards and Specifications for Water and Sewer
A-1.3
Restrained Joint Table for Reducers
Minimum length to be restrained on larger pipe (Feet):
PVC Pipe
Small Pipe
Size (in.)
Large Pipe Size (in.)
4
6
8
10
12
16
20
24
4
-
22
40
54
69
95
119
142
6
-
-
23
41
57
86
112
137
8
-
-
-
23
42
75
103
129
10
-
-
-
-
23
61
92
120
12
-
-
-
-
-
44
78
109
16
-
-
-
-
-
-
44
80
20
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
44
24
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
D.I. Pipe
Branch Pipe
Size (in.)
Run Pipe Size (in.)
4
6
8
10
12
16
20
24 ,-
4
-
12
21
29
36
50
63
75
6
-
-
13
22
30
46
59
72
8
-
-
-
12
22
40
54
68
10
-
-
-
-
13
32
49
63
12
-
-
-
-
-
23
42
57
16
-
-
-
-
-
-
23
42
20
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
24
24
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Table is based on Soil Type SC, Safety Factor 2, Trench Type 3, Depth of Bury 3 feet, Test
Pressure 100 psi, and minimum restrained length of small size pipe to be 1/2 that listed
here. Values derived from the EBAA Iron, Inc. Restrained Length Calculation Program.
Revised 3/11
City of Lubbock Water Utilities Engineering Department
Minimum Design Standards and Specifications for Water and Sewer
f"3
E.
A-1.4
Restrained Joint Table for Dead Ends
Minimum length to be restrained from dead end (Feet):
Pipe Size (in.) PVC Pipe D.I. Pipe
4 30 16
6
42
22
8
55
29
.
10
67
35
12 ` -
79
42
16
102
54
20
125
66
24 147 78
Table is based on Soil Type SC, Safety Factor 2, Trench Type 3, Depth of Bury 3
feet, and Test Pressure 100 psi. Values derived from the EBAA Iron, Inc.
Restrained Length Calculation Program.
Ell
City of Lubbock Water Utilities Engineering Department
Revised 3111
�-�
Minimum Design Standards and Specifications for Water and Sewer
t;
i
A-2
Date of Application:
Company Name
Address
Contact Person
Position
Phone Number
Email
Fax Number
Manufacturer
(If not a licant)
Supplier
(If not applicant)
Product Nomenclature
Modei No. Series
Description/Use of Product
Have you included a sample?
Would you like this sample returned?
List Testing
Certifications
(Required)
1.
List Attached
Items
(Provide five
copies of each)
1.
2.
2.
3.
_
3.
4.
4.
5.
5.
6.
6.
7.
7.
****Do not write below this line - - For City use only****
Application No. (Ex. 2014-01) Approved By:
Title:
Accepted Rejected
Comments:
.. .. - ., .� w .... ,,...... �.... .� � ,,....., ....y xi w.w.w.vA � .......""''��I �rn....,m.�..,.niw L'i-.vim.,. '. 1 ' r....-.....,� ..,..,. ...-. .,
.. ... �,,.... ..�... Cr'•'.......,' � 4?�r'axwF' bw++�uH ..+.nisi '+n.,......m..rei µ.w' .,.�.r,.r
y ...w
I I
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION
DATE:
PROJECT DATA
SUBDIVISION NAME:
PLAT DESCRIPTION:
TYPE OF MUNICIPAL IMPROVEMENT
❑ WATER ❑ SEWER ❑ PAVING ❑ DRAINAGE
❑ OTHER
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT TO DEVELOPER
I certify that the work under the above named project, including all amendments thereto, has been
satisfactorily completed in accordance with the engineering plans and specifications and in accordance with
the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications; that no liens
have been or will be attached against the property and improvements of the owner; that no suits are pending
by reason on the project under the contract; and no public liability claims are pending.
CONTRACTOR/DEVELOPER:
ADDRESS:
PHONE:
SIGNED:
PRINTED:
TITLE:
RECOGNITION BY CITY OF LUBBOCK
An inspection of the work on the above referenced Project was conducted on
Those participating in the inspection (final walk-through) were
and . The
inspection revealed that the infrastructure inspected has been completed substantially in accordance with
the plans and specifications and is recommended for acceptance on
City of Lubbock
By
Printed Name
Title
Rev.05-01-2014
i
I
DEVELOPER WARRANTY STATEMENT
P
DATE:
PROJECT DATA
SUBDIVISION NAME:
PLAT DESCRIPTION:
TYPE OF MUNICIPAL IMPROVEMENT
❑ WATER ❑ SEWER ❑ PAVING ❑ DRAINAGE
❑ OTHER
WARRANTY STATEMENT
TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
As the developer of the above referenced development, I guarantee the improvements installed by my
Contractor and inspected, tested, and accepted by the City of Lubbock to be free from defects for a period of
one year for water and/or sewer improvements and two years for paving and or drainage improvements from
the date the infrastructure is accepted by the City of Lubbock. Upon receipt of the Developers Certificate of
Completion, Record Drawings and the Developers Warranty Statement, the City will accept improvements
within 30 calendar days; unless exception is given in writing. The Contractor, Engineer/Surveyor, Record
Drawing submittal date, and the Substantial Completion Date are listed below.
CONTRACTOR:
ENGINEER/SURVEYOR:
RECORD DRAWING SUBMITTAL DATE:
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE:
DEVELOPER CONTACT INFORMATION
DEVELOPER:
ADDRESS:
PHONE:
EMAIL:
SIGNED:
PRINTED:
LIMITATIONS
This warranty does not include damage to underground utilities caused by others due to excavation or boring activities
after the date of the infrastructure is accepted by the City of Lubbock. This warranty does not include any cosmetic
damages or the results of any cosmetic damages to either above ground utility infrastructure or paving/drainage
improvements occurring after the date of substantial completion. These cosmetic damages may include but are not limited
to gouges in asphalt from vehicular traffic excluding all construction equipment related to the development, the failure of
asphalt due to water ponding beyond the control of the Developer, any natural disaster, or utility work within dedicated
Public Right of Way.
Rev. 05-01-2014
U-1
I
Page Intentionally Left Blank Ut
I